Owners Manual

ManualsBrandsDell ManualsAccess PlatformsPowerSwitch S4820T

Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the

S4820T System

9.6(0.0)

Summary of content (1768 pages)

PAGE 1
Dell Command Line Reference Guide for the S4820T System 9.6(0.
PAGE 2
Notes, Cautions, and Warnings NOTE: A NOTE indicates important information that helps you make better use of your computer. CAUTION: A CAUTION indicates either potential damage to hardware or loss of data and tells you how to avoid the problem. WARNING: A WARNING indicates a potential for property damage, personal injury, or death. Copyright © 2014 Dell Inc. All rights reserved. This product is protected by U.S. and international copyright and intellectual property laws.
PAGE 3
Contents 1 About this Guide................................................................................................. 43 Objectives............................................................................................................................................43 Audience..............................................................................................................................................43 Conventions...................................................................
PAGE 4
Control and Monitoring.................................................................................... 91 asf-mode............................................................................................................................................. 91 banner exec.........................................................................................................................................92 banner login....................................................................................
PAGE 5
show environment............................................................................................................................ 135 show inventory.................................................................................................................................. 137 show memory................................................................................................................................... 139 show processes cpu.....................................................
PAGE 6
traceroute ethernet...........................................................................................................................182 6 802.1X.................................................................................................................184 debug dot1x.......................................................................................................................................185 dot1x auth-fail-vlan......................................................................
PAGE 7
deny............................................................................................................................................. 222 deny icmp....................................................................................................................................224 deny tcp.......................................................................................................................................226 deny udp..............................................................
PAGE 8
match ip next-hop......................................................................................................................280 match ip route-source................................................................................................................281 match metric...............................................................................................................................282 match origin.................................................................................
PAGE 9
permit (for Extended IP ACLs).......................................................................................................... 326 permit (for Standard MAC ACLs).......................................................................................................327 seq (for Standard MAC ACLs)........................................................................................................... 329 permit tcp (for Extended IP ACLs)...............................................................
PAGE 10
neighbor bfd disable......................................................................................................................... 372 show bfd neighbors.......................................................................................................................... 374 vrrp bfd neighbor.............................................................................................................................. 375 10 Border Gateway Protocol..............................................
PAGE 11
description...................................................................................................................................414 max-paths....................................................................................................................................415 neighbor activate.........................................................................................................................416 neighbor add-path..............................................................
PAGE 12
show ip bgp filter-list.................................................................................................................. 465 show ip bgp flap-statistics.......................................................................................................... 467 show ip bgp inconsistent-as...................................................................................................... 469 show ip bgp neighbors.............................................................................
PAGE 13
service-policy rate-limit-cpu-queues.............................................................................................. 513 service-policy rate-limit-protocols.................................................................................................. 514 show cpu-queue rate cp...................................................................................................................515 show ip protocol-queue-mapping....................................................................
PAGE 14
show qos dcb-output................................................................................................................. 555 show qos priority-groups........................................................................................................... 556 show stack-unit stack-ports ets details..................................................................................... 556 DCBX Commands.................................................................................................
PAGE 15
Buffer Tuning Commands............................................................................................................... 600 buffer-profile (Configuration).................................................................................................... 600 Hardware Commands...................................................................................................................... 602 clear hardware stack-unit..........................................................................
PAGE 16
ip dhcp relay information-option...............................................................................................635 ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address....................................................................................... 636 ip helper-address........................................................................................................................ 636 show ip dhcp snooping...........................................................................................
PAGE 17
show fip-snooping statistics.............................................................................................................672 show fip-snooping system............................................................................................................... 675 show fip-snooping vlan....................................................................................................................676 show fips status.........................................................................
PAGE 18
show processes restartable............................................................................................................... 711 show redundancy.............................................................................................................................. 712 22 ICMP Message Types......................................................................................715 23 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP)......................................... 717 IGMP Commands.........
PAGE 19
interface ManagementEthernet..................................................................................................754 interface null................................................................................................................................755 interface range............................................................................................................................ 756 interface range macro (define)..............................................................
PAGE 20
interface port-channel................................................................................................................ 813 minimum-links............................................................................................................................ 814 port-channel failover-group.......................................................................................................815 show config......................................................................................
PAGE 21
debug ip packet................................................................................................................................ 852 ip address.......................................................................................................................................... 855 ip directed-broadcast....................................................................................................................... 856 ip domain-list....................................................
PAGE 22
27 IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs).........................................................915 show cam-acl-egress....................................................................................................................... 915 show cam-acl................................................................................................................................... 916 permit icmp.............................................................................................................
PAGE 23
iscsi profile-compellant....................................................................................................................955 iscsi target port................................................................................................................................. 955 show iscsi.......................................................................................................................................... 956 show iscsi session..............................................
PAGE 24
isis hello padding.............................................................................................................................. 992 isis ipv6 metric.................................................................................................................................. 993 isis metric.......................................................................................................................................... 994 isis network point-to-point...............................
PAGE 25
32 Layer 2............................................................................................................ 1036 MAC Addressing Commands......................................................................................................... 1036 clear mac-address-table.......................................................................................................... 1036 mac-address-table aging-time...........................................................................................
PAGE 26
advertise dot3-tlv...................................................................................................................... 1077 advertise management-tlv........................................................................................................1078 advertise management-tlv (Interface)......................................................................................1079 clear lldp counters...........................................................................................
PAGE 27
ip msdp peer.................................................................................................................................... 1115 ip msdp redistribute.........................................................................................................................1116 ip msdp sa-filter............................................................................................................................... 1117 ip msdp sa-limit..................................................
PAGE 28
39 Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3).....................................1155 OSPFv2 Commands........................................................................................................................ 1155 area default-cost....................................................................................................................... 1155 area nssa...................................................................................................................................
PAGE 29
router-id.....................................................................................................................................1195 router ospf................................................................................................................................. 1196 show config............................................................................................................................... 1197 show ip ospf...............................................................
PAGE 30
ipv6 ospf priority....................................................................................................................... 1254 ipv6 router ospf......................................................................................................................... 1255 maximum-paths........................................................................................................................1256 passive-interface.......................................................................
PAGE 31
show ip pim interface............................................................................................................... 1294 show ip pim neighbor............................................................................................................... 1296 show ip pim rp...........................................................................................................................1297 show ip pim snooping interface.................................................................
PAGE 32
dot1p-priority............................................................................................................................ 1338 rate police..................................................................................................................................1339 rate shape..................................................................................................................................1340 service-class dot1p-mapping..................................................
PAGE 33
wred........................................................................................................................................... 1379 wred ecn................................................................................................................................... 1380 wred-profile...............................................................................................................................1381 DSCP Color Map Commands...................................................
PAGE 34
rmon collection history...................................................................................................................1418 rmon collection statistics................................................................................................................1419 rmon event......................................................................................................................................1420 rmon hc-alarm................................................................
PAGE 35
service obscure-passwords......................................................................................................1459 Authentication and Password Commands....................................................................................1460 aaa authentication enable........................................................................................................ 1460 aaa authentication login................................................................................................
PAGE 36
dot1x max-eap-req................................................................................................................... 1502 dot1x port-control.................................................................................................................... 1503 dot1x quiet-period.................................................................................................................... 1503 dot1x reauthentication........................................................................
PAGE 37
show ip dhcp snooping............................................................................................................ 1538 Role-Based Access Control Commands....................................................................................... 1539 aaa authorization role-only ..................................................................................................... 1539 role ..............................................................................................................
PAGE 38
snmp-server trap-source.......................................................................................................... 1581 snmp-server user...................................................................................................................... 1582 snmp-server user (for AES128-CFB Encryption)..................................................................... 1586 snmp-server vrf.......................................................................................................
PAGE 39
stack-unit stack-group................................................................................................................... 1625 upgrade system stack-unit............................................................................................................. 1626 56 Storm Control...............................................................................................1628 show storm-control broadcast....................................................................................
PAGE 40
show clock...................................................................................................................................... 1666 show ntp associations.................................................................................................................... 1667 show ntp vrf associations............................................................................................................... 1668 show ntp status..............................................................
PAGE 41
vlan-stack access............................................................................................................................ 1703 vlan-stack compatible.................................................................................................................... 1704 vlan-stack dot1p-mapping............................................................................................................. 1705 vlan-stack protocol-type...........................................................
PAGE 42
description.......................................................................................................................................1739 ip vrf forwarding.............................................................................................................................. 1739 interface management.................................................................................................................... 1741 maximum dynamic-routes................................................
PAGE 43
About this Guide 1 This book provides information about the Dell Networking OS command line interface (CLI). This book also includes information about the protocols and features found in Dell S4820T platform.
PAGE 44
{X} Keywords and parameters within braces must be entered in the CLI. [X] Keywords and parameters within brackets are optional. x|y Keywords and parameters separated by a bar require you to choose one option. x||y Keywords and parameters separated by a double bar allows you to choose any or all of the options. Information Icons This book uses the following information symbols: NOTE: The Note icon signals important operational information.
PAGE 45
CLI Basics 2 This chapter describes the command line interface (CLI) structure and command modes. The Dell Networking operating software commands are in a text-based interface that allows you to use the launch commands, change command modes, and configure interfaces and protocols. Accessing the Command Line When the system boots successfully, you are positioned on the command line in EXEC mode and not prompted to log in. You can access the commands through a serial console port or a Telnet session.
PAGE 46
User "Irene" on line vty3 ( 123.12.1.321 ) Dell#conf When another user enters CONFIGURATION mode, Dell Networking OS sends a message similar to the following: % Warning: User "admin" on line vty2 "172.16.1.210" is in configuration In this case, the user is “admin” on vty2. Obtaining Help As soon as you are in a command mode there are several ways to access help. To obtain a list of keywords at any command mode: Type a ? at the prompt or after a keyword. There must always be a space before the ?.
PAGE 47
source-route options ssh tacacs telnet tftp trace-group trace-list Dell(conf)#ip Process packets with source routing header SSH configuration commands Interface configuration for TACACS+ Specify telnet options TFTP configuration commands Named trace-list Named trace-list When entering commands, you can take advantage of the following timesaving features: • The commands are not case-sensitive. • You can enter partial (truncated) command keywords.
PAGE 48
Navigating the CLI Dell Networking OS displays a CLI prompt comprised of the host name and CLI mode. • Host name is the initial part of the prompt and is “Dell” by default. You can change the host name with the hostname command. • CLI mode is the second part of the prompt and reflects the current CLI mode. For a list of the Dell Networking OS command modes, refer to the command mode list in the Accessing the Command Line section.
PAGE 49
show run | grep ethernet does not return the previous search result because it only searches for instances containing a noncapitalized “ethernet” show run | grep Ethernet ignore-case returns instances containing both “Ethernet” and “ethernet” no-more does not paginate the display output save copies the output to a file for future use Displaying All Output To display the output all at once (not one screen at a time), use the no-more option after the pipe.
PAGE 50
Based on whether VRF feature is identified as supported in the Feature Configuration file, configuration command feature vrf becomes available for usage. This command will be stored in running-configuration and will precede all other VRF-related configurations. NOTE: The MXL and Z9000 platforms currently do not support VRF. These platforms support only the management and default VRFs, which are available by default. As a result, the feature vrf command is not available for these platforms.
PAGE 51
Usage Information You can activate VRF application on a device by using the feature vrf command in CONFIGURATION mode. The no feature vrf command is not supported on any of the platforms. Example Dell#show feature Feature State -----------------------------VRF enabled Command Modes To navigate and launch various CLI modes, use specific commands. Navigation to these modes is described in the following sections. BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY Mode To enable or configure IPv4 for BGP, use BGP ADDRESS-FAMILY mode.
PAGE 52
2. Enter the configure command. The prompt changes to include (conf). From this mode, you can enter INTERFACE mode by using the interface command. CONTROL-PLANE Mode To manage control-plane traffic, use CONTROL-PLANE mode. For more information, refer to Control Plane Policing (CoPP). To enter CONTROL-PLANE mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the control-plane-cpuqos command. The prompt changes to include (conf-controlcpuqos).
PAGE 53
ECMP GROUP Mode To enable or configure traffic distribution monitoring on an ECMP link bundle, use ECMP GROUP mode. For more information, refer to ecmp_overview. To enter ECMP GROUP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ecmp-group command then enter the ECMP group ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-ecmp-group-ecmp-group-id). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command.
PAGE 54
FRRP Mode To enable or configure Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP), use FRRP mode. For more information, refer to Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP). To enter FRRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol frrp command then the ring ID. The prompt changes to include (conf-frrpring-id). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. INTERFACE Mode Use INTERFACE mode to configure interfaces or IP services on those interfaces.
PAGE 55
Prompt Interface Type Dell(conf-ifrange)# Designated interface range (used for bulk configuration). IP ACCESS LIST Mode To enter IP ACCESS LIST mode and configure either standard or extended access control lists (ACLs), use the ip access-list standard or ip access-list extended command. To enter IP ACCESS LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Use the ip access-list standard or ip access-list extended command. Include a name for the ACL.
PAGE 56
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the line command. Include the keywords console or vty and their line number available on the switch. The prompt changes to include (config-line-console) or (config-line-vty). You can exit this mode by using the exit command. MAC ACCESS LIST Mode To enter MAC ACCESS LIST mode and configure either standard or extended access control lists (ACLs), use the mac access-list standard or mac access-list extended command.
PAGE 57
Per-VLAN SPANNING TREE (PVST+) Plus Mode To enable and configure the Per-VLAN Spanning Tree (PVST+) protocol, use PVST+ mode. For more information, refer to Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+). NOTE: The protocol name is PVST+, but the plus sign is dropped at the CLI prompt. To enter PVST+ mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree pvst command. The prompt changes to include (confpvst). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command.
PAGE 58
To enter PROTOCOL GVRP mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol gvrp command. The prompt changes to include (config-gvrp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. QOS POLICY Mode To configure ETS bandwidth allocation and scheduling for priority traffic, use QOS POLICY mode. For more information, refer to ETS Commands. To enter QOS POLICY mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2.
PAGE 59
ROUTER ISIS Mode To enable and configure Intermediate System to Intermediate System (ISIS), use ROUTER ISIS mode. For more information, refer to Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS). To enter ROUTER ISIS mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Use the router isis command. The prompt changes to include (conf-router_isis). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. ROUTER OSPF Mode To configure OSPF, use ROUTER OSPF mode.
PAGE 60
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the protocol spanning-tree stp-id command. The prompt changes to include (conf-stp). You can return to CONFIGURATION mode by using the exit command. TRACE-LIST Mode To configure a Trace list, use TRACE-LIST mode. To enter TRACE-LIST mode: 1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the ip trace-list command. Include the name of the Trace list. The prompt changes to include (conf-trace-acl).
PAGE 61
1. Verify that you are logged in to CONFIGURATION mode. 2. Enter the uplink-state-group command then the group ID number. The prompt changes to include (conf-uplink-state-group-groupID).
PAGE 62
3 File Management This chapter contains command line interface (CLI) commands needed to manage the configuration files as well as other file management commands. boot system Tell the system where to access the Dell Networking OS image used to boot the system. S4820T Syntax boot system {gateway ip address| stack-unit [{0-11 | 0-7]| all] [default | primary {system {A: | B:} | tftp: | | secondary]} To return to the default boot sequence, use the no boot system command.
PAGE 63
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 64
E-Series Original command. HTTP Copy via CLI Copy one file to another location. Dell Networking OS supports IPv4 and IPv6 addressing for FTP, TFTP, and SCP (in the hostip field). This feature is supported on S4820T platform. Syntax copy http://10.16.206.77/sample_file flash://sample_filecopy flash://sample_file http://10.16.206.77/sample_file You can copy from the server to the switch and vice-versa. Parameters copy http: flash: Address or name of remote host []: 10.16.206.
PAGE 65
copy Copy one file to another location. Dell Networking OS supports IPv4 and IPv6 addressing for FTP, TFTP, and SCP (in the hostip field). S4820T Syntax copy compressed-config source-file-url destination-file-url Parameters Enter the following location keywords and information: compressedconfig file-url File Management Enter the keyword compressed-config to copy one file, after optimizing and reducing the size of the configuration file, to another location.
PAGE 66
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Added the compressed-config parameter. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 addressing support for FTP, TFTP, and SCP. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 67
configuration to the startup config in the compressed mode and to perform an image downgrade without any configuration loss are provided. Two existing exec mode CLIs are enhanced to display and store the running configuration in the compressed mode. Example Dell#copy running-config scp:/ Address or name of remote host []: 10.10.10.
PAGE 68
no-confirm • For a file or directory on the internal Flash, enter flash:// followed by the filename or directory name. • For a file or directory on an external USB drive, enter usbflash:// followed by the filename or directory name. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword no-confirm to specify that Dell Networking OS does not require user input for each file prior to deletion. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 69
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 70
Version 7.8.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the S-Series You must include the colon (:) when entering this command. After reformatting is complete, three empty directories are automatically created on flash: CRASH_LOG_DIR, TRACE_LOG_DIR and NVTRACE_LOG_DIR. CAUTION: This command deletes all files, including the startup configuration file. So, after executing this command, consider saving the running config as the startup config (use the write memory command or copy run start command).
PAGE 71
CAUTION: If you elect to format the flash, all files – including the startup configuration file – are lost. If you do decide to format the specified flash, consider saving the running configuration as the startup configuration after formatting the flash (use the write memory command or copy run start command). Related Commands • copy — copy one file to another location. • show file-systems — Display information about the file systems on the system. rename Rename a file in the local file system.
PAGE 72
restore factory-defaults Restore factory defaults. S4820T Syntax Parameters restore factory-defaults stack-unit {0-5 | all} {clear-all | bootvar | nvram} factorydefaults Return the system to its factory default mode. 0-5 Enter the stack member unit identifier to restore only the mentioned stack-unit. all Enter the keyword all to restore all units in the stack. bootvar Enter the keyword bootvar to reset boot line.
PAGE 73
When restoring units in stand-alone mode, the units remain in stand-alone mode after the restoration. After the restore is complete, the units power cycle immediately. CAUTION: There is no undo for this command.
PAGE 74
5 Not present Power-cycling the unit(s). Dell# Example (single stack) Dell#restore factory-defaults stack-unit 0 clear-all ************************************************************** * Warning - Restoring factory defaults will delete the existing * * startup-config and all persistent settings (stacking, fanout, etc.)* * After restoration the unit(s) will be powercycled immediately.
PAGE 75
Power-cycling the unit(s). Dell# show boot system Displays information about boot images currently configured on the system. S4820T Syntax Parameters show boot system {stack-unit {0-11 | 0-7 | 0-5 | all}} all Enter the keyword all to display the boot image information for all line cards and rpms. stack-unit Enter the keyword stack-unit followed by a number to display boot image information for a stack-unit. The S4820T range is from 0 to 11.
PAGE 76
[boot] Dell# show bootvar Display the variable settings for the boot parameters. S4820T Syntax show bootvar Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 76 Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 77
show file-systems Display information about the file systems on the system. S4820T Syntax show file-systems Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Command Fields Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 78
Field Description • Prefixes Related Commands w = write access Displays the name of the storage location. format flash (S-Series) – Erases all the existing files and reformats the filesystem in the internal flash memory on the S-Series. show running-config Display the current configuration and display changes from the default values.
PAGE 79
File Management fefd for the current FEFD configuration ftp for the current FTP configuration frrp for the current FRRP configuration fvrp for the current FVRP configuration gvrp for the current GVRP configuration host for the current host configuration hardwaremonitor for hardware-monitor action-on-error settings hypervisor for the current hypervisor configuration igmp for the current IGMP configuration interface for the current interface configuration interface tunnel for all configu
PAGE 80
policy-mapinput for the current input policy map configuration policy-mapoutput for the current output policy map configuration po-failovergroup for the current port-channel failovergroup configuration prefix-list for the current prefix-list configuration privilege for the current privilege configuration qos-policyinput for the current input QoS policy configuration qos-policyoutput for the current output QoS policy configuration radius for the current RADIUS configuration redirectlist
PAGE 81
vlt for the current VLT configuration wred-profile for the current wred-profile configuration configured (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword configuration to display line card interfaces with non-default configurations only. status (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword status to display the checksum for the running configuration and the start-up configuration. compressed (Optional) Enter the keyword compressed to display the compressed group configuration.
PAGE 82
! boot system stack-unit 0 primary system: A: boot system stack-unit 0 secondary tftp://10.16.127.35/DellSI-9-0-2-0.bin boot system stack-unit 0 default system: A: boot system gateway 10.16.132.
PAGE 83
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Expanded to include the last configuration change, start-up last updated (date and time), and who made the change. Example Dell#show startup-config ! Version 9-0(2-0) ! Last configuration change at Thu Apr 18 10:18:39 2013 by admin ! Startup-config last updated at Thu Apr 18 10:18:40 2013 by admin ! boot system stack-unit 0 primary system: A: boot system stack-unit 0 secondary tftp://10.16.127.35/DellSI-9-0-2-0.
PAGE 84
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 85
show version Display the current Dell Networking Operating System (OS) version information on the system. S4820T Syntax show version Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Command Fields File Management Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.
PAGE 86
Example (SSeries) Lines Beginning With Description 1 Route Processor... Hardware configuration of the system, including the number and type of physical interfaces available Dell#show version Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 1.0 Dell Application Software Version: E7-8-1-13 Copyright (c) 1999-2008 by Dell Force10 Networks, Inc.
PAGE 87
Dell(conf-if-te-0/5)# Dell# Example (S6000) Dell#S6000#show version Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 9-4(0-119) Copyright (c) 1999-2014 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved. Build Time: Tue Mar 18 10:32:02 PDT 2014 Build Path: /work.
PAGE 88
flash: After entering the keyword flash:, you can either follow it with the location of the source file in this form: flash// filepath or press Enter to launch a prompt sequence. A: | B: Enter the partition to upgrade from the flash. stack-unit: Enter the keywords stack-unit: to synch the image to the stack-unit.
PAGE 89
Reload Dell Networking OS after executing this command. To copy Dell Networking OS from the management unit to one or more stack members, use the upgrade system stack-unit (S-Series stack member) command. Example Dell# upgrade system ? ftp: Copy from remote file system (ftp:// userid:password@hostip/filepath) scp: Copy from remote file system (scp:// userid:password@hostip/filepath) tftp: Copy from remote file system (tftp://hostip/filepath) Dell# upgrade system ftp://username:password@10.11.1.1/FTOSSB-7.
PAGE 90
flash:// (Optional). Enter the flash:// keyword. The default is to use the flash drive. You can just enter the image file name. img-file Enter the name the Dell Networking software image file to validate. hash-value (Optional). Enter the relevant hash published on i-Support. Defaults flash drive Command Modes EXEC mode Command History Version 9.5.(0.
PAGE 91
Control and Monitoring 4 This chapter contains the commands to configure and monitor the system, including Telnet, file transfer protocol (FTP), and trivial file transfer protocol (TFTP) as they apply to the following Dell Networking S4820T platform. NOTE: This command replaces the enable optic-info-update interval command to update information on temperature and power monitoring in the simple network management protocol (SNMP) management information base (MIB).
PAGE 92
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. You must save the configuration and reload the system to implement ASF. When you enter the command, the system sends a message stating that the new mode is enabled when the system reloads. banner exec Configure a message that is displayed when your enter EXEC mode. Syntax banner exec c line c To delete a banner, use the no banner exec command.
PAGE 93
E-Series Original Command Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When the user is connected to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear. After the user has logged in, the banner EXEC (if configured) displays.
PAGE 94
character (%). Range: maximum of 50 lines, up to 255 characters per line Defaults No banner is configured and the CR is required when creating a banner. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 95
Press RETURN to get started. 13d21h10m: %RPM0-P:CP %SEC-5-LOGIN_SUCCESS: Login successful for user on line console This is the banner Dell> Related Commands banner motd — sets a Message of the Day banner. banner exec — enables the display of a text string when you enter EXEC mode. banner motd Set a message of the day (MOTD) banner. Syntax banner motd c line c To delete a Message of the Day banner, enter no banner motd. Parameters c Enter a delineator character to specify the limits of the text banner.
PAGE 96
Usage Information After entering the banner login command, type one or more spaces and a delineator character. Enter the banner text then the second delineator character. When the user is connected to the router, if a message of the day banner is configured, it displays first. If no message of the day banner is configured, the login banner and prompt appear. After the user has logged in, the banner EXEC (if configured) displays.
PAGE 97
groups. Each group has 128 entries, creating a total of 768 possible entries for FCoE FP groups. The value given must be an even number. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2(0.
PAGE 98
cam-acl-vlan Specify the number of VFP blocks allocated to OpenFlow. S4820T Syntax cam-acl-vlan vlanopenflow {0|1} vlaniscsi {0|1} Defaults Disabled. Parameters vlanopenflow Enter the number 1 to allocate VFP blocks and enable OpenFlow. (Default) Enter the number 0 to disable OpenFlow. vlaniscsi Enter the number 1 to allocate VFP blocks for iSCSI. Enter the number 0 to disable iSCSI CAM allocation. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 99
aux 0 Enter the keywords aux 0 to reset the auxiliary port. console 0 Enter the keywords console 0 to reset the console port. vty number Enter the keyword vty then a number to clear a terminal line. The range is from 0 to 9. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 100
Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Dell#configure Dell(conf)# disable Return to EXEC mode.
PAGE 101
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. do Allows the execution of most EXEC-level commands from all CONFIGURATION levels without returning to the EXEC level. S4820T Syntax Parameters do command command Enter an EXEC-level command. Defaults none Command Modes • CONFIGURATION • INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 102
• Example config Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do clear counters Clear counters on all interfaces [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do clear logging Clear logging buffer [confirm] Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)#do reload System configuration has been modified. Save? [yes/no]: n Proceed with reload [confirm yes/no]: n Dell(conf-if-te-5/0)# enable Enter EXEC Privilege mode or any other privilege level configured. After entering this command, you may need to enter a password.
PAGE 103
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Users entering EXEC Privilege mode or any other configured privilege level can access configuration commands. To protect against unauthorized access, use the enable password command to configure a password for the enable command at a specific privilege level. If no privilege level is specified, the default is privilege level 15.
PAGE 104
Version 8.3.10.0 Usage Information Replacement command for the S4810 only. Replaces the enable xfp-power-updates command. To enable polling and to configure the polling frequency, use this command. end Return to EXEC Privilege mode from other command modes (for example, CONFIGURATION or ROUTER OSPF modes).
PAGE 105
Related Commands Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. E-Series Original command. exit — returns to the lower command mode. exec-timeout Set a time interval that the system waits for input on a line before disconnecting the session. S4820T Syntax exec-timeout minutes [seconds] To return to default settings, use the no exec-timeout command.
PAGE 106
E-Series Original command. Usage Information To remove the time interval, enter exec-timeout 0 0. Example Dell con0 is now available Press RETURN to get started. Dell> exit Return to the lower command mode.
PAGE 107
Related Commands Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. end — returns to EXEC Privilege mode. ftp-server enable Enable FTP server functions on the system.
PAGE 108
Example Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. morpheus% ftp 10.31.1.111 Connected to 10.31.1.111. 220 Dell (1.0) FTP server ready Name (10.31.1.
PAGE 109
Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. Usage Information After you enable FTP server functions with the ftp-server enable command, Dell Networking recommends specifying a top-level directory path.
PAGE 110
Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 111
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. The hostname is used in the prompt. ip ftp password Specify a password for outgoing FTP connections.
PAGE 112
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. The password is listed in the configuration file; you can view the password by entering the show running-config ftp command. Use the ip ftp password command when you use the ftp: parameter in the copy command.
PAGE 113
Usage Information Use this command to make the FTP clients VRF aware. The VRF name that you specify is used by the FTP client to reach the FTP server. If no VRF is specified, then the default vrf is used. ip ftp source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for FTP connections. S4820T Syntax ip ftp source-interface interface To delete an interface, use the no ip ftp source-interface interface command.
PAGE 114
Related Commands Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Increased number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. copy — copies files from and to the switch. ip ftp username Assign a user name for outgoing FTP connection requests.
PAGE 115
E-Series Original command. Usage Information Configure a password with the ip ftp password command. Related Commands ip ftp password — sets the password for FTP connections. ip telnet server enable Enable the Telnet server on the switch. S4820T Syntax ip telnet server enable To disable the Telnet server, use the no ip telnet server enable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 116
ip telnet server vrf Configures the TELNET server on either a specific VRF or a management VRF. S4820T Syntax ip telnet server vrf {management | vrf-name} To undo the TELNET server configuration, use the no ip telnet server [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters vrf management Enter the keyword vrf followed by the keyword management to specify a management VRF that is used by the TELNET server.
PAGE 117
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel, enter the keyword port-channel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 118
ip tftp source-interface Assign an interface’s IP address in outgoing packets for TFTP traffic. S4820T Syntax ip tftp source-interface interface To return to the default setting, use the no ip tftp source-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel, enter the keyword port-channel then a number.
PAGE 119
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command ip tftp vrf Configures an TFTP client with a VRF that is used to connect to the TFTP server. S4820T Syntax ip tftp [vrf vrf-name] To undo the TFTP client configuration, use the no ip tftp [vrf vrf-name] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to specify the VRF that is used by the TFTP client.
PAGE 120
line Enable and configure console and virtual terminal lines to the system. This command accesses LINE mode, where you can set the access conditions for the designated line. Syntax Parameters line {aux 0 |console 0 | vty number [end-number]} aux 0 Enter the keyword aux 0 to configure the auxiliary terminal connection. console 0 Enter the keyword console 0 to configure the console port. The console option for the S-Series is <0-0>.
PAGE 121
password — specifies a password for users on terminal lines. motd-banner Enable a message of the day (MOTD) banner to appear when you log in to the system. S4820T Syntax motd-banner To disable the MOTD banner, use the no motd-banner command. Defaults Enabled on all lines. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 122
ping Test connectivity between the system and another device by sending echo requests and waiting for replies.
PAGE 123
tos (IPv4 only) Enter the type of service required. The range is from 0 to 255. The default is 0. df-bit (IPv4 only) Enter Y or N for the “don't fragment” bit in IPv4 header. • N: Do not set the “don't fragment” bit. • Y: Do set “don't fragment” bit Default is No. validate-reply (IPv4 only) Enter Y or N for reply validation. • N: Do not validate reply data. • Y: Do validate reply data. Default is No.
PAGE 124
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4820T. Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for the outgoing-interface option for link-local IPv6 addressing on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 125
Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 172.31.1.255, timeout is 2 seconds: Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.208 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.216 0 ms Reply to request 1 from 172.31.1.205 16 ms :: Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.209 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.66 0 ms Reply to request 5 from 172.31.1.87 0 ms Dell# Example (IPv6) Dell#ping 100::1 Type Ctrl-C to abort. Sending 5, 100-byte ICMP Echos to 100::1, timeout is 2 seconds: !!!!! Success rate is 100.
PAGE 126
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command. If there is a change in the configuration, FTOS prompts you to save the new configuration. Or you can save your running configuration with the copy running-config command. Use the conditional parameter if any configuration changes made to the nvram, such as stack-group and fanout configurations, must be saved. send Send messages to one or all terminal line users.
PAGE 127
Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Messages can contain an unlimited number of lines; however, each line is limited to 255 characters. To move to the next line, use . To send the message use CTR-Z; to abort a message, use CTR-C. service timestamps To debug and log messages, add time stamps.
PAGE 128
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 129
Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series Original command.
PAGE 130
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on S4810. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. show command-history Display a buffered log of all commands all users enter along with a time stamp.
PAGE 131
[11/20 15:47:22]: CMD-(CLI):[service password-encryption hostname Force10]by default from console - Repeated 3 times.
PAGE 132
show command-tree Display the entire CLI command tree, and optionally, display the utilization count for each command and its options. S4820T Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show command-tree [count | no] count Display the command tree with a usage counter for each command. no Display all of the commands that may be preceded by the keyword no, which is the keyword used to remove a command from the running-configuration.
PAGE 133
! Global configuration mode: aaa authentication enable command usage:1 WORD option usage: 1 default option usage: 0 enable option usage: 0 line option usage: 0 none option usage: 0 radius option usage: 1 tacacs+ option usage: 0 show cpu-traffic-stats View the CPU traffic statistics. S4820T Syntax Parameters show cpu-traffic-stats [port number | all | cp ] port number (OPTIONAL) Enter the port number to display traffic statistics on that port only. The range is from 1 to 1568.
PAGE 134
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Traffic statistics are sorted on a per-interface basis; the interface receiving the most traffic is displayed first. All CPU and port information is displayed unless a specific port or CPU is specified. Traffic information is displayed for router ports only; not for management interfaces.
PAGE 135
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series E-Series Original command.
PAGE 136
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 137
-- Fan Status -Unit Bay TrayStatus Fan0 Speed Fan1 Speed ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 up up 7021 up 7021 0 1 up up 6971 up 7072 0 2 up up 7021 up 6971 Speed in RPM Dell#show environment pem -- Power Supplies -Unit Bay Status Type FanStatus FanSpeed(rpm) -------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 down UNKNOWN down 0 0 1 up AC up 6504 Dell#show environment thermal-sensor -- Thermal Sensor Readings (deg C) -- Unit Sen
PAGE 138
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 139
----------------------------------------------------------------------------0 0 QSFP 40GBASE-CR4-1M APF11200012UQQ Yes 0 1 QSFP 40GBASE-CR4-1M APF11200012UQQ Yes 0 2 QSFP 40GBASE-CR4-1M APF11200012UQQ Yes 0 3 QSFP 40GBASE-CR4-1M APF11200012UQQ Yes 0 4 QSFP 40GBASE-CR4-1M APF11200012UR1 Yes 0 5 QSFP 40GBASE-CR4-1M APF11200012UR1 Yes 0 6 QSFP 40GBASE-CR4-1M APF11200012UR1 Yes 0 7 QSFP 40GBASE-CR4-1M APF11200012UR1 Yes 0 8 QSFP 40GBASE-CR4-1M APF12300017GEY Yes 0 9 QSFP 40GBASE-CR4-1M APF12300017GEY Yes 0 10 Q
PAGE 140
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced this version of the command for the S-Series. Usage Information The output for show memory displays the memory usage of LP part (sysdlp) of the system. The sysdlp is an aggregate task that handles all the tasks running on the SSeries’ CPU.
PAGE 141
of memory statistics to the designated stack member. The unit ID range for the S4810 is from 0 to 11.The unit ID range for the S4820T is from 0 to 11. Refer to Example (stack-unit). summary Command Modes Command History • • (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywordsummary to view CPU utilization of processes related to stack-unit processing. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 142
1.33% 0.73% 0xbacf3000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad0c000 0.00% 0.03% 0xbad24000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad44000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad58000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad6e000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad85000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbad9a000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbadb4000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbadc9000 0.00% 0.00% 0xbae22000 0.00% 0.02% 0 0 10 710 0 30 0 50 0 650 0 50 0 1190 0 0 0 0 0 0 30 10 60 frrpagt 1 F10StkMgr 71 lcMgr 3 dla 5 sysAdmTsk 65 timerMgr 5 PM 119 KP 0 evagt 3 ipc 1 sysReaper 6 tme 10000 0.00% 10000 0.00% 10000 0.00% 10000 0.00% 10000 0.
PAGE 143
0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 0.00% 47 0.00% 46 0.00% 0 0 0 snmp 0 0 0 0.00% 0 0 0 0.00% dpi_cmow dpi_taskcmo Dell#show processes cpu management-unit details ? | Pipe through a command Dell#show processes cpu management-unit ? <1-99> Number of tasks with highest CPU usage last 5 seconds details Detail CPU utilization | Pipe through a command Dell#show processes cpu management-unit CPUID 5sec 1min 5min -------------------------------------------------CORE 0 9.54 9.92 12.82 CORE 2 10.74 11.56 14.
PAGE 144
show hardware stack-unit — displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member. show hardware system-flow — displays Layer 3 ACL or QoS data for the selected stack member and stack member port-pipe. show interfaces stack-unit — displays information on all interfaces on a specific SSeries stack member. show processes memory (S-Series) — displays CPU usage information based on processes running in an S-Series.
PAGE 145
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series.
PAGE 146
show processes memory Display memory usage information based on processes running in the S-Series or Z-Series system. S4820T Syntax Parameters show processes memory {management-unit | stack unit {unit-id | all | summary}} managementunit Enter the keyword management-unit for CPU memory usage of the stack management unit. stack unit unit id Enter the keyword stack unit then a stack unit ID of the member unit for which to display memory usage on the forwarding processor. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 147
show processes memory output Field Description MaxUsed: Total maximum memory used ever (history indicated with time stamp) CurrentUsed: Total memory currently in use CurrentFree: Total system memory available SharedUsed: Total used shared memory SharedFree: Total free shared memory PID Process ID Process Process Name ResSize Actual resident size of the process in memory Size Process test, stack, and data size Allocs Total dynamic memory allocated Frees Total dynamic memory freed Max
PAGE 148
Example (managementunit) Dell#show processes management-unit Total : 151937024, MaxUsed : 111800320 [2/25/2008 4:18:53] CurrentUsed: 98848768, CurrentFree: 53088256 SharedUsed : 13007848, SharedFree : 7963696 PID Process ResSize Size Allocs Frees Max Current 337 KernLrnAgMv 117927936 0 0 0 0 0 331 vrrp 5189632 249856 50572 0 50572 50572 323 frrp 5206016 241664 369238 0 369238 369238 322 xstp 7430144 2928640 38328 0 38328 38328 321 pim 5267456 823296 62168 0 62168 62168 314 igmp 4960256 380928 18588 16564 1
PAGE 149
stack-unit unitID • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number: The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10G Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE. Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stack member number to display IFM information for that unit. The range is from 0 to 1. NOTE: This option is only available on the S-Series.
PAGE 150
LACP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x8000383f 0x00000000 35 DHCP 0 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x800000c2 0x0000c000 37 V6RAD 0 0x00000433 0x00030000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0 Unidentified Client0 0x006e0002 0x00000000 0x00000000 0x00000000 0 Dell# show system Display the status of all stack members or a specific member. S4820T Syntax Parameters show system [brief | stack-unit unit-id | stack-ports {status | topology}] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view an abbreviated list of system information.
PAGE 151
command. Modified the show system stack-unit command output to support Piece Part ID (PPID). Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 The Boot Flash field displays the code level for boot code 2.8.1.1 and newer, while older boot codes display as "Present". Version 7.7.1.0 Added Master Priority field. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 152
Reload-Type normal-reload] : normal-reload [Next boot : -- Unit 0 -Unit Type : Management Unit Status : online Next Boot : online Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 4.
PAGE 153
Required Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Current Type : S6000 - 32-port TE/FG (SI) Master priority : 0 Hardware Rev : 4.0 Num Ports : 128 Up Time : 21 min, 8 sec Dell Networking OS Version : 9-4(0-168) Jumbo Capable : yes POE Capable : no FIPS Mode : disabled Boot Flash : 3.1.1.2 Boot Selector : 3.1.0.
PAGE 154
show tech-support Display a collection of data from other show commands, necessary for Dell Networking technical support to perform troubleshooting on S-Series or Z-Series switches. S4820T Syntax Parameters show tech-support [stack-unit unit-id | page] stack-unit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stack-unit to view CPU memory usage for the stack member designated by unit-id. The unit ID range for the S4820T is from 0 to 11. page (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword page to view 24 lines of text at a time.
PAGE 155
|except regular-expression | find regular-expression | save flash://result This display output is an accumulation of the same information that is displayed when you execute one of the following show commands: Example (SSeries) • show version • show clock • show running-config • show system stack-ports • show interfaces • show process memory • show process cpu • show file system • show system • show environment • show ip traffic • show ip management route • show ip route summary •
PAGE 156
Example (SSeries) Dell#show tech-support stack-unit 0 ----------------------------------- show version ------------------------------Dell Real Time Operating System Software Dell Operating System Version: 2.0 Dell Application Software Version: 9-4(0-168) Copyright (c) 1999-2014 by Dell Inc. All Rights Reserved. Build Time: Sun Mar 23 22:17:49 PDT 2014 Build Path: /work.
PAGE 157
• show processes memory (S-Series) — displays the memory usage based on running processes. ssh-peer-stack-unit Open an SSH connection to the peer stack-unit. S4820T Syntax Parameters ssh-peer-stack-unit [-l username] -l username (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword -l then your user name. The default is the user name associated with the terminal. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 158
S4820T Syntax Parameters telnet {host | ip-address | ipv6-address prefix-length | vrf vrf instance name } [/source-interface] host Enter the name of a server. ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format of the server. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 159
Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Added support for sourceinterface for link-local IPv6 addressing. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv6). Increased the number of VLANs on ExaScale to 4094 (was 2094). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale (IPv4). Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF.
PAGE 160
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S-Series. terminal length Configure the number of lines displayed on the terminal screen. S4820T Syntax Parameters terminal length screen-length screen-length Enter a number of lines. Entering zero causes the terminal to display without pausing. The range is from 0 to 512.
PAGE 161
traceroute View a packet’s path to a specific device. S4820T Syntax Parameters traceroute {host | vrf instance | ip-address | ipv6-address} host Enter the name of device. ip-address Enter the IP address of the device in dotted decimal format. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address, in the x:x:x:x::x format, to which you are testing connectivity. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 162
Usage Information Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6 address on the E-Series. E-Series Original command. When you enter the traceroute command without specifying an IP address (Extended Traceroute), you are prompted for a target and source IP address, timeout (in seconds) (default is 5), a probe count (default is 3), minimum TTL (default is 1), maximum TTL (default is 30), and port number (default is 33434). To keep the default setting for those parameters, press the ENTER key.
PAGE 163
Related Commands ping — tests the connectivity to a device. undebug all Disable all debug operations on the system. S4820T Syntax undebug all Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 164
Parameters ipv4-address Enter the IP address of the active management interface in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). ipv6-address Enter an IPv6 address of the active management interface, in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 165
write Copy the current configuration to either the startup-configuration file or the terminal. S4820T Syntax Parameters write {memory | terminal} memory Enter the keyword memory to copy the current running configuration to the startup configuration file. This command is similar to the copy running-config startup-config command. terminal Enter the keyword terminal to copy the current running configuration to the terminal. This command is similar to the show running-config command.
PAGE 166
5 802.1ag 802.1ag is available on the Dell Networking S4820T platform. ccm disable Disable continuity check message (CCM). S4820T Syntax ccm disable Enter no ccm disable to enable CCM. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 167
Parameters seconds Enter a transmit interval. The intervals are 1, 10, 60, and 600. Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 168
database hold-time Set the amount of time that data from a missing MEP is kept in the continuity check database. S4820T Syntax Parameters database hold-time minutes minutes Enter a hold-time. The range is from 100 to 65535 minutes. Defaults 100 minutes Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 169
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. domain Create the maintenance domain. S4820T Syntax Parameters domain name md-level number name Name the maintenance domain. md-level number Enter a maintenance domain level. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults none Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 170
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ethernet cfm mep Create an MEP.
PAGE 171
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ethernet cfm mip Create a maintenance intermediate point (MIP). S4820T Syntax Parameters ethernet cfm mip domain {name | level} ma-name name domain [name | level] Enter the keyword domain then the domain name or domain level. ma-name name Enter the keyword ma-name then the name of the maintenance association.
PAGE 172
mep cross-check Enable cross-checking for a MEP. S4820T Syntax Parameters mep cross-check mep-id mep-id Enter the MEP ID. The range is from 1 to 8191. Defaults none Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 173
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. mep cross-check start-delay Configure the amount of time the system waits for a remote MEP to come up before the cross-check operation is started. S4820T Syntax Parameters mep cross-check start-delay number start-delay number Enter a start-delay in seconds. The range is from 3 to 100 seconds.
PAGE 174
ping ethernet Send a loopback message. S4820T Syntax Parameters ping ethernet domain [name l level] ma-name ma-name remote {dest-mep-id | mac-addr mac-address} source {src-mep-id | port interface} name | level Enter the domain name or level. ma-name maname Enter the keyword ma-name and then enter the maintenance association name. dest-mep-id Enter the MEP ID that is the target of the ping.
PAGE 175
Parameters name | level Enter the maintenance domain name or level. brief Enter the keyword brief to display a summary output. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 176
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 177
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 178
show ethernet cfm statistics Display MEP statistics. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ethernet cfm statistics [domain {name | level} vlan-id vlan-id mpid mpid] domain Enter the keyword domain to display statistics for a particular domain. name | level Enter the domain name or level. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan-id then a VLAN ID. mpid mpid Enter the keyword mpid then a maintenance point ID. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 179
show ethernet cfm port-statistics Display CFM statistics by port. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ethernet cfm port-statistics [interface type slot/port] interface type Enter the keyword interface then the interface type. slot/port Enter the slot and port numbers for the port. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 180
show ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Display the link trace cache. S4820T Syntax show ethernet cfm traceroute-cache Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 181
Defaults none Command Modes ECFM DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 182
traceroute cache size Set the size of the link trace cache. S4820T Syntax Parameters traceroute cache size entries entries Enter the number of entries the link trace cache can hold. The range is from 1 to 4095 entries. Defaults 100 entries Command Modes ETHERNET CFM Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 183
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. 802.1ag Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 184
6 802.1X An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only extensible authentication protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. The Dell Networking operating software supports remote authentication dial-in service (RADIUS) and active directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 185
debug dot1x Display 802.1X debugging information. S4820T Syntax Parameters debug dot1x [all | auth-pae-fsm | backend-fsm | eapol-pdu] [interface interface] all Enable all 802.1X debug messages. auth-pae-fsm Enable authentication PAE FSM debug messages. backend-fsm Enable backend FSM debug messages. eapol-pdu Enable the EAPOL frame trace and related debug messages. interface interface Restricts the debugging information to an interface.
PAGE 186
To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts followed number of attempts desired before authentication fails. The range is from 1 to 5. The default is 3. Defaults 3 attempts Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 187
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. S4820T Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 188
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The prerequisites for enabling MAB-only authentication on a port are: • Enable 802.1X authentication globally on the switch and on the port (the dot1x authentication command).
PAGE 189
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. dot1x authentication (Interface) — Enable dot1x on an interface. dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface.
PAGE 190
Related Commands dot1x authentication (Configuration) — Enable dot1x globally. dot1x guest-vlan Configure a guest VLAN for limited access users or for devices that are not 802.1X capable. S4820T Syntax dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id To disable the guest VLAN, use the no dot1x guest-vlan vlan-id command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 191
If the host fails authentication for the designated number of times, the authenticator places the port in authentication failed VLAN (dot1x auth-failvlan). NOTE: You can create the Layer 3 portion of a guest VLAN and authentication fail VLANs regardless if the VLAN is assigned to an interface or not. After an interface is assigned a guest VLAN (which has an IP address), routing through the guest VLAN is the same as any other traffic. However, the interface may join/leave a VLAN dynamically.
PAGE 192
Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.0 Added the multi-auth option on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 8.3.2.0 Added the single-host and multi-host options on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. • Single-host mode authenticates only one host per authenticator port and drops all other traffic on the port. • Multi-host mode authenticates the first host to respond to an Identity Request and then permits all other traffic on the port.
PAGE 193
Version 8.4.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, enter the no dot1x mac-authbypass command. dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out. S4820T Syntax dot1x max-eap-req number To return to the default, use the no dot1x max-eap-req command.
PAGE 194
dot1x max-supplicants Restrict the number of supplicants that can be authenticated and permitted to access the network through the port. This configuration is only takes effect in Multi-auth mode. S4820T Syntax Parameters dot1x max-supplicants number number Enter the number of supplicants that can be authenticated on a single port in Multi-auth mode. The range is from 1 to 128. The default is 128. Defaults 128 hosts can be authenticated on a single authenticator port.
PAGE 195
Parameters forceauthorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly deauthorize a port. Defaults none Command Modes Auto Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 196
Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 197
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized.
PAGE 198
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. S4820T Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 199
Where the default values are as follows: dot1x server-timeout (30 seconds), radius-server retransmit (3 seconds), and radius-server timeout (5 seconds). For example: Dell(conf)#radius-server host 10.11.197.105 timeout 6 Dell(conf)#radius-server host 10.11.197.105 retransmit 4 Dell(conf)#interface gigabitethernet 2/23 Dell(conf-if-gi-2/23)#dot1x server-timeout 40 dot1x supplicant-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the supplicant time-out.
PAGE 200
dot1x tx-period Configure the intervals at which EAPOL PDUs the Authenticator PAE transmits. S4820T Syntax dot1x tx-period seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x tx-period command. Parameters seconds Enter the interval time, in seconds, that EAPOL PDUs are transmitted. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 201
mac-address • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Ten-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. (Optional) MAC address of an 802.1X-authenticated supplicant. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 202
Dell#show dot1x cos-mapping interface tengigabitethernet 0/32 mac-address 00:00:00:00:00:10 Supplicant Mac: 0 0 0 0 0 10 Lookup for Mac: 802.1p CoS re-map table on Te 0/32: ---------------------------------802.1p CoS re-map table for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:10 Dot1p 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Dell# Remapped Dot1p 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X configuration of an interface.
PAGE 203
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.1 Added the mac-address option on the C-Series and SSeries. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series. Usage Information If you enable 802.1X multi-supplicant authentication on a port, additional 802.
PAGE 204
Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Max-Supplicants: 100 Disable NONE NONE Enable Enable 3 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 MULTI_AUTH 128 Port status and State info for Supplicant: 00:00:00:00:00:10 Port Auth Status: Untagged VLAN id: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# AUTHORIZED(MAC-AUTH
PAGE 205
Access Control Lists (ACL) 7 Access control lists (ACLs) are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the S4820T platform.
PAGE 206
NOTE: You can use the same sequence number for the remark and an ACL rule. description Enter a description of up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 207
Related Commands show config — displays the current ACL configuration. show config Display the current ACL configuration. S4820T Syntax show config Command Modes • CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD • CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 208
Common IP ACL Commands The following commands are available within both IP ACL modes (Standard and Extended) and do not have mode-specific options. When an ACL is created without a rule and then is applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The S4820T supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types section. access-class Apply a standard ACL to a terminal line.
PAGE 209
clear counters ip access-group Erase all counters maintained for access lists. S4820T Syntax clear counters ip access-group [access-list-name] Parameters access-listname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of a configured access-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 210
Parameters access-listname Enter the name of a configured access list, up to 140 characters. in Enter the keyword in to apply the ACL to incoming traffic. out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic. implicit-permit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword implicit-permit to change the default action of the ACL from implicit-deny to implicit-permit (that is, if the traffic does not match the filters in the ACL, the traffic is permitted instead of dropped).
PAGE 211
Usage Information You can assign one ACL (standard or extended ACL) to an interface. NOTE: This command supports Loopback interfaces EE3 and EF series route processor modules (RPMs). This command does not support Loopback interfaces ED series RPMs, S-Series Loopback interfaces. NOTE: If outbound(egress) IP acl is applied on switch port, filter will be applied only for routed traffic egressing out of that port. Use the vrf attribute of this command to associate an access-list to a non-default VRF.
PAGE 212
cam_count List the count of the CAM rules for this ACL. interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 1 to 128. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 213
Usage Information Example show ip accounting access-lists Field Description “Extended IP...” Displays the name of the IP ACL. “seq 5...” Displays the filter. If the keywords count or byte were configured in the filter, the number of packets or bytes the filter processes is displayed at the end of the line. “order 4” Displays the QoS order of priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 214
• Parameters Use the no deny {source [mask] | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the network from which the packet was sent. any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. You can enter any of the following keywords to specify route types. host ip-address • bytes — Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. • count — Enter the keyword bytesorder to count bytes the filter processes.
PAGE 215
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Version 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 216
Usage Information Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for the non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Version 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 217
any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. You can enter any of the following keywords to specify route types. • • • • • host ip-address bytes — Enter the keyword bytes to count bytes processed by the filter. count — Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. dscp — Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values. fragments — Enter the keyword fragments to match to non-initial fragments of a datagram.
PAGE 218
Usage Information The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, refer to the “Quality of Service” chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Related Commands deny — Assigns a IP ACL filter to deny IP packets. ip access-list standard — creates a standard ACL. resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list.
PAGE 219
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names were up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits reassigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing access-list.
PAGE 220
Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits reassigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list. Related Commands resequence access-list — resequences an access-list. seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an IP access list while creating the filter.
PAGE 221
fragments Enter the keyword fragments to use ACLs to control packet fragments. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 222
Extended IP ACL Commands When an ACL is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects an implicit permit. The following commands configure extended IP ACLs, which in addition to the IP address, also examine the packet’s protocol type. The S4820T supports both Ingress and Egress IP ACLs. NOTE: Also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common IP ACL Commands sections. deny Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 223
byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes that the filter processes. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to enter ACL matches in the log. dscp (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword dcsp to match to the IP DCSCP values. order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority).
PAGE 224
Version 6.5.1.0 Usage Information Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only. For more information, refer to the Quality of Service chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs detail the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details.
PAGE 225
any Enter the keyword any to specify that all routes are subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter.
PAGE 226
Usage Information Version 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Version 6.5.1.0 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry. The order option is relevant in the context of the Policy QoS feature only.
PAGE 227
dscp Enter this keyword dscp to deny a packet based on the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 228
0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority) If you did not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 229
When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The C-Series and S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
PAGE 230
To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters 230 • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous.
PAGE 231
order (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword order to specify the QoS priority for the ACL entry. The range is from 0 to 254 (where 0 is the highest priority and 254 is the lowest; lower-order numbers have a higher priority) If you did not use the keyword order, the ACLs have the lowest order by default (255). monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface.
PAGE 232
The monitor option is relevant in the context of flow-based monitoring only. For more information, refer to the Port Monitoring chapter. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. The C-Series and S-Series cannot count both packets and bytes; when you enter the count byte options, only bytes are incremented.
PAGE 233
To delete an access list, use the no ip access-list extended accesslist-name command. Parameters access-listname Enter a string up to 140 characters long as the access list name. Defaults All access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 234
permit To pass IP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax permit {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [count [bytes]] [dscp value] [order] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults 234 • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no deny {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command.
PAGE 235
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
PAGE 236
address} [bit] [dscp] [operator port [port]] [count [byte] | log] [order] [monitor] [fragments] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. • Use the no permit tcp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} command. source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D.
PAGE 237
• 20 and 21 = FTP • 25 = SMTP • 169 = SNMP destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x) or A.B.C.D. The mask, when specified in A.B.C.D format, may be either contiguous or non-contiguous. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets the filter processes. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes the filter processes.
PAGE 238
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. Deprecated the keyword established. Version 6.5.
PAGE 239
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. permit — assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit udp — assigns a permit filter for UDP packets. permit udp To pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 240
• lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter) port port Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is 0 to 65535. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter.
PAGE 241
Usage Information Version 8.3.1.0 Added the keyword dscp. Version 8.2.1.0 Allows ACL control of fragmented packets for IP (Layer 3) ACLs. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added support for non-contiguous mask and added the monitor option. . Version 6.5.10 Expanded to include the optional QoS order priority for the ACL entry.
PAGE 242
Example An ACL rule with a TCP port lt 1023 uses only one entry in the CAM. Rule# Data Mask From To 1 0000000000000000 1111110000000000 0 #Covered 1023 1024 Total Ports: 1024 Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. permit — assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit tcp — assigns a permit filter for TCP packets. resequence access-list Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing access-list.
PAGE 243
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. When all sequence numbers have been exhausted, this feature permits reassigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing access-list. resequence prefix-list ipv4 Re-assign sequence numbers to entries of an existing prefix list.
PAGE 244
Usage Information When you have exhausted all the sequence numbers, this feature permits reassigning a new sequence number to entries of an existing prefix list. Related Commands resequence access-list — resequences an access-list. seq Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter.
PAGE 245
• port port eq = equal to • neq = not equal to • gt = greater than • lt = less than • range = inclusive range of ports (you must specify two ports for the port parameter.) (OPTIONAL) Enter the application layer port number. Enter two port numbers if you are using the range logical operand. The range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 246
Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 247
If you configure the sequence-number, the sequence-number is used as a tie breaker for rules with the same order. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands deny — configures a filter to drop packets. permit — configures a filter to forward packets.
PAGE 248
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. mac access-group Apply a MAC ACL to traffic entering or exiting an interface. The following interface types can be used for VLAN , Physical interface, Port channel interface. Enter into the interface mode and apply the mac acl in the following manner.
PAGE 249
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 250
in | out • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet and then enter the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE and then enter the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN followed by the vlan id. Identify whether ACL is applied on ingress or egress side. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 251
• in | out For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN followed by the vlan id. Identify whether ACL is applied on ingress or egress side. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 252
Standard MAC ACL Commands When you create an access control list without any rule and then apply it to an interface, the ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. These commands configure standard MAC ACLs. The S4820T support both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections. deny To drop packets with a the MAC address specified, configure a filter.
PAGE 253
Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.
PAGE 254
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 255
• Parameters Use the no permit {any | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to forward all packets received with a MAC address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match. If no mask is specified, a mask of 00:00:00:00:00:00 is applied (in other words, the filter allows only MAC addresses that match).
PAGE 256
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. When you use the log option, the CP processor logs details about the packets that match. Depending on how many packets match the log entry and at what rate, the CP may become busy as it has to log these packets’ details. NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead.
PAGE 257
monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. NOTE: For more information, refer to the “Flow-based Monitoring” section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 258
Extended MAC ACL Commands When an access-list is created without any rule and then applied to an interface, ACL behavior reflects implicit permit. The following commands configure Extended MAC ACLs. The S4820T supports both Ingress and Egress MAC ACLs. NOTE: For more information, also refer to the Commands Common to all ACL Types and Common MAC Access List Commands sections. deny To drop packets that match the filter criteria, configure a filter.
PAGE 259
ethertype operator (OPTIONAL) To filter based on protocol type, enter one of the following Ethertypes: • ev2 - is the Ethernet II frame format • llc - is the IEEE 802.3 frame format • snap - is the IEEE 802.3 SNAP frame format count (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count to count packets processed by the filter. byte (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword byte to count bytes processed by the filter. log (OPTIONAL, E-Series only) Enter the keyword log to log the packets.
PAGE 260
NOTE: When ACL logging and byte counters are configured simultaneously, byte counters may display an incorrect value. Configure packet counters with logging instead. Related Commands permit — configures a MAC address filter to pass packets. seq — configures a MAC address filter with a specified sequence number. mac access-list extended Name a new or existing extended MAC access control list (extended MAC ACL).
PAGE 261
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. The number of entries allowed per ACL is hardware-dependent. For detailed specifications on entries allowed per ACL, refer to your line card documentation. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long.
PAGE 262
• Parameters Use the no permit {any | host mac-address | mac-source-address mac-source-address-mask} {any | mac-destination-address macdestination-address-mask} command. any Enter the keyword any to forward all packets. host Enter the keyword host then a MAC address to forward packets with that host address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format. mac-sourceaddress-mask (OPTIONAL) Specify which bits in the MAC address must match.
PAGE 263
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-EXTENDED Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 264
Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number as the filter sequence number. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. deny Enter the keyword deny to drop any traffic matching this filter. permit Enter the keyword permit to forward any traffic matching this filter. any Enter the keyword any to filter all packets. host macaddress Enter the keyword host and then enter a MAC address to filter packets with that host address. mac-sourceaddress Enter a MAC address in nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format.
PAGE 265
NOTE: For more information, refer to the Flow-based Monitoring section in the Port Monitoring chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-MAC ACCESS LIST-STANDARD Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 266
clear ip prefix-list Reset the number of times traffic mets the conditions (“hit” counters) of the configured prefix lists. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear ip prefix-list [prefix-name] prefix-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the configured prefix list to clear only counters for that prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Defaults Clears “hit” counters for all prefix lists unless a prefix list is specified. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 267
Parameters ip-prefix Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/ 8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0. ge min-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. le max-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword le and then enter the maximum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 268
Parameters prefix-name Enter a string up to 16 characters long as the name of the prefix list, up to 140 characters long. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 269
ge min-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ge and then enter the minimum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. le max-prefixlength (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword le and then enter the maximum prefix length, which is a number from zero (0) to 32. Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 270
Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number. The range is from 1 to 4294967294. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition.. permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this condition. any (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword any to match any packets. ip-prefix /nn (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP prefix in the network/length format. For example, 35.0.0.0/8 means match the first 8 bits of address 35.0.0.0.
PAGE 271
show config Display the current PREFIX-LIST configurations. S4820T Syntax show config Command Modes PREFIX-LIST Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 272
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 273
Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 274
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The continue feature allows movement from one route-map entry to a specific route-map entry (the sequence number).
PAGE 275
set as-path — configures a filter to modify the AS path. description Add a description to this route map. S4820T Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the route map (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 276
Parameters as-path-name Enter the name of an established AS-PATH ACL, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 277
Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 278
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.
PAGE 279
Parameters prefix-listname Enter the name of configured prefix list, up to 140 characters. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 280
match ip next-hop To match based on the next-hop IP addresses specified in an IP access list or IP prefix list, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax match ip next-hop {prefix-list prefix-list-name} To delete a match, use the no match ip next-hop {prefix-list prefixlist-name} command. Parameters prefix-list prefix-listname Enter the keywords prefix-list and then enter the name of configured prefix list, up 10 140 characters. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 281
match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag. match ip route-source To match based on the routes advertised by routes specified in IP access lists or IP prefix lists, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax match ip route-source {prefix-list prefix-list-name} To delete a match, use the no match ip route-source {prefix-list prefix-list-name} command.
PAGE 282
match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag. match metric To match on a specified value, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax match metric metric-value To delete a value, use the no match metric [metric-value] command. Parameters metric-value Enter a value to match.
PAGE 283
match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag. match origin To match routes based on the value found in the BGP path ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax match origin {egp | igp | incomplete} To disable matching filter, use the no match origin {igp | egp | incomplete} command.
PAGE 284
match route-type To match routes based on the how the route is defined, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax match route-type {external [type-1 | type-2] | internal | level-1 | level-2 | local} To delete a match, use the no match route-type {local | internal | external [type-1 | type-2] | level-1 | level-2} command. Parameters external [type-1| type-2] Enter the keyword external then either type-1 or type-2 to match only on OSPF Type 1 routes or OSPF Type 2 routes.
PAGE 285
match ip next-hop — redistributes routes that match the next-hop IP address. match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match tag — redistributes routes that match a specific tag. match tag To redistribute only routes that match a specified tag value, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax match tag tag-value To remove a match, use the no match tag command.
PAGE 286
match ip route-source — redistributes routes that match routes advertised by other routers. match metric — redistributes routes that match a specific metric. match route-type — redistributes routes that match a route type. route-map Enable a route map statement and configure its action and sequence number. This command also places you in ROUTE-MAP mode.
PAGE 287
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Increased the name string to accept up to 140 characters. Prior to 7.8.1.0, names are up to 16 characters long. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 288
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. You can prepend up to eight AS numbers to a BGP route. This command influences best path selection in BGP by inserting a tag or AS number into the AS_PATH attribute.
PAGE 289
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series. set level — specify the OSPF area for route redistribution. set metric — specify the metric value assigned to redistributed routes. set metric-type — specify the metric type assigned to redistributed routes. set tag — specify the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set comm-list delete To remove the specified community list from the BGP route’s COMMUNITY attribute, configure a filter.
PAGE 290
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. The community list used in the set comm-list delete command must be configured so that each filter contains only one community. For example, the filter deny 100:12 is acceptable, but the filter deny 120:13 140:33 results in an error.
PAGE 291
All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary. none Enter the keyword none to remove the community attribute from routes meeting the route map criteria. additive (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword additive to add the communities to already existing communities. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 292
Parameters backbone Enter the keyword backbone to redistribute matched routes to the OSPF backbone area (area 0.0.0.0). level-1 Enter the keyword level-1 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1. level-1-2 Enter the keyword level-1-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 1 and Level 2. level-2 Enter the keyword level-2 to redistribute matched routes to IS-IS Level 2. stub-area Enter the keyword stub to redistributed matched routes to OSPF stub areas. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 293
set local-preference To set the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for routers within the local autonomous system, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax set local-preference value To delete a BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute, use the no set local-preference command. Parameters value Enter a number as the LOCAL_PREF attribute value. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 294
set metric To assign a new metric to redistributed routes, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax set metric [+ | -] metric-value To delete a setting, enter no set metric. Parameters + (OPTIONAL) Enter + to add a metric-value to the redistributed routes. - (OPTIONAL) Enter - to subtract a metric-value from the redistributed routes. metric-value Enter a number as the new metric value. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 295
set metric-type To assign a new route type for routes redistributed to OSPF, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax set metric-type {internal | external | type-1 | type-2} To delete a setting, use the no set metric-type command. Parameters internal Enter the keyword internal to assign the Interior Gateway Protocol metric of the next hop as the route’s BGP MULTI_EXIT_DES (MED) value. external Enter the keyword external to assign the IS-IS external metric.
PAGE 296
set tag — specifies the tag assigned to redistributed routes. set next-hop To specify an IP address as the next hop, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax set next-hop ip-address To delete the setting, use the no set next-hop ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 297
set origin To manipulate the BGP ORIGIN attribute, configure a filter. S4820T Syntax set origin {igp | egp | incomplete} To delete an ORIGIN attribute setting, use the no set origin command. Parameters egp Enter the keyword egp to set routes originating from outside the local AS. igp Enter the keyword igp to set routes originating within the same AS. incomplete Enter the keyword incomplete to set routes with incomplete routing information. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 298
To delete a setting, use the no set tag command. Parameters tag-value Enter a number as the tag. The range is from zero (0) to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 299
When there are multiple routes to the same destination, the routes with a higher weight are preferred. Defaults router-originated = 32768; all other routes = 0 Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTE-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 300
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-nprefixl)#show config ! ip prefix-list PL_OSPF_to_RIP seq 5 permit 1.1.1.0/24 seq 10 deny 2.1.0.0/16 ge 23 seq 25 permit 192.0.0.0 bitmask 192.0.0.
PAGE 301
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show route-map route-map firpo, permit, sequence 10 Match clauses: Set clauses: tag 34 Dell# Related Commands route-map — configures a route map. AS-Path Commands The following commands configure AS-Path ACLs. ip as-path access-list Enter AS-PATH ACL mode and configure an access control list based on the BGP AS_PATH attribute.
PAGE 302
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To apply the AS-PATH ACL to BGP routes, use the match as-path or neighbor filter-list commands. Example Dell(conf)#ip as-path access-list TestPath Dell(config-as-path)# Related Commands match as-path — matches on routes contain a specific AS-PATH. show ip as-path-access-lists Display the all AS-PATH access lists configured on the E-Series.
PAGE 303
ip community-list Enter COMMUNITY-LIST mode and create an IP community-list for BGP. S4820T Syntax ip community-list comm-list-name To delete a community-list, use the no ip community-list comm-list-name command. Parameters comm-listname Enter a text string as the name of the community-list, up to 140 characters. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 304
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 305
Defaults interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. monitor (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly.
PAGE 306
deny (for Extended IP ACLs) Configure a filter that drops IP packets meeting the filter criteria. Syntax deny {ip | ip-protocol-number} {source mask | any | host ipaddress} {destination mask | any | host ip-address} [count [byte]] [dscp value] [order] [monitor] [fragments] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 307
new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
PAGE 308
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Version 9.
PAGE 309
deny tcp (for Extended IP ACLs) Configure a filter that drops transmission control protocol (TCP) packets meeting the filter criteria.
PAGE 310
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
PAGE 311
interval minutes Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Version 9.3(0.
PAGE 312
Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 313
extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). deny icmp (for Extended IP ACLs) To drop all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter. NOTE: Only the options that have been newly introduced in Release 9.3(0.0) and Release 9.4(0.0) are described here.
PAGE 314
Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 315
Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100.
PAGE 316
extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). deny (for Standard MAC ACLs) To drop packets with a the MAC address specified, configure a filter.
PAGE 317
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 318
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The time interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 319
Related Commands permit — configures a MAC address filter to pass packets. seq — configures a MAC address filter with a specified sequence number. permit (for Standard IP ACLs) To permit packets from a specific source IP address to leave the switch, configure a filter.
PAGE 320
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 321
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 322
permit ether-type (for Extended MAC ACLs) Configure a filter that allows traffic with specified types of Ethernet packets. This command is supported only on 12-port GE line cards with SFP optics. For specifications, refer to your line card documentation.
PAGE 323
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
PAGE 324
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-STANDARD-ACCESS-LIST Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 325
• • Parameters Defaults Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the no permit udp {source mask | any | host ip-address} {destination mask | any | host ip-address command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 326
monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG).
PAGE 327
Command Modes Command History Usage Information CONFIGURATION-EXTENDED-ACCESS-LIST Version 9.4(0.0) Added the support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.3(0.0) Added the support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 328
To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Defaults Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number. Use the no permit {any | mac-source-address mac-sourceaddress-mask} command. log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 329
particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). Related Commands deny — configures a MAC ACL filter to drop packets.
PAGE 330
Usage Information When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval.
PAGE 331
Defaults threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated with the seq, permit, or deny commands. The threshold range is from 1 to 100. interval minutes (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword interval followed by the time period in minutes at which ACL logs must be generated. The interval range is from 1 to 10 minutes.
PAGE 332
Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended ACL. permit — assigns a permit filter for IP packets. permit udp — assigns a permit filter for UDP packets. seq arp (for Extended MAC ACLs) Configure an egress filter with a sequence number that filters ARP packets meeting this criteria. This command is supported only on 12-port GE line cards with SFP optics. For specifications, refer to your line card documentation. NOTE: Only the options that have been newly introduced in Release 9.3(0.
PAGE 333
Command History Usage Information Version 9.3.0.0 Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 334
Parameters Defaults log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands. You can enter a threshold in the range of 1-100.
PAGE 335
Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port. The source port is the monitored port (MD) and the destination port is the monitoring port (MG). seq (for IP ACLs) Assign a sequence number to a deny or permit filter in an extended IP access list while creating the filter.
PAGE 336
new interval commences from zero. If ACL logging was stopped previously because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is re-enabled for this new interval. If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs.
PAGE 337
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version 9.4(0.
PAGE 338
permit udp (for IPv6 ACLs) Configure a filter to pass UDP packets meeting the filter criteria. Syntax permit udp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} [operator port [port]] {destination address | any | host ipv6address} [operator port [port]] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: • • Parameters Defaults Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 339
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
PAGE 340
monitor Defaults (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword monitor when the rule is describing the traffic that you want to monitor and the ACL in which you are creating the rule is applied to the monitored interface. By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is 5 minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version 9.4(0.
PAGE 341
permit icmp (for IPv6 ACLs) To allow all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter. Syntax permit icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6-address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} [message-type] [count [byte]] [log [interval minutes] [threshold-in-msgs [count]] [monitor] To remove this filter, you have two choices: Parameters Defaults • Use the no seq sequence-number command if you know the filter’s sequence number.
PAGE 342
If ACL logging is stopped because the configured threshold is exceeded, it is reenabled after the logging interval period elapses. ACL logging is supported for standard and extended IPv4 ACLs, IPv6 ACLs, and MAC ACLs. You can configure ACL logging only on ACLs that are applied to ingress interfaces; you cannot enable logging for ACLs that are associated with egress interfaces.
PAGE 343
Defaults By default, 10 ACL logs are generated if you do not specify the threshold explicitly. The default frequency at which ACL logs are generated is five minutes. By default, flow-based monitoring is not enabled. Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms.
PAGE 344
• Parameters Defaults Use the no deny udp {source address mask | any | host ipv6address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages. threshold-in msgs count (OPTIONAL) Enter the threshold-in-msgs keyword followed by a value to indicate the maximum number of ACL logs that can be generated, exceeding which the generation of ACL logs is terminated. with the seq, permit, or deny commands.
PAGE 345
egress interfaces are examined and, appropriate ACLs can be applied in both the ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists.
PAGE 346
Command Modes Command History Usage Information ACCESS-LIST Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. Version 9.3(0.0) Added support for logging of ACLs on the S4810, S4820T, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped.
PAGE 347
• • Parameters Defaults Use the no seq sequence-number command syntax if you know the filter’s sequence number Use the no deny icmp {source address mask | any | host ipv6address} {destination address | any | host ipv6-address} command log (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword log to enable the triggering of ACL log messages.
PAGE 348
ingress and egress direction. Flow-based monitoring conserves bandwidth by monitoring only specified traffic instead all traffic on the interface. This feature is particularly useful when looking for malicious traffic. It is available for Layer 2 and Layer 3 ingress and egress traffic. You may specify traffic using standard or extended access-lists. This mechanism copies all incoming or outgoing packets on one port and forwards (mirrors) them to another port.
PAGE 349
Version 9.4(0.0) Usage Information Added support for flow-based monitoring on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. When the configured maximum threshold is exceeded, generation of logs is stopped. When the interval at which ACL logs are configured to be recorded expires, the subsequent, fresh interval timer is started and the packet count for that new interval commences from zero.
PAGE 350
8 Access Control List (ACL) VLAN Groups and Content Addressable Memory (CAM) This chapter describes the access control list (ACL) VLAN group and content addressable memory (CAM) enhancements. member vlan Add VLAN members to an ACL VLAN group. Syntax Parameters member vlan {VLAN-range} VLAN-range Enter the member VLANs using comma-separated VLAN IDs, a range of VLAN IDs, a single VLAN ID, or a combination.
PAGE 351
ip access-group Apply an egress IP ACL to the ACL VLAN group. Syntax Parameters ip access-group {group name} out implicit-permit group-name Enter the name of the ACL VLAN group where you want the egress IP ACLs applied, up to 140 characters. out Enter the keyword out to apply the ACL to outgoing traffic.
PAGE 352
Command History Version 9.3. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL platforms Usage Information When an ACL-VLAN-Group name or the Access List Group Name contains more than 30 characters, the name is truncated in the show acl-vlan-group command output. Examples The following sample illustrates the output of the show acl-vlan-group command. NOTE: Some group names and some access list names are truncated.
PAGE 353
show cam-acl-vlan Display the number of flow processor (FP) blocks that is allocated for the different VLAN services. Syntax show cam-acl-vlan Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.3. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000 and MXL platforms. After CAM configuration for ACL VLAN groups is performed, you must reboot the system to enable the settings to be stored in nonvolatile storage.
PAGE 354
VlanHp VlanFcoe : : 1 1 cam-acl-vlan Allocate the number of flow processor (FP) blocks or entries for VLAN services and processes. Syntax Parameters cam-acl-vlan { default | vlanopenflow <0-2> | vlaniscsi <0-2> | vlanaclopt <0-2> default Reset the number of FP blocks to default. By default, 0 groups are allocated for the ACL in VCAP. ACL VLAN groups or CAM optimization is not enabled by default, and you need to allocate the slices for CAM optimization.
PAGE 355
show cam-usage View the amount of CAM space available, used, and remaining in each partition (including IPv4Flow and Layer 2 ACL sub-partitions). Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information show cam-usage [acl | router | switch] acl (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword acl to display Layer 2 and Layer 3 ACL CAM usage. router (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword router to display Layer 3 CAM usage. switch (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword switch to display Layer 2 CAM usage.
PAGE 356
Example 1: Output of the show camusage Command Example 2: Output of the show camusage acl Command 356 Dell#show cam-usage Linecard|Portpipe| CAM Partition | Total CAM | |Available CAM ========|========|=================|=============| =============|============== 1 | 0 | IN-L2 ACL | 1008 | | 688 | | IN-L2 FIB | 32768 | | 31636 | | IN-L3 ACL | 12288 | | 12286 | | IN-L3 FIB | 262141 | | 262127 | | IN-L3-SysFlow | 2878 | | 2833 | | IN-L3-TrcList | 1024 | | 1024 | | IN-L3-McastFib | 9215 | | 9215 | | IN-L3-Q
PAGE 357
| 123 | | | OUT-L2 ACL | 7 | 199 Codes: * - cam usage is above 90%.
PAGE 358
| | 0 | OUT-L2 ACL | 0 | 0 show running config acl-vlan-group Display the running configuration of all or a given ACL VLAN group. Syntax Parameters show running config acl-vlan-group group name group-name Default None Command Modes EXEC Display only the ACL VLAN group that is specified. The maximum group name is 140 characters. EXEC Privilege Command History Examples Version 9.3. (0.
PAGE 359
Parameters group-name Specify the name of the ACL VLAN group. The name can contain a maximum 140 characters. Default No default behavior or values Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T and Z9000 platforms You can have up to eight different ACL VLAN groups at any given time. When you configure an ACL VLAN group, you enter the ACL VLAN Group Configuration mode.
PAGE 360
Command History Version 9.3. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, Z9000, and MXL platforms Usage Information The output for this command displays in a line-by-line format. This allows the ACLVLAN-Group names (or the Access List Group Names) to display in their entirety. Examples The following sample output shows the line-by-line style display when using the show acl-vlan-group detail option.
PAGE 361
9 Bidirectional Forwarding Detection (BFD) Bidirectional forwarding detection (BFD) is a detection protocol that provides fast forwarding path failure detection. The Dell Networking operating software implementation is based on the standards specified in the IETF Draft draft-ietf-bfd-base-03 and supports BFD on all Layer 3 physical interfaces including VLAN interfaces and port-channels BFD is supported on the S4820T platform.
PAGE 362
• Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system. The default is active. Defaults Refer to Parameters. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF ROUTER OSPFv3 ROUTER BGP ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 363
neighbor belongs. The neighbors inherit only the global timer values (configured with the bfd neighbor command). You can only enable BFD for VRRP in INTERFACE command mode (vrrp bfd all-neighbors). Related Commands neighbor bfd disable — Explicitly disables a BFD session with a BGP neighbor or a BGP peer group. bfd disable Disable BFD on an interface. S4820T Syntax bfd disable Re-enable BFD using the no bfd disable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default.
PAGE 364
bfd enable (Configuration) Enable BFD on all interfaces. S4820T Syntax bfd enable Disable BFD using the no bfd enable command. Defaults BFD is disabled by default. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 365
Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. bfd interval Specify non-default BFD session parameters beginning with the transmission interval.
PAGE 366
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 367
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for VLAN and port-channel interfaces on the E-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show bfd neighbors — displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. bfd protocol-liveness Enable the BFD protocol liveness feature.
PAGE 368
ip route bfd Enable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes. S4820T Syntax ip route bfd [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] To disable BFD for all neighbors configured through static routes, use the no ip route bfd [interval interval min_rx min_rx multiplier value role {active | passive}] command.
PAGE 369
Related Commands show bfd neighbors – displays the BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. ipv6 ospf bfd all-neighbors Establish BFD sessions with all OSPFv3 neighbors on a single interface or use non-default BFD session parameters.
PAGE 370
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2.0.0 Usage Information Introduced on the Z9000, S4820T, and S4810. This command provides the flexibility to fine-tune the timer values based on individual interface needs when you configure ipv6 ospf BFD in CONFIGURATION mode. Any timer values specified with this command overrides timers set using the bfd all-neighbors command.
PAGE 371
• Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session. It only responds to a request for session initialization from the active system. The default is Active. Defaults See Parameters Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.
PAGE 372
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly enable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 373
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the BGP neighbor that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group that you want to explicitly disable for BFD sessions. Defaults none Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 374
show bfd neighbors Display BFD neighbor information on all interfaces or a specified interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters show bfd neighbors interface [detail] interface detail Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port information. • For a port-channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. For the C-Series, Z-Series, and S8410, the range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 375
Ad Dn - Admin Down B - BGP C - CLI I - ISIS O - OSPF R - Static Route (RTM) LocalAddr Clients * 10.1.3.2 RemoteAddr Interface State Rx-int Tx-int Mult 10.1.3.1 Gi 1/3 Up 300 Example (Detail) Dell#show bfd neighbors detail Related Commands bfd neighbor — establishes a BFD session with a neighbor. 250 3 C Session Discriminator: 1 Neighbor Discriminator: 1 Local Addr: 10.1.3.2 Local MAC Addr: 00:01:e8:02:15:0e Remote Addr: 10.1.3.
PAGE 376
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands 376 Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 377
Border Gateway Protocol 10 BGP is an external gateway protocol that transmits interdomain routing information within and between autonomous systems (AS). BGP version 4 (BGPv4) supports classless inter-domain routing (CIDR) and the aggregation of routes and AS paths. Basically, two routers (called neighbors or peers) exchange information including full routing tables and periodically sent messages to update those routing tables. BGP is supported in Dell Networking OS version 8.3.19.
PAGE 378
Parameters ipv4 multicast Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword multicast to enable BGPv4 multicast mode. ipv4 vrf vrfname Enter the keyword ipv4 followed by the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to enable VRF mode. NOTE: Use this attribute to start a BGP instance corresponding to either a specific address family in a default VRF or an IPv4 address family in a non-default VRF. ipv6 unicast Enter the keyword ipv6 followed by the keyword unicast to enable BGPv6 mode.
PAGE 379
advertise-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords advertise-map then the name of a configured route map to set filters for advertising an aggregate route. as-set (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword as-set to generate path attribute information and include it in the aggregate. AS_SET includes AS_PATH and community information from the routes included in the aggregated route.
PAGE 380
In route maps used in the suppress-map parameter, routes meeting the deny clause are not suppress; in other words, they are allowed. The opposite is also true: routes meeting the permit clause are suppressed. If the route is injected via the network command, that route still appears in the routing table if the summary-only parameter is configured in the aggregateaddress command. The summary-only parameter suppresses all advertisements.
PAGE 381
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced command. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Any update without a MED attribute is the least preferred route. If you enable this command, use the clear ip bgp * command to recompute the best path. bgp add-path Allow the advertisement of multiple paths for the same address prefix without the new paths replacing any previous ones.
PAGE 382
bgp asnotation Allows you to implement a method for AS number representation in the command line interface (CLI). S4820T Syntax bgp asnotation [asplain | asdot+ | asdot] To disable a dot or dot+ representation and return to ASPLAIN, enter the no bgp asnotation command. Defaults asplain Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 383
router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support bgp asnotation asdot+ Dell(conf)#router bgp 1 Dell(conf-router_bgp)#bgp asnotation asplain Dell(conf-router_bgp)#ex Dell(conf)#do show run |grep bgp router bgp 1 bgp four-octet-as-support Dell(conf)# Related Commands bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp bestpath as-path ignore Ignore the AS PATH in BGP best path calculations.
PAGE 384
bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax Include prefixes received from different AS paths during multipath calculation. S4820TS6000 Syntax bgp bestpath as-path multipath-relax To return to the default BGP routing process, use the no bgp bestpath aspath multipath-relax command. Defaults Disabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 385
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 386
Usage Information Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced The MED is a 4-byte unsigned integer value and the default behavior is to assume a missing MED as 4294967295. This command causes a missing MED to be treated as 0. During path selection, paths with a lower MED are preferred over paths with a higher MED. bgp bestpath router-id ignore Do not compare router-id information for external paths during best path selection.
PAGE 387
Defaults Enabled when a route reflector is configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 388
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. When a BGP cluster contains only one route reflector, the cluster ID is the route reflector’s router ID. For redundancy, a BGP cluster may contain two or more route reflectors.
PAGE 389
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 390
bgp confederation peers Specify the autonomous systems (ASs) that belong to the BGP confederation. S4820T Syntax bgp confederation peers as-number [...as-number] To return to the default, use the no bgp confederation peers command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). ...as-number (OPTIONAL) Enter up to 16 confederation numbers.
PAGE 391
Related Commands bgp confederation identifier — configures a confederation ID. bgp four-octet-as-support — enables 4-byte support for the BGP process. bgp dampening Enable BGP route dampening and configure the dampening parameters. S4820T Syntax bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] To disable route dampening, use the no bgp dampening [half-life reuse suppress max-suppress-time] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 392
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 393
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 394
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command is enabled by default, that is for all updates received from EBGP peers, BGP ensures that the first AS of the first AS segment is always the AS of the peer. If not, the update is dropped and a counter is increments. Use the show ip bgp neighbors command to view the “failed enforce-first-as check” counter.
PAGE 395
Version 7.7.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the C-Series. The bgp fast-external-fallover command appears in the show config command output. The fast external fallover configuration is applied only after you manually reset all the existing BGP sessions. As a result, after you execute this command, you must also manually execute the clear ip bgp command in order for the configuration to take effect. bgp four-octet-as-support Enable 4-byte support for the BGP process.
PAGE 396
Where the 2-byte format is from 1 to 65535, the 4-byte format is from 1 to 4294967295. Both formats are accepted and the advertisements reflect the entered format. For more information about using the 2 byte or 4-byte format, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. This command automatically restarts the BGP instance for the configuration to take effect.
PAGE 397
Version 7.7.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the C-Series. This feature is advertised to BGP neighbors through a capability advertisement. In Receiver Only mode, BGP saves the advertised routes of peers that support this capability when they restart. BGP graceful restart is active only when the neighbor becomes established. Otherwise it is disabled. Graceful-restart applies to all neighbors with established adjacency.
PAGE 398
compares MED between adjacent paths within an AS group because all paths in the AS group are from the same AS. When you change the path selection from Deterministic to Non-Deterministic, the path selection for the existing paths remains Deterministic until you enter the clear ip bgp command to clear existing paths. bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop Enable next-hop resolution through other routes learned by BGP.
PAGE 399
Related Commands clear ip bgp — clears the ip bgp. bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Disables the Regex Performance engine that optimizes complex regular expression with BGP. S4820T Syntax bgp regex-eval-optz-disable To re-enable optimization engine, use the no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes ROUTER BGP (conf-router_bgp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 400
Examples Dell(conf-router_bgp)#no bgp regex-eval-optz-disable Dell(conf-router_bgp)#do show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "ospf 22222" Router ID is 2.2.2.2 Area Routing for Networks 51 10.10.10.0/00 Routing Protocol is "bgp 1" Cluster Id is set to 10.10.10.0 Router Id is set to 10.10.10.
PAGE 401
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Peering sessions are reset when you change the router ID of a BGP router. This command automatically restarts the BGP instance for the configuration to take effect. clear ip bgp Reset BGP sessions. The soft parameter (BGP Soft Reconfiguration) clears the policies without resetting the TCP connection.
PAGE 402
NOTE: You must execute the clear ip bgp soft out command when ever there is a change in the local policy. If you do not run this command after a local policy change, then these policy changes are not reflected in the responses to the peer’s route refresh messages. <1-429496729 5> Enter <1-4294967295> to clear peers with the AS number. <0.1-65535.65 535> Enter <0.1-65535.65535> to clear peers with the AS number in dot format. A.B.C.D Enter the BGP neighbor address in the A.B.C.D format to clear.
PAGE 403
Related Commands bgp recursive-bgp-next-hop — disables next-hop resolution through other routes learned by the BGP. clear ip bgp dampening Clear information on route dampening and return the suppressed route to the Active state.
PAGE 404
clear ip bgp flap-statistics Clear BGP flap statistics, which includes number of flaps and the time of the last flap. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] flap-statistics [ip-address mask | filter-list as-path-name | regexp regular-expression] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to clear BGP flap statistics corresponding to that VRF. NOTE: You can use this attribute on a specific VRF to remove history routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 405
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 406
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 407
events Enter the keyword events to view BGP protocol events. ipv4 Enter the ipv4 IP address to view the IPV4 route information. ipv6 Enter the ipv6 IP address to view the IPV6 route information. keepalives Enter the keyword keepalives to view BGP keepalives. notifications Enter the keyword notifications to view BGP notifications. softreconfiguration Enter the keywords soft-reconfiguration to view only information on inbound BGP soft reconfiguration.
PAGE 408
show debugging — views enabled debugging operations. debug ip bgp dampening View information on routes being dampened. S4820T Syntax debug ip bgp [vrf test | ipv4 {unicast | multicast} | ipv6 {unicast | multicast} dampening To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampening command. Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to debug route flap dampening information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 409
Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-group peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only events on inbound BGP messages. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only events on outbound BGP messages. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 410
peer-group peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peer-group then the name of the peer group. in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view only inbound keepalive messages. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view only outbound keepalive messages. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 411
in (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword in to view BGP notifications received from neighbors. out (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword out to view BGP notifications sent to neighbors Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 412
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 413
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 414
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Usage Information The default-metric command in BGP sets the value of the BGP MULTI_EXIT_DISC (MED) attribute for redistributed routes only. Related Commands bgp always-compare-med — enables comparison of all BGP MED attributes. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into BGP.
PAGE 415
max-paths Configure the maximum number of parallel routes (multipath support) BGP supports. S4820T Syntax max-paths {ebgp | ibgp} number To return to the default values, enter the no maximum-paths command. Parameters ebgp Enter the keyword ebgp to enable multipath support for External BGP routes. ibgp Enter the keyword ibgp to enable multipath support for Internal BGP routes. number Enter a number as the maximum number of parallel paths. The range is from 2 to 64.
PAGE 416
neighbor activate This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to be enabled for the current AFI/SAFI (Address Family Identifier/Subsequent Address Family Identifier). S4820T Syntax neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate To disable, use the no neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] activate command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group.
PAGE 417
neighbor add-path This command allows the specified neighbor/peer group to send/receive multiple path advertisements. S4820T Syntax Parameters neighbor [ip-address | peer-group-name] add-path [send | receive | both] path-count ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the peer group. send Enter the keyword send to indicate that the system sends multiple paths to peers.
PAGE 418
neighbor advertisement-interval Set the advertisement interval between BGP neighbors or within a BGP peer group. S4820T Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} advertisement-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} advertisement-interval command. Parameters Defaults ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 419
neighbor advertisement-start To send BGP routing updates, set the minimum interval before starting. S4820T Syntax neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start seconds To return to the default value, use the no neighbor {ip-address} advertisement-start command. Parameters ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. seconds Enter a number as the time interval, in seconds, before BGP route updates are sent. The range is from 0 to 3600 seconds.
PAGE 420
peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to set the advertisement interval for all routers in the peer group. number Enter a number of times to allow this neighbor ID to use the AS path. The range is from 1 to 10. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 421
route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of a configured route map. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 422
neighbor description Assign a character string describing the neighbor or group of neighbors (peer group). S4820T Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} description text To delete a description, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} description command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. text Enter a continuous text string up to 80 characters. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 423
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to apply the distribute list filter to all routers in the peer group. prefix-listname Enter the name of an established prefix list. If the prefix list is not configured, the default is permit (to allow all routes). in Enter the keyword in to distribute only inbound traffic. out Enter the keyword out to distribute only outbound traffic. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 424
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group. ttl (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of hops as the Time to Live (ttl) value. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 255. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 425
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 426
no prepend Specifies that local AS values do not prepend to announcements from the neighbor. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 427
maximum Enter a number as the maximum number of prefixes allowed for this BGP router. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. threshold (OPTIONAL) Enter a number to be used as a percentage of the maximum value. When the number of prefixes reaches this percentage of the maximum value, the E-Series software sends a message. The range is from 1 to 100 percent. The default is 75. warning-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword warning-only to set the router to send a log message when the maximum value is reached.
PAGE 428
neighbor password Enable message digest 5 (MD5) authentication on the TCP connection between two neighbors. S4820T Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} password [encryptiontype] password To delete a password, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} password command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the router to be included in the peer group. peer-groupname Enter the name of a configured peer group.
PAGE 429
of the TCP connection between them is verified and the MD5 digest is checked on every segment sent on the TCP connection. Configuring a password for a neighbor causes an existing session to be torn down and a new one established. If you specify a BGP peer group by using the peer-group-name parameter, all the members of the peer group inherit the characteristic configured with this command.
PAGE 430
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You can assign up to 256 peers to one peer group. When you add a peer to a peer group, it inherits all the peer group’s configured parameters.
PAGE 431
Parameters peer-groupname Enter a text string up to 16 characters long as the name of the peer group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
PAGE 432
limit (Optional) Enter the keyword limit to constrain the numbers of sessions for this peer-group. The range is from 2 to 256. The default is 256. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 433
Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to enter the remote AS in its routing table. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to enter the remote AS into routing tables of all routers within the peer group. number Enter a number of the AS. The range is from 0 to 65535 (2 byte) or from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 434
To return to the default, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peer-groupname} remove-private-as command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor to remove the private AS numbers. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group to remove the private AS numbers. Defaults Disabled (that is, private AS number are not removed). Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 435
neighbor route-map Apply an established route map to either incoming or outbound routes of a BGP neighbor or peer group. S4820T Syntax neighbor {ip-address | peer-group-name} route-map map-name {in | out} To remove the route map, use the no neighbor {ip-address | peergroup-name} route-map map-name {in | out} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor in dotted decimal format. peer-groupname Enter the name of the peer group.
PAGE 436
Usage Information When you apply a route map to outbound routes, only routes that match at least one section of the route map are permitted. If you identify a peer group by name, the peers in that peer group inherit the characteristics in the Route map used in this command. If you identify a peer by IP address, the Route map overwrites either the inbound or outbound policies on that peer.
PAGE 437
Usage Information A route reflector reflects routes to the neighbors assigned to the cluster. Neighbors in the cluster do not need not to be fully meshed. By default, when you use no route reflector, the internal BGP (IBGP) speakers in the network must be fully meshed. The first time you enter this command, the router configures as a route reflector and the specified BGP neighbors configure as clients in the route-reflector cluster.
PAGE 438
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Peers that are enabled within a peer group are disabled when their peer group is disabled. The neighbor shutdown command terminates all BGP sessions on the BGP neighbor or BGP peer group. Use this command with caution as it terminates the specified BGP sessions.
PAGE 439
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the BGP neighbor specified. BGP stores all the updates the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session.
PAGE 440
Defaults • • keepalive = 60 seconds holdtime = 180 seconds Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 441
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.
PAGE 442
Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 443
route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword route-map then the name of an established route map. Only the following ROUTE-MAP mode commands are supported: • match ip address • set community • set local-preference • set metric • set next-hop • set origin • set weight If the route map is not configured, the default is deny (to drop all routes). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 444
originated route is no longer present in the database the other route is automatically installed. In BGP, the next-hop for the route is calculated from the information that is acquired through IGP or static routes. Related Commands redistribute — redistributes routes into BGP. network backdoor Specify this IGP route as the preferred route. S4820T Syntax network ip-address mask backdoor To remove a network, use the no network ip-address mask backdoor command.
PAGE 445
Usage Information Although Dell Networking OS does not generate a route due to the backdoor config, there is an option for injecting/sourcing a local route in the presence of network backdoor config on a learned route. redistribute Redistribute routes into BGP. S4820T Syntax redistribute {connected | static} [route-map map-name] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribution {connected | static} command.
PAGE 446
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced the ability to substitute IGP cost for MED when a peer/peer-group outbound route-map is set as internal. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 447
To stop redistribution of OSPF routes, use the no redistribute ospf process-id command. Parameters process-id Enter the number of the OSPF process. The range is from 1 to 65535. match external {1 | 2} (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match external to redistribute OSPF external routes. You can specify 1 or 2 to redistribute those routes only. match internal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords match internal to redistribute OSPF internal routes only.
PAGE 448
router bgp To configure and enable BGP, enter ROUTER BGP mode. S4820T Syntax router bgp as-number To disable BGP, use the no router bgp as-number command. Parameters as-number Enter the AS number. The range is from 1 to 65535 (2 byte), from 1 to 4294967295 (4 byte), or from 0.1 to 65535.65535 (dotted format). Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 449
show capture bgp-pdu neighbor Display BGP packet capture information for an IPv4 address on the system. S4820T Syntax Parameters show capture bgp-pdu neighbor ipv4-address ipv4-address Enter the IPv4 address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP address to display packet information for that address. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 450
14141401 0c020a01 04000100 01020080 00000000 PDU[2] : len 19, captured 00:34:51 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 PDU[3] : len 19, captured 00:34:50 ago ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff ffffffff 00130400 [. . .] Dell# show config View the current ROUTER BGP configuration. S4820T Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 451
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view ipv4–unicast route information corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. network (OPTIONAL) Enter the network address (in dotted decimal format) of the BGP network to view information only on that network. network-mask (OPTIONAL) Enter the network mask (in slash prefix format) of the BGP network address.
PAGE 452
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 453
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 454
*>I 66.0.0.0/24 0 0 500 i *>I 77.0.0.0/24 0 0 i 172.16.0.2 172.16.0.2 Dell#show ip bgp cluster-list 4.4.4.4 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.6 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network Next Hop Weight Path *>I 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.
PAGE 455
no-advertise Enter the keywords no-advertise to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_ADVERTISE. All routes with the NO_ADVERTISE (0xFFFFFF02) community attribute must not be advertised to other BGP peers. no-export Enter the keywords no-export to view all routes containing the well-known community attribute of NO_EXPORT. All routes with the NO_EXPORT (0xFFFFFF01) community attribute must not be advertised outside a BGP confederation boundary.
PAGE 456
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 457
show ip bgp community-list View routes that a specific community list affects. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 unicast] community-list community-list-name [exact-match] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 458
Example Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight. Path Lists all the ASs the route passed through to reach the destination network.
PAGE 459
Parameters Command Modes Command History vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view routes that are affected by a specific community list corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes. • EXEC • EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 460
Example Field Description Path Lists all the ASs the dampened route passed through to reach the destination network. Dell#show ip bgp dampened-paths BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.5 Status codes: s suppressed, S stale, d dampened, h history, * valid, > best Path source: I - internal, a - aggregate, c - confed-external, r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network d 55.0.0.
PAGE 461
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. To determine a BGP session flap, both a route-down event and a subsequent route-up event corresponding to a single route are considered. As a result, a flap event is penalized only one time during the route-down event. The subsequent route-up event corresponding to the same route is not considered as a flap and is not penalized.
PAGE 462
Defaults Command Modes Command History none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 463
BadEvts 0 : SynFails 0 : RxeCodeP 0x41a1b6b8 : RxHdrCodeP 0x41a1b6d4 : RxOpCodeP 0x41a1b6e4 RxUpdCodeP 0x41a1b704 : TxEcodeP 0x41a1b734 : TxHdrcodeP 0x41a1b750 : TxOpCodeP 0x41a1b760 TxUpdCodeP 0x41a1b780 : TrEvt 0 : LocPref 100 : tmpPathP 0x41a1b7b8 : LogNbrChgs 1 RecursiveNH 1 : PgCfgId 0 : KeepAlive 0 : HldTime 0 : DioHdl 0 : AggrValTmrP 0x41ee7024 UpdNetTmrP 0 : RedistTmrP 0x41ee7094 : PeerChgTmrP 0 : CleanRibTmrP 0x41ee7104 PeerUpdTmrP 0x41ee70cc : DfrdNHTmrP 0x41ee7174 : DfrdRtselTmrP 0x41ee713c : Fas
PAGE 464
show ip bgp extcommunity-list View information on all routes with Extended Community attributes. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 unicast] extcommunity-list [list name] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view information on all routes with extended community attributes corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 465
Example Dell#show run extcommunity-list ! ip extcommunity-list ecl1 permit rt 100:4 permit soo 40:4 Dell#show ip bgp extcommunity-list ecl1 BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 BGP local router ID is 192.168.11.
PAGE 466
Usage Information Example Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp filter-list hello command shown in the following example.
PAGE 467
Network Weight Path *> 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 Next Hop Metric LocPrf 0 200 400 500 600 i 0 200 500 i show ip bgp flap-statistics View flap statistics on BGP routes. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 unicast] flap-statistics [ipaddress [mask]] [filter-list as-path-name] [regexp regularexpression] vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords vrf and then the name of the VRF to view flap statistics on BGP routes corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 468
• • Command Modes Command History • • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 469
r - redistributed n - network, D - denied, S - stale Origin codes: i - IGP, e - EGP, ? - incomplete Network From Duration Reuse Path h 77.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:00:03 00:00:00 d 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:00:25 00:30:44 200 i *> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:00:23 00:00:00 200 i Dell#*>n 66.66.77.77/32 0.0.0.
PAGE 470
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip bgp inconsistent-as command shown in the following example. Field Description Network Displays the destination network prefix of each BGP route. Next Hop Displays the next hop address of the BGP router. If 0.0.0.0 is listed in this column, then local routes exist in the routing table. Metric Displays the BGP route’s metric, if assigned. LocPrf Displays the BGP LOCAL_PREF attribute for the route. Weight Displays the route’s weight.
PAGE 471
Network Next Hop Metric *>n 11.11.11.11/32 0.0.0.0 *>n 22.22.22.22/32 0.0.0.0 I 32.32.32.32/32 60.0.0.2 I 32.32.33.33/32 60.0.0.2 *>n 33.33.33.33/32 0.0.0.0 *>n 33.33.44.55/32 0.0.0.0 *>n 44.44.44.44/32 0.0.0.0 *>I 55.55.0.0/16 72.1.1.2 *>I 55.55.55.55/32 72.1.1.2 *>I 55.55.66.66/32 72.1.1.2 *>a 66.66.0.0/16 0.0.0.0 *>n 66.66.66.77/32 0.0.0.0 *>n 66.66.77.77/32 0.0.0.
PAGE 472
receivedroutes [network [network-mask] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords received-routes then either the network address (in dotted decimal format) or the network mask (in slash prefix format) to view all information received from neighbors. NOTE: Configure the neighbor softreconfiguration inbound command prior to viewing all the information received from the neighbors.
PAGE 473
exception where neighbor information corresponding to ignored updates is displayed. BGP shows the exact information that is exchanged between the BGP peers. It also indicates whether or not this information is received by the BGP peer. The following describes the show ip bgp neighbors command shown in the following examples. The Lines Beginning with: Description BGP neighbor Displays the BGP neighbor address and its AS number.
PAGE 474
Example The Lines Beginning with: Description For address family: Displays the IPv4 Unicast as the address family. BGP table version Displays which version of the primary BGP routing table the router and the neighbor are using. accepted prefixes Displays the number of network prefixes the router accepts and the amount of memory used to process those prefixes.
PAGE 475
CISCO_ROUTE_REFRESH(128) For address family: IPv4 Unicast BGP local RIB : Routes to be Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 InQ : Added 0, Replaced 0, Withdrawn 0 OutQ : Added 0, Withdrawn 0 Allow local AS number 0 times in AS-PATH attribute Prefixes accepted 2, withdrawn 15 by peer, martian prefixes ignored 0 Prefixes advertised 0, denied 0, withdrawn 0 from peer Connections established 1; dropped 0 Last reset never Local host: 172.16.0.1, Local port: 58145 Foreign host: 172.16.0.
PAGE 476
Usage Information Example Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. The following describes the show ip bgp next-hop command shown in the following example. Field Description Next-hop Displays the next-hop IP address. Via Displays the IP address and interface used to reach the next hop. RefCount Displays the number of BGP routes using this next hop. Cost Displays the cost associated with using this next hop.
PAGE 477
Command Modes Command History • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • [ ] = (brackets) a range of single-character patterns. • ( ) = (parenthesis) groups a series of pattern elements to a single element. • { } = (braces) minimum and the maximum match count. • ^ = (caret) the beginning of the input string. If you use the caret at the beginning of a sequence or range, it matches on everything BUT the characters specified. • $ = (dollar sign) the end of the output string. This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 478
extcommunity regexp regular expression | Display extended community information Display path information based on a Pipe through a command Dell#show ip bgp paths Total 2 Paths Refcount Metric Path 1 0 200 i 1 0 200 i show ip bgp paths community View all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] paths community vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf to view all unique COMMUNITY numbers in the BGP database corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 479
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip bgp paths community command shown in the following example. Field Description Address Displays the internal address where the path attribute is stored. Hash Displays the hash bucket where the path attribute is stored. Refcount Displays the number of BGP routes using these communities. Community Displays the community attributes in this BGP path.
PAGE 480
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Added the add-path option to the S4810.
PAGE 481
Peer-group members (* - outbound optimized): 172.16.0.2 Dell# Related Commands neighbor peer-group (assigning peers) — assigns a peer to a peer-group. neighbor peer-group (creating group) — creates a peer group. show ip bgp regexp Display the subset of the BGP routing tables matching the regular expressions specified.
PAGE 482
Command Modes Command History • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 483
*> 66.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 0 200 i show ip bgp summary Allows you to view the status of all BGP connections. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip bgp [vrf vrf-name] [ipv4 unicast] summary vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to view the status of all BGP connections corresponding to that VRF. ipv4 unicast (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords ipv4 unicast to view information only related to ipv4 unicast routes.
PAGE 484
If two peers send the same route that contains similar path attributes, then two entries are maintained in the back-end, as both these entries have different nexthops. If this same route is sent to a different peer, an entry for each peer is created, as the next-hop is different. As a result, the BGP attributes count in the summary output will differ accordingly. The following describes the show ip bgp summary command shown in the following example.
PAGE 485
Field Description represents the number of messages waiting to be sent to the peer group. Up/Down Displays the amount of time that the neighbor is in the Established stage. If the neighbor has never moved into the Established stage, the word never is displayed.
PAGE 486
show running-config bgp To display the current BGP configuration, use this feature. S4820T Syntax show running-config bgp Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 487
holdtime Enter a number for the time interval, in seconds, between the last keepalive message and declaring the router dead. The range is from 3 to 65535. The default is 180 seconds. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 488
To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp ipv4 multicast dampening command. Parameters dampening Enter the keyword dampening to debug route flap dampening information. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.
PAGE 489
• local-distance = 200 Command Modes ROUTER BGP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 490
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 491
d 55.0.0.0/24 172.16.0.2 00:36:23 200 Dell# BGP Extended Communities (RFC 4360) BGP Extended Communities, as defined in RFC 4360, is an optional transitive BGP attribute. BGP Extended Communities provides two major advantages over Standard Communities: • The range is extended from 4-octet (AA:NN) to 8-octet (Type:Value) to provide enough number communities.
PAGE 492
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z-9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 493
Defaults none Command Modes ROUTE MAP (config-route-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 494
name (OPTIONAL) Enter the name of the extcommunity-list. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 495
show ip bgp paths extcommunity To display all BGP paths having extended community attributes, use this feature. S4820T Syntax show ip bgp paths extcommunity Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 496
show ip extcommunity-list Display the IP extended community list. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip extcommunity-list [word] word Enter the name of the extended community list you want to view. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.
PAGE 497
clear ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft Clear and reapply policies for IPv6 unicast routes without resetting the TCP connection; that is, perform BGP soft reconfiguration. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear ip bgp {* | as-number | ipv4-neighbor-addr | ipv6neighbor-addr | peer-group name} ipv6 unicast soft [in | out] * Clear and reapply policies for all BGP sessions. as-number Clear and reapply policies for all neighbors belonging to the AS.
PAGE 498
debug ip bgp ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration Enable soft-reconfiguration debugging for IPv6 unicast routes. S4820T Syntax debug ip bgp [ipv4-address | ipv6-address | peer-group-name] ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration To disable debugging, use the no debug ip bgp [ipv4-address | ipv6address | peer-group-name] ipv6 unicast soft-reconfiguration command. Parameters ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IP address of the neighbor on which you want to enable soft-reconfiguration debugging.
PAGE 499
Parameters prefix-list name Enter the name of the prefix list. NOTE: There is a 140-character limit for prefix list names. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.
PAGE 500
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced This command enables soft-reconfiguration for the specified BGP neighbor. BGP stores all updates for inbound IPv6 unicast routes the neighbor receives but does not reset the peer-session. CAUTION: Inbound update storage is a memory-intensive operation.
PAGE 501
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 502
Content Addressable Memory (CAM) 11 Content addressable memory (CAM) commands are supported on the Dell Networking S4820T platform. NOTE: Not all CAM commands are supported on all platforms. Be sure to note the platform when looking for a command. WARNING: If you are using these features for the first time, contact Dell Networking Technical Assistance Center (TAC) for guidance. CAM Profile Commands The CAM profiling feature allows you to partition the CAM to best suit your application.
PAGE 503
cam-acl (Configuration) Select the default CAM allocation settings or reconfigure a new CAM allocation for Layer 2, IPv4, and IPv6 ACLs, Layer 2 and Layer 3 (IPv4) QoS, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT), IP and MAC source address validation for DHCP, Ethernet Connectivity Fault Management (CFM) ACLs, OpenFlow, and Policy-based Routing (PBR).
PAGE 504
l2pt number Enter the keyword l2pt and then the number of FP blocks for l2 protocol tunnelling. The range is from 0 to 1. Ipmacacl number Enter the keyword ipmacacl and then the number of FP blocks for IP and MAC ACL. The range is from 0 to 6. ecfmacl number Enter the keyword ecfmacacl and then the number of FP blocks for ECFM ACL. The range is from 0 to 5. Vman-qos| vman-dual-qos number Enter the keyword evman-qos and then the number of FP blocks for VMAN QoS. The range is from 0 to 6.
PAGE 505
stored in the NVRAM and is effective after rebooting the switch. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for PBR and VRF. Version 9.2(0.2) Added support for fcoe. Version 9.1. (0.0) Added support for OpenFlow.
PAGE 506
If you enable BMP 3.0, to perform a reload on the chassis to upgrade any configuration changes that have changed the NVRAM content, use the command reload conditional nvram-cfg-change. cam-acl-egress Allocate CAM for egress ACLs. S4820T Syntax Parameters cam-acl-egress default | l2acl number ipv4acl number ipv6acl number default Reset egress CAM ACL entries to default settings. l2acl number Allocate space to each CAM region. The total space allocated must equal 4.
PAGE 507
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 508
Usage Information The display reflects the settings implemented with the cam-acl command.
PAGE 509
VmanQos VmanDualQos EcfmAcl FcoeAcl iscsiOptAcl ipv4pbr vrfv4Acl Openflow fedgovacl : : : : : : : : : 2 0 0 0 0 2 0 0 0 -- stack-unit 0 -Current Settings(in block sizes) 1 block = 128 entries L2Acl : 2 Ipv4Acl : 3 Ipv6Acl : 0 Ipv4Qos : 2 L2Qos : 2 L2PT : 0 IpMacAcl : 0 VmanQos : 2 VmanDualQos : 0 EcfmAcl : 0 FcoeAcl : 0 iscsiOptAcl : 0 ipv4pbr : 2 vrfv4Acl : 0 Openflow : 0 fedgovacl : 0 Dell# test cam-usage Verify that enough CAM space is available for the IPv6 ACLs you have created.
PAGE 510
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced. This command applies to both IPv4 and IPv6 CAM Profiles, but is best used when verifying QoS optimization for IPv6 ACLs. QoS Optimization for IPv6 ACLs does not impact the CAM usage for applying a policy on a single (or the first of several) interfaces.
PAGE 511
0 | 1 | IPv4Flow | 102 | 0| Allowed Dell# Usage Information Example (SSeries) The following describes the test cam-usage command shown in the Example below. Term Explanation Stack-Unit Lists the stack unit or units that are checked. Entering all shows the status for all stacks. Portpipe Lists the portpipe (port-set) or port pipes (port-sets) that are checked. Entering all shows the status for linecards and port-pipes in the chassis. CAM Partition Shows the CAM profile of the CAM.
PAGE 512
12 Control Plane Policing (CoPP) The CoPP commands are supported on the Dell Networking S4820T platform. control-plane-cpuqos To manage control-plane traffic, enter control-plane mode and configure the switch. S4820T Syntax control-plane-cpuqos Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 513
Defaults Parameters Command Modes Command History Usage Information None vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to enable catch-all routes corresponding to that VRF. CONFIGURATION Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S–Series. Use this command to add the IPv4 catch-all route (0.0.0.0/0) in the LPM route forwarding table if it was deleted using the no ip unknown-unicast command previously. This will be the default configuration after reload.
PAGE 514
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONTROL-PLANE-CPUQOS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 515
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. This command applies the service-policy based on the type of protocol defined in the ACL rules. Create ACL and QoS policies prior to enabling this command. For CoPP, use the keyword cpu-qos when creating qos-policy-input. Related Commands ip access-list extended — creates an extended IP ACL.
PAGE 516
Version 8.3.8.0 Usage Information Introduced on the S4810. This command applies the service-policy based on the type of protocol defined in the ACL rules. Create ACL and QoS policies prior to enabling this command.
PAGE 517
------------------------TCP (BGP) any/179 _ _ UDP (DHCP) 67/68 _ _ UDP (DHCP-R) 67 _ _ TCP (FTP) any _ _ ICMP any _ _ IGMP any _ _ TCP (MSDP) any/639 _ _ UDP (NTP) any _ _ OSPF any _ _ PIM any _ _ UDP (RIP) any _ _ TCP (SSH) any _ _ TCP (TELNET) any _ _ VRRP any _ _ Dell# Dell# Dell# Dell# Dell# -------- ------- ----- 179/any _ Q9 68/67 _ Q10 67 _ Q10 21 _ Q6 any _ Q6 any _ Q11 639/any _ Q11 123 _ Q6 any _ Q9 any _ Q11 520 _ Q9 22 _ Q6 23 _ Q6 any _ Q10 ------
PAGE 518
Example Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 519
Example Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 520
Data Center Bridging (DCB) 13 Data center bridging (DCB) refers to a set of IEEE Ethernet enhancements that provide data centers with a single, robust, converged network to support multiple traffic types, including local area network (LAN), server, and storage traffic. The Dell Networking operating software commands for data center bridging features include 802.1Qbb priority-based flow control (PFC), 802.1Qaz enhanced transmission selection (ETS), and the data center bridging exchange (DCBX) protocol.
PAGE 521
Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. By default, iSCSI is enabled on the unit and flow control is enabled on all of the interfaces or if link-level flow control is enabled on one or more interfaces.
PAGE 522
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. If you do not use the statistics parameter, both hardware and DCBx counters clear. dcb-input To apply pause or flow control for specified priorities using a configure delay time, create a DCB input policy.
PAGE 523
versions of PFC TLV are supported. DCBx also validates PFC configurations received in TLVs from peer devices. By applying a DCB input policy with PFC enabled, you enable PFC operation on ingress port traffic. To achieve complete lossless handling of traffic, also enable PFC on all DCB egress ports or configure the dot1p priority-queue assignment of PFC priorities to lossless queues (refer to pfc no-drop queues).
PAGE 524
• PFC still allows you to configure lossless queues on a port to ensure no-drop handling of lossless traffic. When you apply an input policy to an interface, an error message is displayed if: • The PFC dot1p priorities result in more than two lossless port queues globally on the switch. • You already enabled link-level flow control. PFC and link-level flow control cannot be enabled at the same time on an interface. In a switch stack, configure all stacked ports with the same PFC configuration.
PAGE 525
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 526
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. If you configure PFC on a 40GbE port, count the 40GbE port as four PFC-enabled ports in the pfc-port number you enter in the command syntax.
PAGE 527
Version 8.3.16.0 Related Commands Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. • dcb-input — creates a DCB PFC input policy. • dcb-policy input — applies the output policy. • dcb-output — creates a DCBETS output policy. • dcb-policy output — applies the output policy. pfc link-delay Configure the link delay used to pause specified priority traffic. S4820T Syntax pfc link-delay value To remove the link delay, use the no pfc link-delay command.
PAGE 528
Related Commands dcb-input — creates a DCB input policy. pfc mode on Enable the PFC configuration on the port so that the priorities are included in DCBX negotiation with peer PFC devices. S4820T Syntax pfc mode on To disable the PFC configuration, use the no pfc mode on command. Defaults PFC mode is on. Command Modes DCB INPUT POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 529
Related Commands dcb-input — creates a DCB input policy. pfc no-drop queues Configure the port queues that still function as no-drop queues for lossless traffic. S4820T Syntax pfc no-drop queues queue-range To remove the no-drop port queues, use the no pfc no-drop queues command. Parameters queue-range Enter the queue range. Separate the queue values with a comma; specify a priority range with a dash; for example, pfc no-drop queues 1,3 or pfc no-drop queues 7 or pfc no-drop queues 0,7.
PAGE 530
dot1p Value in the Incoming Frame Description heading 2 0 3 1 4 2 5 3 6 3 7 3 pfc priority Configure the CoS traffic to be stopped for the specified delay. S4820T Syntax pfc priority priority-range To delete the pfc priority configuration, use the no pfc priority command. Parameters priority-range Enter the 802.1p values of the frames to be paused. Separate the priority values with a comma; specify a priority range with a dash; for example, pfc priority 1,3,5-7. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 531
Usage Information NOTE: Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9.4.(0.0) release. A warning message appears when you try to run this command indicating that you have to use the dcb-map commands in the future. You can enable any number of 802.1p priorities for PFC. Queues to which PFC priority traffic is mapped are lossless by default.
PAGE 532
Usage Information Specify a stack-unit number on the Master switch in a stack. Example Dell# show dcb stack-unit 0 port-set 0 DCB Status : Enabled PFC Port Count : 56 (current), 56 (configured) PFC Queue Count : 2 (current), 2 (configured) show interface pfc Displays the PFC configuration applied to ingress traffic on an interface, including priorities and link delay.
PAGE 533
Field Description Admin mode is on Admin is enabled PFC admin mode is on or off with a list of the configured PFC priorities. When the PFC admin mode is on, PFC advertisements are enabled to be sent and received from peers; received PFC configuration take effect. The admin operational status for a DCBX exchange of PFC configuration is enabled or disabled.
PAGE 534
Example (Summary) Field Description Application Priority TLV: Remote FCOE Priority Map Status of FCoE advertisements in application priority TLVs from the remote peer port: enabled or disabled. Application Priority TLV: Remote ISCSI Priority Map Status of iSCSI advertisements in application priority TLVs from the remote peer port: enabled or disabled. PFC TLV Statistics: Input TLV pkts Number of PFC TLVs received. PFC TLV Statistics: Output TLV pkts Number of PFC TLVs transmitted.
PAGE 535
Application Priority TLV Parameters : -------------------------------------FCOE TLV Tx Status is disabled ISCSI TLV Tx Status is disabled Local FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Local ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x10 Remote FCOE PriorityMap is 0x8 Remote ISCSI PriorityMap is 0x8 0 Input TLV pkts, 1 Output TLV pkts, 0 Error pkts, 0 Pause Tx pkts, 0 Pause Rx pkts show interface pfc statistics Displays counters for the PFC frames received and transmitted (by dot1p priority class) on an interface.
PAGE 536
0 5 0 6 0 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 show qos dcb-input Displays the PFC configuration in a DCB input policy. S4820T Syntax Parameters show qos dcb-input [dcb-input-policy-name] dcb-inputpolicyname Enter the PFC profile. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 537
show stack-unit stack-ports pfc details Displays the PFC configuration applied to ingress traffic on stacked ports, including PFC Operational mode on each unit with the configured priorities, link delay, and number of pause packets sent and received. S4820T Syntax Parameters show stack-unit {all | stack-unit} stack-ports {all | portnumber} pfc details stack-unit Enter the stack unit. port-number Enter the port number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 538
bandwidth-percentage Configure the bandwidth percentage allocated to priority traffic in port queues. S4820T Syntax bandwidth-percentage percentage To remove the configured bandwidth percentage, use the no bandwidthpercentage command. Parameters percentage (Optional) Enter the bandwidth percentage. The percentage range is from 1 to 100% in units of 1%. Defaults none Command Modes QOS-POLICY-OUT-ETS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 539
By default, equal bandwidth is assigned to each priority group in the ETS output policy applied to an egress port if you did not configure bandwidth allocation. The sum of configured bandwidth allocation to dot1p priority traffic in all ETS priority groups must be 100%. Allocate at least 1% of the total bandwidth to each priority group and queue.
PAGE 540
dcb-enable Enable data center bridging. S4820T Syntax dcb enable[pfc-queues 1|4] To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. Parameters pfc-queues Enter the pfc-queue range. To disable DCB, use the no dcb enable command. The range is from 1 or 2. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 541
Parameters policy-name Enter the DCB output policy name. The maximum is 32 alphanumeric characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. Version 9.
PAGE 542
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 543
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.6(0.0) Removed from the S-series. Replaced by the dcb-map commands. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 544
Related Commands • dcb-input — creates a DCB PFC input policy. • dcb-policy input — applies the output policy. • dcb-output — creates a DCBETS output policy. • dcb-policy output — applies the output policy. ets mode on Enable the ETS configuration so that scheduling and bandwidth allocation configured in an ETS output policy or received in a DCBX TLV from a peer can take effect on an interface. S4820T Syntax ets mode on To remove the ETS configuration, use the no ets mode on command.
PAGE 545
• dcb-policy output — applies the output policy. priority-list Configure the 802.1p priorities for the traffic on which you want to apply an ETS output policy. S4820T Syntax priority-list value To remove the priority list, use the no priority-list command. Parameters value Enter the priority list value. Separate priority values with a comma; specify a priority range with a dash; for example, priority-list 3,5-7. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 546
priority-group To use with an ETS output policy, create an ETS priority group. S4820T Syntax priority-group group-name To remove the priority group, use the no priority-group command. Parameters group-name Enter the name of the ETS priority group. The maximum is 32 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 547
You must fully define the priority-group profile with a PGID and priorities before mapping it to a QoS policy because the PGID and priorities are unique keys of the traffic class group (TCG) that define the QoS policy. You must disable the DCB output policy before changing the PGID or priorities of a priority group assigned to that DCB output policy. Related Commands • priority-list — configures the 802.1p priorities for an ETS output policy. • set-pgid — configures the priority-group.
PAGE 548
The ETS configuration associated with 802.1p priority traffic in a DCB output policy is used in DCBX negotiation with ETS peers. If you disable ETS in an output policy applied to an interface using the no ets mode on command, any previously configured QoS settings at the interface or global level take effect. If you configure QoS settings at the interface or global level and in an output policy map (the service-policy output command), the QoS configuration in the output policy takes precedence.
PAGE 549
output policy was previously applied, the port is reset to the default ETS parameters. You can only associate output QoS policy profiles with the priority groups in the DCB output profile context; output QoS policy profiles are not permitted on output policy-maps. WRED, ECN, rate shaping, and rate limiting are not supported in output policies because DCBx does not negotiate these parameters with peer devices. You can apply a QoS output policy with WRED and/or rate shaping on a DCBx CIN-enabled interface.
PAGE 550
Usage Information dot1p priority traffic on the switch is scheduled to the current queue mapping. dot1p priorities within the same queue must have the same traffic properties and scheduling method. ETS-assigned scheduling applies only to data queues, not to control queues. The configuration of bandwidth allocation and strict-queue scheduling is not supported at the same time for a priority group.
PAGE 551
Usage Information Related Commands NOTE: Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9.4.(0.0) release. A warning message appears when you try to run this command indicating that you have to use the dcb-map commands in the future. • priority-group qos-policy — creates an ETS priority group. • priority-list — configures the 802.1p priorities.
PAGE 552
Admin is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TL
PAGE 553
Remote Parameters : ------------------Remote is disabled Local Parameters : -----------------Local is enabled TC-grp Priority# Bandwidth TSA -----------------------------------------------0 1 0,1,2 100% ETS 2 3 0 % SP 3 4,5,6,7 0 % SP 4 5 6 7 Oper status is init ETS DCBX Oper status is Down State Machine Type is Asymmetric Conf TLV Tx Status is enabled Reco TLV Tx Status is enabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Reco TLV Pkts, 1955 Output Reco TLV Pkts, 0 Err
PAGE 554
0 0,1,2,3,4,5,6,7 100% ETS 1 0% ETS 2 0% ETS 3 0% ETS 4 0% ETS 5 0% ETS 6 0% ETS 7 0% ETS Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 13% ETS 1 13% ETS 2 13% ETS 3 13% ETS 4 12% ETS 5 12% ETS 6 12% ETS 7 12% ETS Oper status is init Conf TLV Tx Status is disabled Traffic Class TLV Tx Status is disabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0T LIVnput Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Output Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Error Traffic Class Pkts Example (Detail) Dell(conf)# show interfaces tengigabitetherne
PAGE 555
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% 0% ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS ETS Priority# Bandwidth TSA 0 13% ETS 1 13% ETS 2 13% ETS 3 13% ETS 4 12% ETS 5 12% ETS 6 12% ETS 7 12% ETS Oper status is init Conf TLV Tx Status is disabled Traffic Class TLV Tx Status is disabled 0 Input Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Output Conf TLV Pkts, 0 Error Conf TLV Pkts 0 Input Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Output Traffic Class TLV Pkts, 0 Error Traffic Class TLV Pkts show qos dcb-output Displays the ETS configuration in a DCB output policy.
PAGE 556
Usage Information Example (Summary) NOTE: Please note that Dell Networking does not recommended to use this command as it has been deprecated in the current 9.4.(0.0) release. A warning message appears when you try to run this command indicating that you have to use the dcb-map commands in the future.
PAGE 557
Parameters stack-unit Enter the stack unit identification. port-number Enter the port number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (Summary) Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 558
7 8 - - DCBX Commands The following DCBX commands are supported on the S4820T platform. advertise dcbx-app-tlv Configure DCBX to send iSCSI TLV advertisements. S4820T Syntax advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi To disable DCBX iSCSI TLV advertisements, use the no advertise dcbx-apptlv iscsi command. Defaults Enabled Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 559
Parameters {fcoe | iscsi} Enter the application priority TLVs, where: • fcoe: enables the advertisement of FCoE in application priority TLVs. • iscsi: enables the advertisement of iSCSI in application priority TLVs. Defaults Application priority TLVs are enabled to advertise FCoE and iSCSI. Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 560
Defaults All PFC and ETS TLVs are advertised. Command Modes PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 561
• • auto-downstream: configures the port to accept the internally propagated DCB configuration from a configuration source. manual: configures the port to operate only on administer-configured DCB parameters. The port does not accept a DCB configuration received form a peer or a local configuration source. Defaults Manual Command Modes INTERFACE PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 562
• ieee-v2: configures the port to use IEEE 802.1az (Draft 2.5). Defaults Auto Command Modes INTERFACE PROTOCOL LLDP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 563
• sem: enables traces for the DCBX state machine. • tlv: enables traces for DCBX TLVs. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.
PAGE 564
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. This command is available at the global level only. iscsi priority-bits Configure the iSCSI priority advertised for the iSCSI protocol in application priority TLVs. S4820T Syntax iscsi priority-bits priority-bitmap To remove the configured iSCSI priority, use the no iscsi priority-bits command. Parameters priority-bitmap Enter the priority-bitmap range.
PAGE 565
Parameters port-type Enter the port type. slot/port Enter the slot/port number. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2. (0.0) Down status messages added. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 566
Field Description Peer Operating version DCBX version that the peer uses to exchange DCB parameters. Local DCBX TLVs Transmitted Transmission status (enabled or disabled) of advertised DCB TLVs (see TLV code at the top of the show command output). Local DCBX Status: DCBX Operational Version DCBX version advertised in Control TLVs. Local DCBX Status: DCBX Max Version Supported Highest DCBX version supported in Control TLVs.
PAGE 567
Example Field Description Total DCBX Frames unrecognized Number of unrecognizable DCBX frames received.
PAGE 568
Configuring DCB Maps and its Attributes This topic contains the following sections that describe how to configure a DCB map, apply the configured DCB map to a port, configure PFC without a DCB map, and configure lossless queues. This functionality is supported on the S4820T platform. DCB Map: Configuration Procedure A DCB map consists of PFC and ETS parameters. By default, PFC is not enabled on any 802.1p priority and ETS allocates equal bandwidth to each priority.
PAGE 569
Important Points to Remember • If you remove a dot1p priority-to-priority group mapping from a DCB map (no priority pgid command), the PFC and ETS parameters revert to their default values on the interfaces on which the DCB map is applied. By default, PFC is not applied on specific 802.1p priorities; ETS assigns equal bandwidth to each 802.1p priority. As a result, PFC and lossless port queues are disabled on 802.
PAGE 570
Configuring PFC without a DCB Map In a network topology that uses the default ETS bandwidth allocation (assigns equal bandwidth to each priority), you can also enable PFC for specific dot1p-priorities on individual interfaces without using a DCB map. This type of DCB configuration is useful on interfaces that require PFC for lossless traffic, but do not transmit converged Ethernet traffic. Step Task Command Command Mode 1 Enter interface configuration mode on an Ethernet port.
PAGE 571
Step Task Command Command Mode 1 Enter INTERFACE Configuration mode. interface{tengigabitE CONFIGURATION thernet slot/port | fortygigabitEthernet slot/port} 2 Open a DCB map and enter DCB map configuration mode. dcb-map name INTERFACE 3 Disable PFC. no pfc mode on DCB MAP 4 Return to interface configuration mode.
PAGE 572
NOTE: In Egress queue assignment (8 queues in S6000, 4 against in S5000 / S4810. PFC is not applied on specific dot1p priorities. ETS: Equal bandwidth is assigned to each port queue and each dot1p priority in a priority group. To configure PFC and ETS parameters on an S6000 interface, you must specify the PFC mode, the ETS bandwidth allocation for a priority group, and the 802.1p priority-to-priority group mapping in a DCB map. No default PFC and ETS settings are applied to Ethernet interfaces.
PAGE 573
priority-pgid Assign 802.1p priority traffic to a priority group in a DCB map. Syntax Parameters priority-pgid dot1p0_group-num dot1p1_group-num dot1p2_groupnum dot1p3_group-num dot1p4_group-num dot1p5_group-num dot1p6_group-num dot1p7_group-num dot1p0_groupnum Enter the priority group number for each 802.1p class of traffic in a DCB map.
PAGE 574
• Priority group 1 contains traffic with dot1p priority 3. • Priority group 2 contains traffic with dot1p priority 4. • Priority group 4 contains traffic with dot1p priority 5, 6, and 7. To remove a priority-pgid configuration from a DCB map, enter the no priority-pgid command. pfc mode on Enable the PFC configuration on the port so that the priorities are included in DCBX negotiation with peer PFC devices. Syntax pfc mode on To disable the PFC configuration, use the no pfc mode on command.
PAGE 575
priority-group bandwidth pfc Configure the ETS bandwidth allocation and PFC mode used to manage port traffic in an 802.1p priority group. Parameters priority-group group-num Enter the keyword priority-group followed by the number of an 802.1p priority group. Use the prioritypgid command to create the priority groups in a DCB map. bandwidth percentage Enter the keyword bandwidth followed by a bandwidth percentage allocated to the priority group. The range of valid values is 1 to 100.
PAGE 576
To remove a priority-group configuration in a DCB map, enter the no prioritygroup bandwidth pfc command. By default, equal bandwidth is assigned to each dot1p priority in a priority group. Use the bandwidth parameter to configure the bandwidth percentage assigned to a priority group. The sum of the bandwidth allocated to all priority groups in a DCB map must be 100% of the bandwidth on the link. You must allocate at least 1% of the total port bandwidth to each priority group.
PAGE 577
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S6000 platforms. Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the FC Flex IO module installed in the MXL 10/40GbE Switch. Use the show qos dcb-map command to display the enhanced transmission selection (ETS) and priority-based flow control (PFC) parameters used to configure server-facing Ethernet ports. S5000 Ethernet ports are DCBx-enabled by default.
PAGE 578
Applying a DCB Map in a Switch Stack Apply the same DCB map with PFC and ETS configuration to all stacked ports in a switch stack. You cannot apply different DCB maps to different stacked switches. This functionality is supported on the platform. To remove all PFC and ETS settings applied to stacked ports from the DCB map and reset PFC and ETS to their default settings, use the no dcb-map stack-unit all command. Task Command Command Mode Apply the specified DCB map on all ports of the switch stack.
PAGE 579
If the preceding condition is not satisfied by the shared PFC buffer size value, the configuration is not saved and a system logging message is generated as follows: Dell(conf)#dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size 2000 %ERROR: pfc shared buffer size configured cannot accommodate existing buffer requirement in the system. Example Dell(conf)#dcb pfc-shared-buffer-size 5000 dcb-buffer-threshold Configure the profile name for the DCB buffer threshold. This utility is supported on the S4810, S4820T, and S6000 platforms.
PAGE 580
value Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7 to denote the priority to be allocated to the dynamic buffer control mechanism buffer-size Ingress buffer size size Size of the ingress buffer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. The default is 45 KB. pausethreshold Buffer limit for pause frames to be sent thresholdvalue Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 7787. The default is 10 KB.
PAGE 581
Example Dell(conf-dcb-buffer-thr)#priority 0 buffer-size 52 pausethreshold 16 resume-offset 10 shared-threshold-weight 7 qos-policy-buffer Create a QoS policy buffer and enter the configuration mode to configure the no-drop queues, ingress buffer size, buffer limit for pausing, and buffer offset limit for resuming.
PAGE 582
sharedthresholdweight Buffer shared threshold weight size Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system. Enter a number in the range of 0 to 9. The default shared threshold weight is 10. Default The default size of the ingress buffer is 45 KB. The default buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer and recommences the sending of packets to the peer is 10 KB. The default threshold weight of the shared buffer space is 10.
PAGE 583
dcb-policy buffer-threshold (Interface Configuration) Assign the DCB policy to the DCB buffer threshold profile on interfaces. This setting takes precedence over the global buffer-threshold setting. This utility is supported on the S4820T platform. Syntax Parameters dcb-policy buffer-threshold profile-name bufferthreshold Configure the profile name for the DCB buffer threshold profile-name Enter the name of the profile, which can be a string of up to 32 characters in length.
PAGE 584
Default None Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T platforms. Usage Information You can configure up to a maximum of four lossless (PFC) queues. By configuring four lossless queues, you can configure four different priorities and assign a particular priority to each application that your network is used to process.
PAGE 585
Buffer threshold parameters: pfc priority 0 buffer-size 40 pfc priority 3 buffer-size 50 show hardware stack-unit buffer-stats-snapshot (With Polling and History) View the buffer statistics tracking resource information with polling details and historical snapshots. This command is supported on the platform.
PAGE 586
Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. When you enter the “instance all” option, “show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-statssnapshot unit 0 resource X” Output for all available instances on the history collection is displayed. When you enter the “instance id" option, “show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-statssnapshot unit 0 resource X” for specified instance alone is displayed.
PAGE 587
6 UCAST 1 UCAST 2 MCAST 0 3 11 4 0 1 2 5 0 0 0 3 0 0 3 0 3 0 If only two instances are available at the time the above show command is issued, only two instances will be displayed in the summary output.
PAGE 588
and identify the ports that you want. All resources will be cleared after their values are displayed.
PAGE 589
UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 0 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 <… snip …> Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 104 (interface Te 0/124) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 --------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UC
PAGE 590
--------------------------------------Q# TYPE Q# TOTAL BUFFERED CELLS --------------------------------------UCAST 0 0 UCAST 1 0 UCAST 2 0 UCAST 3 0 UCAST 4 0 UCAST 5 0 UCAST 6 0 UCAST 7 0 UCAST 8 0 UCAST 9 0 UCAST 10 0 UCAST 11 1 MCAST 0 0 MCAST 1 0 MCAST 2 0 MCAST 3 0 MCAST 4 0 MCAST 5 0 MCAST 6 0 MCAST 7 0 MCAST 8 0 Dell# To examine the port that is congested and monitor all multicast queues on that port: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 queue mcast all Stack-un
PAGE 591
UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST UCAST Dell# 7 8 9 10 11 0 0 0 0 0 To identify the port that is congested and monitor all the priority groups on that particular port: Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer-stats-snapshot unit 0 resource port 1 prio all Stack-unit: 0 unit: 0 port: 1 (interface Fo 0/0) --------------------------------------PG# SHARED CELLS HEADROOM CELLS --------------------------------------0 0 0 1 0 0 2 0 0 3 0 0 4 0 0 5 0 0 6 0 0 7 0 0 Dell# To determine the specific priority group, unicast or m
PAGE 592
Usage Information Configure the maximum buffer available for PFC traffic. You can choose to increase or decrease the buffer size that is currently allocated in the system by default. However, if you modify the PFC buffer size to be lower than the previously configured PFC buffer size, the system determines whether this reduction in size is valid without disrupting the existing configuration. In such a scenario, you must disable and re-enable DCB.
PAGE 593
Example Field Description resume-threshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB.
PAGE 594
Field Description queue Number of the queue lossless Whether the queue is a lossy or lossless queue for which buffer threshold is configured buffer-size Ingress buffer size pause-threshold-value Buffer limit at which the port sends the pause to peer in KB. resume-threshold-value Buffer offset limit at which the port resumes the peer in KB. shared threshold weight Weightage of the priorities on the shared buffer size in the system. dcb pfc-queues Configure the number of PFC queues.
PAGE 595
dcb enable Enable priority flow control or enhanced transmission selection on interface. This feature is supported on S4820T platform. Syntax dcb enablepfc >enable • To disable ETS on interface, use “no dcb ets enable” command. • To disable PFC on interface, use “no dcb pfc enable” command. Defaults Enable Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Limitations Related Commands Version 9.3 (0.1) Introduced on S6000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 596
Debugging and Diagnostics 14 The basic debugging and diagnostic commands are supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS) on the S4820T platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Offline Diagnostic Commands • Buffer Tuning Commands • Hardware Commands Diagnostics and Monitoring Commands The following section describes the diagnostics and monitoring commands. For similar commands, refer to the Control and Monitoring chapter.
PAGE 597
Usage Information The Kernel core dump can be large and may take up to 5 to 30 minutes to upload. Dell Networking OS does not overwrite application core dumps so you should delete them as necessary to conserve space on the flash; if the flash is out of memory, the coredump is aborted. On the S-Series, if the FTP server is not reachable, the application coredump is aborted. Dell Networking OS completes the coredump process and wait until the upload is complete before rebooting the system.
PAGE 598
EEPROM, and CPLD) wherever possible. There are no tests on 10G links. At this level, stack ports are shut down automatically. level2 Enter the keyword level2 to run Level 2 diagnostics. Level 2 diagnostics are a full set of diagnostic tests with no support for automatic partitioning. Level 2 diagnostics are used primarily for on-board loopback tests and more extensive component diagnostics. Various components on the board are put into Loopback mode and test packets are transmitted through those components.
PAGE 599
Parameters number Enter the stack-unit id. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 600
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 601
Parameters fp Enter the keyword fp to create a buffer profile for the Field Processor. csf Enter the keyword csf to create a buffer profile for the Switch Fabric Processor. profile-name Create a name for the buffer profile, global Apply one of two pre-defined buffer profiles to all of the port-pipes in the system. 1Q Enter the keyword 1Q to choose a pre-defined buffer profile for single queue (for example, non-QoS) applications.
PAGE 602
Hardware Commands These commands display information from a hardware sub-component or ASIC. clear hardware stack-unit Clear statistics from selected hardware components.
PAGE 603
Version 7.8.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on the S-Series. show hardware stack-unit — displays the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member. clear hardware system-flow Clear system-flow statistics from selected hardware components.
PAGE 604
hardware watchdog To trigger a reboot and restart the system, set the watchdog timer. S4820T Syntax hardware watchdog stack-unit {<0-5> | all} Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 605
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 606
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. show hardware stack-unit Display the data plane or management plane input and output statistics of the designated component of the designated stack member.
PAGE 607
drops [unit unit-number [port portnumber | no]] Enter the keyword drops to display internal drops on the selected stack member. Enter the drops keyword to display internal drops on the selected stack member. Option unit 0 followed by port 1-104 (in S6000) is based on internal/ hardware port number” and “option user-port 0-127 is to see the drop using user port numbering convention. fpga register Enter the keyword to display the register value of fpga resgister details in S4810, Z9000 and S6000.
PAGE 608
Example (DataPlane) Dell#show hardware stack-unit 0 cpu data-plane statistics Input Statistics: 1856 packets, 338262 bytes 141 64-byte pkts, 1248 over 64-byte pkts, 11 over 127-byte pkts 222 over 255-byte pkts, 236 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023byte pkts 919 Multicasts, 430 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 325 packets, 27629 bytes, 0 underruns 9 64-byte pkts, 310 over 64-byte pkts, 1 over 127-byte pkts 1 over 255-byte pkts, 2 over 511-byte pkts, 2
PAGE 609
Packets dropped by FP : 0 (L2+L3) Drops : 0 Port bitmap zero Drops : 0 Rx VLAN Drops : 0 --- Ingress MAC counters--Ingress FCSDrops : 0 Ingress MTUExceeds : 0 --- MMU Drops --HOL DROPS : 0 TxPurge CellErr : 0 Aged Drops : 0 --- Egress MAC counters--Egress FCS Drops : 0 --- Egress FORWARD PROCESSOR Drops --IPv4 L3UC Aged & Drops : 0 TTL Threshold Drops : 0 INVALID VLAN CNTR Drops : 0 L2MC Drops : 0 PKT Drops of ANY Conditions : 0 Hg MacUnderflow : 0 TX Err PKT Counter : 0 25 Dell# Example (PortStats) Exampl
PAGE 610
0x00680017 0x0060004c 0x0060104c 0x0060204c 0x0060304c 0x0060404c 0x0060504c 0x0060604c 0x0060704c 0x0060804c 0x0060904c 0x0060a04c 0x0060b04c 0x0060c04c 0x0060d04c 0x0060e04c 0x0060f04c 0x0061004c 0x0061104c 0x0061204c 0x0061304c 0x0061404c 0x0061504c 0x0061604c 0x0061704c 0x0061804c 0x0061904c 0x0061a04c 0x0061b04c 0x0061c04c 0x00780000 0x0e700102 0x0e701102 0x0e702102 0x0e703102 0x0e704102 0x0e705102 0x0e706102 0x0e707102 0x0e708102 0x0e709102 0x0e70a102 0x0e70b102 0x0e70c102 0x0e70d102 0x0e70e102 0x0e70
PAGE 611
0x0b704001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge4 = 0x00000000 0x0b705001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge5 = 0x00000000 0x0b706001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge6 = 0x00000000 0x0b707001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge7 = 0x00000000 0x0b708001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge8 = 0x00000000 0x0b709001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.ge9 = 0x00000000 0x0b70a001 BCAST_STORM_CONTROL.
PAGE 612
The linkStatus of Hg Port 27 is FALSE !------------------ output truncated ---------------! Example (Total-Buffer) Dell(conf)#show hardware stack-unit 0 buffer total-buffer Example (Buffer-Info) Dell(conf)#sh hardware stack-unit 0 buffer unit 0 port 1 buffer-info ----- Buffer Stats for Unit 0 Port 1 ----Maximum Shared Limit for the Port: 30720 Default Packet Buffer allocate for the Port: 120 Dell#sh hardware stack-unit 0 buffer total-buffer ----- Buffer Details for Stack-Unit 0 ----Total Buffers allocat
PAGE 613
port-set number [counters] Enter the keywords port-set with a port-pipe number. The range is 0 to 0 for the S4820T. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword counters to display hit counters for the selected ACL or QoS option. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 614
Example param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CosQCpuNew, param0=7(0x07), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=CopyToCpu, param0=0(0x00), param1=0(0x00)}, action={act=UpdateCounter, param0=1(0x01), param1=0(0x00)}, meter=NULL, counter={idx=1, mode=0x01, entries=1} ############## FP Entry for redirecting LACP traffic to CPU Port ############ EID 2045: gid=1, slice=15, slice_idx=0x02, prio=0x7fd, flags=0x82, Installed tcam: color_indep=0, higig=0, higig_mask=0, KEY=0x00000000 00000000 00000000 0180c200 00020000 00000000 0000
PAGE 615
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) 15 Dynamic host configuration protocol (DHCP) is an application layer protocol that dynamically assigns IP addresses and other configuration parameters to network end-stations (hosts) based on the configuration policies the network administrators determine. The Dell Networking operating system supports the basic DHCP commands on the S4820T platform.
PAGE 616
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 617
default-router Assign a default gateway to clients based on the address pool. S4820T Syntax Parameters default-router address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of routers that may be the default gateway for clients on the subnet. You may specify up to eight routers. List them in order of preference. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 618
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. dns-server Assign a DNS server to clients based on address pool. S4820T Syntax Parameters dns-server address [address2...address8] address Enter a list of DNS servers that may service clients on the subnet. You may list up to eight servers, in order of preference.
PAGE 619
Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 620
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. hardware-address For manual configurations, specify the client hardware address. S4820T Syntax Parameters hardware-address address address Enter the hardware address of the client. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 621
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. lease Specify a lease time for the addresses in a pool. S4820T Syntax Parameters lease {days [hours] [minutes] | infinite} days Enter the number of days of the lease. The range is from 0 to 31. hours Enter the number of hours of the lease. The range is from 0 to 23.
PAGE 622
netbios-name-server Specify the NetBIOS Windows Internet Naming Service (WINS) name servers, in order of preference, that are available to Microsoft Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) clients. S4820T Syntax Parameters netbios-name-server address [address2...address8] address Enter the address of the NETBIOS name server. You may enter up to eight, in order of preference. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 623
Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 624
pool Create an address pool. S4820T Syntax Parameters pool name name Enter the address pool’s identifying name. Defaults none Command Modes DHCP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 625
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp configuration Display the DHCP configuration. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip dhcp configuration [global | pool name] pool name Display the configuration for a DHCP pool. global Display the DHCP configuration for the entire system. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 626
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 627
Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
PAGE 628
Related Commands arp inspection — enables dynamic ARP inspection on a VLAN. clear ip dhcp snooping Clear the DHCP binding table. Syntax Parameters clear ip dhcp snooping {binding | source-address-validation discard-counters [interface interface]} binding Clears the binding table. sourceaddressvalidation discardcounters Clears discard counters from all the interfaces configured with IP Source Guard. interface interface (OPTIONAL) Specifies an interface to clear the discard counters.
PAGE 629
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 630
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping Enable DHCP snooping globally. S4820T Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 631
ip dhcp snooping binding Create a static entry in the DHCP binding table. S4820T Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp snooping binding mac address vlan-id vlan-id ip ip-address interface type slot/port lease number mac address Enter the keyword mac then the MAC address of the host to which the server is leasing the IP address. vlan-id vlan-id Enter the keywords vlan-id then the VLAN to which the host belongs. The range is from 2 to 4094.
PAGE 632
Related Commands Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. show ip dhcp snooping — displays the contents of the DHCP binding table. ip dhcp snooping database Delay writing the binding table for a specified time. S4820T Syntax Parameters ip dhcp snooping database write-delay minutes minutes The range is from 5 to 21600.
PAGE 633
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.
PAGE 634
ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable the IP Source Guard. Syntax Parameters [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation [ipmac] [vlan vlan-id] ipmac Enable IP+MAC Source Address Validation. vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) SAV validates the source IP address along with the source VLAN ID against the DHCP snooping binding table. Defaults Disabled Command Modes INTERFACE INTERFACE PORTCHANNEL Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 635
ip dhcp relay information-option Enable Option 82. S4820T Syntax Parameters ip dhcp relay information-option [trust-downstream] [vpn] trustdownstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. vpn Enter the keyword vpn to add VPN/VRF related sub-option to relay agent information Option 82. NOTE: Adds the VPN/VRF related sub-options into the relay agent information option(82).
PAGE 636
ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Validate a DHCP packet’s source hardware address against the client hardware address field (CHADDR) in the payload. S4820T Syntax [no] ip dhcp snooping verify mac-address Defaults Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 637
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.4. (0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Use this command on the interfaces where the DHCP clients are connected to forward the packets from clients to DHCP server and vice-versa.
PAGE 638
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.6(0.0) Added the keywords discard-counters, interface, and the variable interface. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 639
packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.2 host 00:00:00:00:01:02 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.3 host 00:00:00:00:01:03 count (0 packets) ipmac-vlan sav access-list on Port-channel 10 on stack-unit 2 Total cam count 5 permit host 0.0.0.0 host 00:00:00:00:00:00 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.1 host 00:00:00:00:01:01 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.2 host 00:00:00:00:01:02 count (0 packets) permit vlan 10 host 1.1.1.
PAGE 640
Commands to Configure DNS To configure the Domain Names Systems (DNS) on the system, use the following commands: clear host Removes one or all dynamically learned host table entries for a specific VRF. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear host [vrf vrf-name] {* | host-name} vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the key word vrf and then the name of the VRF to delete dynamically learned host table entries corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 641
Parameters vrf vrf-name (Optional) Enter the key word vrf and then the name of the VRF to configure the domain corresponding to that VRF. name Enter the name of the domain to be appended to the in complete DNS requests corresponding to the specified VRF. Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 642
Version 9.4. (0.0) Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. Usage Information Use this command to add domain names to the DNS lists corresponding to a specific VRF. You can add up to a maximum of six domain names to the DNS list corresponding to a VRF. This domain is used to complete the unqualified host names. Example Dell(conf)#ip domain-list Dell(conf)#ip domain-list vrf jay dell.com vrf jay force10.
PAGE 643
ip name-server Configures the name server IP addresses for VRF. Using this command, you can configure up to a maximum of six IP addresses per VRF. S4820T Syntax ip name-server [vrf vrf-name] ip-address [ip-address2] [ipaddress3] [ip-address4] [ip-address5] [ip-address6] To undo the name server ip address configuration for VRF, use the no ip nameserver [vrf vrf-name] ip-address command.
PAGE 644
16 Equal Cost Multi-Path (ECMP) Equal cost multi-path (ECMP) is supported on the Dell Networking S4820T platform. ecmp-group Provides a mechanism to monitor traffic distribution on an ECMP link bundle. A system log is generated when the standard deviation of traffic distribution on a member link exceeds a defined threshold. S4820T Syntax ecmp-group {ecmp-group-id interface interface | link-bundlemonitor} To remove the selected interface, use the ecmp-group no interface command.
PAGE 645
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Using CONFIGURATION mode, create an ECMP group ID. You can then assign interfaces to the ECMP group using CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP mode. You can also enable on the port-channel configuration using the CONFIGURATION ECMP-GROUP command mode.
PAGE 646
ecmp crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | crcupper | dest-ip | lsb | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16 hg {crc16 | crc16cc | crc32MSB | crc32LSB | xor1 | xor2 | xor4 | xor8 | xor16} stack-unit stack-unitnumber | portset port-pipe TeraScale and ExaScale Only: Enter the keyword ecmp then one of the following options: • crc16: Use CRC16_BISYNC — 16 bit CRC16-bisync polynomial (default) • crc16cc: Use CRC16_CCITT — 16 bit CRC16 using CRC16-CCITT polynomial • crc32MSB: Use CRC32_UPPER — MSB 16 bits of
PAGE 647
Enter the keywords port-set port-pipe then the port pipe number. The range is from 0 to 5. hg-seed seedvalue stackunit Z-Series only: Enter the keywords hg-seed then the hash algorithm seed value. The range is from 0 to 2147483646. Enter the keywords stack-unit then the stack unit number. The range is from 0 to 7. Enter the keywords port-set then the stack-unit port-pipe number. The range is from 0 to 5. lag hash algorithm Z-Series only: Enter the keywords hg-seed . The range is from 0 to 47.
PAGE 648
Version 7.7.1.1 Usage Information Added the nh-ecmp option. To ensure that CRC is not used for LAG, set the default hash-algorithm method on ExaScale systems. For example,hash-algorithm ecmp xor lag checksum nh-ecmp checksum. The hash value calculated with the hash-algorithm command is unique to the entire chassis. The hash algorithm command with the stack—unit option changes the hash for a particular stack—unit by applying the mask specified in the IPSA and IPDA fields.
PAGE 649
hash-algorithm ecmp Change the hash algorithm used to distribute traffic flows across an ECMP (equal-cost multipath routing) group. S4820T Term heading Description heading Syntax hash-algorithm ecmp {crc-upper} | {dest-ip} | {lsb} To return to the default hash algorithm, use the no hash-algorithm ecmp command. Parameters Defaults crc-upper Uses the upper 32 bits of the key for the hash computation. The default is crc-lower. dest-ip Uses the destination IP for ECMP hashing. The default is enabled.
PAGE 650
Term heading Description heading various test scenarios, but if the default algorithm does not provide satisfactory distribution of traffic, use this command to designate another algorithm. When a member leaves or is added to the ECMP group, the hash algorithm is recalculated to balance traffic across the members. hash-algorithm seed Select the seed value for the ECMP, LAG, and NH hashing algorithm.
PAGE 651
FTOS provides a CLI-based solution for modifying the hash seed to ensure that on each configured system, the ECMP selection is same. When configured, the same seed is set for ECMP, LAG, and NH, and is used for incoming traffic only. NOTE: While the seed is stored separately on each port-pipe, the same seed is used across all CAMs. You cannot separate LAG and ECMP but you can use different algorithms across the chassis with the same seed.
PAGE 652
Related Commands show ip cam stack-unit – Display content-addressable memory (CAM) entries for an S-Series switch. link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold Provides a mechanism to set the threshold to trigger when traffic distribution begins being monitored on an ECMP link bundle. S4820T Syntax link-bundle-distribution trigger-threshold [percent] To exit from ecmp group mode, use the exit command.
PAGE 653
Command Modes Command History • ECMP-GROUP • PORT-CHANNEL INTERFACE This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 654
show link-bundle distribution Display the link-bundle distribution for the interfaces in the bundle, type of bundle (LAG or ECMP), and the most recently calculated interface utilization (either bytes per second rate or maximum rate) for each interface. S4820T Syntax show link-bundle-distribution Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 655
FIPS Cryptography 17 To configure federal information processing standards (FIPS) cryptography, use the following commands on the S4820T platform. fips mode enable Enable the FIPS cryptography mode on the platform. S4820T Syntax [no] fips mode enable To disable the FIPS cryptography mode, use the no fips mode enable command.
PAGE 656
show fips status Displays the status of the FIPS mode. S4820T Syntax show fips status Defaults None Command Modes EXEC Example Dell#show fips status FIPS Mode : Disabled Dell# Dell#show fips status FIPS Mode : Enabled Dell# Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.1(0.
PAGE 657
Example Version 9.1(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on S4810. Dell#show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : 3des-cbc,aes128-cbc,aes192cbc,aes256-cbc,aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr. SSH server macs : hmac-sha1-96. SSH server kex algorithms : diffie-hellman-group14-sha1. Password Authentication : enabled. Hostbased Authentication : disabled.
PAGE 658
ssh Open an SSH connection specifying the hostname, username, port number, and version of the SSH client. S4820T Syntax Parameters ssh {hostname|ipv4 address|ipv6 address} [-c encryption cipher|-l username|-m HMAC alogorithm|-p port-number|-v {1|2}] hostname (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address or the hostname of the remote device. ipv4 address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format A.B.C.D.
PAGE 659
Without the FIPS mode enabled: • hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-shal-96: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1–96 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-md5: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-md5–96: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5–96 HMAC algorithm. With the FIPS mode enabled: • hmac-md5: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-md5–96: Force ssh to use the hmac-md5–96 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use the hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm.
PAGE 660
Related Commands Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. show ip ssh client-pubkeys Display the client-public keys. Dell Networking OS supports both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing. Inbound SSH supports accessing the system through the management interface as well as through a physical Layer 3 interface.
PAGE 661
Dell#ssh 10.10.10.10 -c ? 3des-cbc Force ssh aes128-cbc Force ssh aes192-cbc Force ssh aes256-cbc Force ssh aes128-ctr Force ssh aes192-ctr Force ssh aes256-ctr Force ssh Dell#ssh 10.10.10.
PAGE 662
18 FCoE Transit To enable the FCoE Transit feature and configure FIP snooping, use the following Dell Networking Operating System commands on the S4820T platform. In a converged Ethernet network, a switch can operate as an intermediate Ethernet bridge to snoop on FIP packets during the login process on Fibre Channel over Ethernet (FCoE) forwarders (FCFs).
PAGE 663
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. clear fip-snooping statistics Clears the statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all VLANs, a specified VLAN, or a specified port interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear fip-snooping statistics [interface vlan vlan-id | interface port-type port/slot | interface port-channel portchannel-number] vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID of the FIP packet statistics to be cleared.
PAGE 664
Parameters all Enter the keyword all to enable debugging on all the options. acl Enter the keyword acl for ACL-specific debugging. error Enter the keyword error for error-specific debugging. ifm Enter the keyword ifm for IFM-specific debugging. info Enter the keyword info for information-specific debugging. ipc Enter the keyword ipc for IPC-specific debugging. tx Enter the keyword tx for packet transmit-specific debugging.
PAGE 665
interface • virtual-link-instantiation — Enter the keywords virtual-link-instantiation to enable debugging on FLOGI, FDISC, and FLOGO packets. • virtual-link-maintenance — Enter the keywords virtual-link-maintenance to enable debugging on FIP clear virtual link frames and keepalives. • vlan-discovery — Enter the keywords vlandiscovery to enable debugging on VLAN requests and notifications.
PAGE 666
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. fip-snooping enable Enable FIP snooping on all VLANs or on a specified VLAN.
PAGE 667
fip-snooping fc-map Configure the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses on all VLANs. S4820T Syntax fip-snooping fc-map fc-map-value To return the configured FM-MAP value to the default value, use the no fipsnooping fc-map command. Parameters fc-map-value Enter the FC-MAP value FIP snooping uses. The range is from 0EFC00 to 0EFCFF. Defaults 0x0EFC00 Command Modes • CONFIGURATION • VLAN INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 668
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the S4810 and S4820T. fip-snooping port-mode fcf Configure the port for bridge-to-FCF links.
PAGE 669
To remove the bridge-to-bridge link configuration from the port, use the no fipsnooping port-mode fcoe-trusted command. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 670
FIP Snooping enabled VLANs VLAN Enabled FC-MAP ----------------100 TRUE 0X0EFC00 show fip-snooping enode Display information on the ENodes in FIP-snooped sessions, including the ENode interface and MAC address, FCF MAC address, VLAN ID and FC-ID. S4820T Syntax Parameters show fip-snooping enode [enode-mac-address] enode-macaddress Enter the MAC address of the ENodes to display. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 671
d4:ae:52:1b:e3:cd Te 0/11 62:00:11 54:7f:ee:37:34:40 100 show fip-snooping fcf Display information on the FCFs in FIP-snooped sessions, including the FCF interface and MAC address, FCF interface, VLAN ID, FC-MAP value, FKA advertisement period, and number of ENodes connected. S4820T Syntax Parameters show fip-snooping fcf [fcf-mac-address] fcf-macaddress Enter the MAC address of the FCF to display. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 672
Example Dell# show fip-snooping fcf FCF MAC FCF Interface VLAN FC-MAP FKA_ADV_PERIOD No. of Enodes ------- ------------- ---- ------ -------------- ------------54:7f:ee:37:34:40 Po 22 100 0e:fc:00 4000 2 show fip-snooping statistics Display statistics on the FIP packets snooped on all interfaces, including VLANs, physical ports, and port channels.
PAGE 673
FCoE Transit Field Description Number of VLAN Notifications Number of FIP-snoop VLAN notification frames received on the interface. Number of Multicast Discovery Solicits Number of FIP-snoop multicast discovery solicit frames received on the interface. Number of Unicast Discovery Solicits Number of FIP-snoop unicast discovery solicit frames received on the interface. Number of FLOGI Number of FIP-snoop FLOGI request frames received on the interface.
PAGE 674
Example Field Description Number of FCF Discovery Timeouts Number of FCF discovery timeouts that occurred on the interface. Number of VN Port Session Timeouts Number of VN port session timeouts that occurred on the interface. Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config Number of session failures due to hardware configuration that occurred on the interface.
PAGE 675
Number of VN Port Session Timeouts :0 Number of Session failures due to Hardware Config :0 Example (Port Channel) Dell# show fip-snooping statistics interface port-channel 22 Number of Vlan Requests :0 Number of Vlan Notifications :2 Number of Multicast Discovery Solicits :0 Number of Unicast Discovery Solicits :0 Number of FLOGI :0 Number of FDISC :0 Number of FLOGO :0 Number of Enode Keep Alive :0 Number of VN Port Keep Alive :0 Number of Multicast Discovery Advertisement :4451 Number of Unicast Discover
PAGE 676
Enodes Sessions : 2 : 17 show fip-snooping vlan Display information on the FCoE VLANs on which FIP snooping is enabled. S4820T Syntax show fip-snooping vlan Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 677
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. FCoE Transit Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 678
19 Force10 Resilient Ring Protocol (FRRP) Force10 resilient ring protocol (FRRP) is supported on Dell Networking S4820T platform. FRRP is a proprietary protocol for that offers fast convergence in a Layer 2 network without having to run the spanning tree protocol (STP). The resilient ring protocol is an efficient protocol that transmits a highspeed token across a ring to verify the link status.
PAGE 679
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.
PAGE 680
Parameters event Enter the keyword event to display debug information related to ring protocol transitions. packet Enter the keyword packet to display brief debug information related to control packets. detail Enter the keyword detail to display detailed debug information related to the entire ring protocol packets. ring-id (Optional) Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. count number Enter the keyword count then the number of debug outputs.
PAGE 681
Parameters Word Enter a description of the ring. Maximum: 255 characters. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 682
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. interface Configure the primary, secondary, and control-vlan interfaces. S4820T Syntax interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} To return to the default, use the no interface {primary interface secondary interface control-vlan vlan-id} command.
PAGE 683
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-frrp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 684
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. mode Set the Master or Transit mode of the ring.
PAGE 685
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced. protocol frrp Enter the Resilient Ring Protocol and designate a ring identification. S4820T Syntax protocol frrp {ring-id} To exit the ring protocol, use the no protocol frrp {ring-id} command. Parameters ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 686
show frrp Display the resilient ring protocol configuration. S4820T Syntax Parameters show frrp [ring-id [summary]] | [summary] ring-id Enter the ring identification number. The range is from 1 to 255 summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to view just a summarized version of the Ring configuration. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 687
• The number of state change counters Example (Summary) Dell#show frrp summary Example (1) Dell#show frrp 1 Ring protocol 1 is in Master mode Ring Protocol Interface: Primary : GigabitEthernet 0/16 State: Forwarding Secondary: Port-channel 100 State: Blocking Control Vlan: 1 Ring protocol Timers: Hello-Interval 50 msec Dead-Interval 150 msec Ring Master's MAC Address is 00:01:e8:13:a3:19 Topology Change Statistics: Tx:110 Rx:45 Hello Statistics: Tx:13028 Rx:12348 Number of state Changes: 34 Member Vlan
PAGE 688
invalid value is entered, an error message is generated. The range is from 50 to 2000 ms. Default: 500 ms. dead-interval milliseconds Enter the keyword dead-interval then the time, in milliseconds, to set the dead interval of the control packets. The range is from 50 to 6000 ms. Default: 1500 ms. NOTE: The configured dead interval must be at least three times the hello interval.
PAGE 689
GARP VLAN Registration (GVRP) 20 The Dell Networking operating system supports the basic GVRP commands on the S4820T platform. The generic attribute registration protocol (GARP) mechanism allows the configuration of a GARP participant to propagate through a network quickly. A GARP participant registers or de-registers its attributes with other participants by making or withdrawing declarations of attributes.
PAGE 690
• VLANs created dynamically with GVRP exist only as long as a GVRP-enabled device is sending updates. If the devices no longer send updates, or GVRP is disabled, or the system is rebooted, all dynamic VLANs are removed. • GVRP manages the active topology, not non-topological data such as VLAN protocols. If a local bridge must classify and analyze packets by VLAN protocols, manually configure protocol-based VLANs, and simply rely on GVRP for VLAN updates.
PAGE 691
Version 7.6.1.0 Related Commands Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. debug gvrp Enable debugging on GVRP. S4820T Syntax debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} To disable debugging, use the no debug gvrp {config | events | pdu} command. Parameters config Enter the keyword config to enable debugging on the GVRP configuration. event Enter the keyword event to enable debugging on the JOIN/ LEAVE events.
PAGE 692
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series disable Globally disable GVRP. S4820T Syntax disable To re-enable GVRP, use the no disable command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-GVRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 693
Parameters join Enter the keyword join then the number of milliseconds to configure the join time. The range is from 100 to 147483647 milliseconds. The default is 200 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100. leave Enter the keyword leave then the number of milliseconds to configure the leave time. The range is from 100 to 2147483647 milliseconds. The default is 600 milliseconds. NOTE: Designate the milliseconds in multiples of 100.
PAGE 694
Related Commands show garp timers — displays the current GARP times. gvrp enable Enable GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. S4820T Syntax gvrp enable To disable GVRP on the interface, use the no gvrp enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 695
Parameters fixed Enter the keyword fixed then the VLAN range in a commaseparated VLAN ID set. normal Enter the keyword normal then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set. This setting is the default. forbidden Enter the keyword forbidden then the VLAN range in a comma-separated VLAN ID set. Defaults normal Command Modes CONFIGURATION-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 696
protocol gvrp Access GVRP protocol — (config-gvrp)#. S4820T Syntax protocol gvrp Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 697
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on C-Series, E-Series, and S-Series gvrp enable — enables GVRP on physical interfaces and LAGs. protocol gvrp — accesses the GVRP protocol. show garp timers Display the GARP timer settings for sending GARP messages. S4820T Syntax show garp timers Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 698
show gvrp Display the GVRP configuration. S4820T Syntax Parameters show gvrp [brief | interface] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display a brief summary of the GVRP configuration. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 699
Gi 3/4 Gi 3/5 Gi 3/6 Gi 3/7 Gi 3/8 R3#show gvrp brief Related Commands Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled No No No No No show gvrp statistics — displays the GVRP statistics. show gvrp statistics Display the GVRP configuration statistics.
PAGE 700
• The incoming GVRP PDU has an incorrect length. • "End of PDU" was reached before the complete attribute could be parsed. • The Attribute Type of the attribute that was being parsed was not the GVRP VID Attribute Type (0x01). • The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid attribute length. • The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid GARP event. • The attribute that was being parsed had an invalid VLAN ID. The valid range is from 1 to 4095.
PAGE 701
High Availability (HA) 21 High availability (HA) in the Dell Networking operating software is configuration synchronization to minimize recovery time in the event of a route processor module (RPM) failure. The feature is available on the S4820T platform. In general, a protocol is defined as “hitless” in the context of an RPM failure/failover and not failures of a line card, SFM, or power module. A protocol is defined as hitless if an RPM failover has no impact on the protocol.
PAGE 702
Usage Information The patch filename includes the Dell Networking OS version, the platform, the CPU, and the process it affects (FTOS-platform-cpu-processpatchversion.rtp). For example, a patch labeled “7.8.1.0-EH-rp2-l2mgr-1.rtp” identifies that this patch applies to Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0 — E-Series platform, for RP2, addressing the layer 2 management process, and this patch is the first version of this patch. There is no need to reload or reboot the system when you insert the patch.
PAGE 703
Related Commands Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show processes restartable redundancy auto-failover-limit Specify an auto-failover limit for RPMs. When a non-recoverable fatal error is detected, an automatic RPM failover occurs. This command does not affect user-initiated (manual) failovers.
PAGE 704
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series If you disable auto failover, enter the redundancy auto-failover-limit (without any parameters) to set auto failover to the default parameters (Count 3, Period 60 minutes). To view the redundancy status, use the show redundancy command. When you change one or both of the optional parameters, Dell Networking OS checks that the interval between auto failovers is more than five (5) minutes.
PAGE 705
Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series Enabling this command keeps the failed RPM in the failed state. If there are two RPMs in the system, enabling this command prevents the failed RPM from becoming a working Standby RPM. If there is only one RPM in the system, the failed RPM does not recover and affects the system. redundancy force-failover Force the secondary stack unit to become the primary stack unit.
PAGE 706
upgrade is possible for major releases and lower, while a hitless upgrade can only support patch releases. redundancy primary Set an RPM as the primary RPM. S4820T Syntax redundancy primary [rpm0 | rpm1] To delete a configuration, use the no redundancy primary command. Parameters rpm0 Enter the keyword rpm0 to set the RPM in slot R0 as the primary RPM. rpm1 Enter the keyword rpm1 to set the RPM in slot R1 as the primary RPM. Default The RPM in slot R0 is the Primary RPM.
PAGE 707
redundancy protocol Enable hitless protocols. S4820T Syntax redundancy protocol {lacp | xstp} To disable a hitless protocol, use the no redundancy protocol {lacp | xstp} command. Parameters lacp Enter the keyword lacp to make LACP hitless. xstp Enter the keyword xstp to invoke hitless STP (all STP modes — MSTP, PVST+, RSTP, and STP). Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 708
Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 709
execute this command, the logical SFM on the standby RPM is immediately taken offline and the SFM state is set as “standby”. NOTE: This command could affect traffic when taking the secondary SFM offline. Example Dell#show sfm all Switch Fabric State: up -- Switch Fabric Modules -Slot Status -------------------------------------0 active 1 active Dell#configure Dell(conf)#redundancy sfm standby Taking secondary SFM offline...
PAGE 710
system-data Enter the keywords system-data to synchronize persistentdata and the running configuration file, event log, SFM and line card states. Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.
PAGE 711
Related Commands patch flash://RUNTIME_PATCH_DIR — inserts an In-Service Modular Hot-Fix patch. show processes restartable Display the processes and tasks configured for restartability. S4820T Syntax Parameters show processes restartable [history] history Display the last time the restartable processes crashed. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 712
show redundancy Display the current redundancy configuration. S4820T Syntax Command Modes Command History show redundancy • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 712 Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 713
Field Description running configuration and routing table are applied on secondary RPM. Fast Failover means that the running configuration is not applied on the secondary RPM until failover occurs, and the routing table on line cards is cleared during failover.
PAGE 714
Last failover type: None -- Last Data Block Sync Record: ------------------------------------------------Stack Unit Config: no block sync done Start-up Config: no block sync done Runtime Event Log: no block sync done Running Config: no block sync done ACL Mgr: no block sync done LACP: no block sync done STP: no block sync done SPAN: no block sync done Dell# Example Dell#show redundancy -- RPM Status ------------------------------------------------RPM Slot ID: 1 RPM Redundancy Role: Primary RPM State: Act
PAGE 715
22 ICMP Message Types This chapter lists and describes the possible ICMP message type resulting from a ping. The first three columns list the possible symbol or type/code. For example, you would receive a ! or 03 as an echo reply from your ping. ICMP Messages and Their Definitions.\ Symbol Type Code . Query Error Timeout (no reply) ! 0 U 3 C Description 4 5 ICMP Message Types 3 echo reply . destination unreachable: 0 network unreachable . 1 host unreachable .
PAGE 716
Symbol & Type Code Description 0 redirect for network . 1 redirect for host . 2 redirect for type-of-service and network . 3 redirect for type-of-service and host . 8 0 echo request . 9 0 router advertisement . 10 0 router solicitation . 11 Error time exceeded: 0 time-to-live equals 0 during transit . 1 time-to-live equals 0 during reassembly . 12 716 Query parameter problem: 1 IP header bad (catchall error) . 2 required option missing .
PAGE 717
Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) 23 The IGMP commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the S4820T platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • IGMP Commands • IGMP Snooping Commands IGMP Commands Dell Networking OS supports IGMPv1/v2/v3 and is compliant with RFC-3376.
PAGE 718
• • • • • For a Port-Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then the slot/port information. The range is from 1 to 128. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then the slot/port information. The range is from 1 to 4094. For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tengigabitethernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 719
interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword gigabitethernet followed by the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10–Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 720
Parameters access-list Enter the name of the extended ACL (16 characters maximum). Defaults Not configured Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 721
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip igmp immediate-leave Enable IGMP immediate leave. S4820T Syntax ip igmp immediate-leave [group-list prefix-list-name] To disable ip igmp immediate leave, use the no ip igmp immediateleave command.
PAGE 722
Usage Information Querier normally sends some group-specific queries when a leave message is received for a group prior to deleting a group from the membership database. There may be situations when you require immediate deletion of a group from the membership database. This command provides a way to achieve the immediate deletion. In addition, this command provides a way to enable immediate-leave processing for specified groups.
PAGE 723
ip igmp querier-timeout Change the interval that must pass before a multicast router decides that there is no longer another multicast router that should be the querier. Syntax ip igmp querier-timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip igmp querier-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds the router must wait to become the new querier. The range is from 60 to 300. The default is 125 seconds.
PAGE 724
ip igmp query-interval Change the transmission frequency of IGMP general queries the Querier sends. S4820T Syntax ip igmp query-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip igmp query-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds between queries sent out. The range is from 1 to 18000. The default is 60 seconds. Defaults 60 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 725
ip igmp query-max-resp-time Set the maximum query response time advertised in general queries. S4820T Syntax ip igmp query-max-resp-time seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip igmp query-max-resp-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the maximum response time. The range is from 1 to 25. The default is 10 seconds. Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 726
ip igmp ssm-map To translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships, use a statically configured list. S4820T Syntax ip igmp ssm-map std-access-list source-address Undo this configuration, that is, remove SSM map (S,G) states and replace them with (*,G) state, use the ip igmp ssm-map std-access-list sourceaddress command. Parameters std-access-list Specify the standard IP access list that contains the mapping rules for multicast groups.
PAGE 727
ip igmp static-group Configure an IGMP static group. S4820T Syntax ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} To delete a static address, use the no ip igmp static-group {group address [exclude [source address]] | [include {source address}]} command. Parameters group address Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). exclude source address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword exclude then the source address, in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.
PAGE 728
implicitly assumes all sources are included. If you do not specify either include or exclude, Dell Networking OS implicitly assumes a IGMPv2 static join. Command Limitations Related Commands • Only one mode (include or exclude) is permitted per multicast group per interface. To configure another mode, all sources belonging to the original mode must be unconfigured.
PAGE 729
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip igmp groups View the IGMP groups. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip igmp groups [group-address [detail] | detail | interface [group-address [detail]]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format to view information on that group only. interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the interface type and slot/port information: detail • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 730
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Expanded to support the detail option. E-Series legacy command. Usage Information This command displays the IGMP database, including configured entries for either all groups on all interfaces, all groups on specific interfaces, or specific groups on specific interfaces.
PAGE 731
Group Address Interface Mode 225.0.0.0 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 Member Ports: Po 2* 225.0.0.1 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 Member Ports: Po 2* 225.0.0.2 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 Member Ports: Po 2* 225.0.0.3 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 Member Ports: Po 2* 225.0.0.4 Vlan 100 IGMPv2 Member Ports: Po 2* Uptime Expires Last Reporter 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 00:00:05 00:02:04 3.0.0.51 show ip igmp interface View information on the interfaces participating in IGMP.
PAGE 732
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command. Usage Information IGMP commands accept only non-VLAN interfaces — specifying VLAN does not yield results.
PAGE 733
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip igmp ssm-map — uses a statically configured list to translate (*,G) memberships to (S,G) memberships.
PAGE 734
If the IP SA in the incoming IGMP general query frame is lower than the IP address of the VLAN interface, the switch disables its IGMP snooping Querier functionality. If the IP SA of the incoming IGMP general query is higher than the VLAN IP address, the switch continues to work as an IGMP snooping Querier. ip igmp snooping enable Enable IGMP snooping on all or a single VLAN. This command is the master on/off switch to enable IGMP snooping.
PAGE 735
ip igmp snooping fast-leave Enable IGMP snooping fast-leave for this VLAN. S4820T Syntax ip igmp snooping fast-leave To disable IGMP snooping fast leave, use the no igmp snooping fast-leave command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 736
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 737
Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 738
Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN — (conf-if-vl-n) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 739
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information This command enables the IGMP switch to send General Queries periodically. This behavior is useful when there is no multicast router present in the VLAN because the multicast traffic is not routed.
PAGE 740
Usage Information If the port channel is a VLT port channel, an asterisk (*) after the port channel number (Po 100*) indicates the port channel is locally down and that a remote VLT port is up. Example Dell#show ip igmp snooping mrouter Interface Router Ports Vlan 2 Gi 13/3, Po 1 Dell# Related Commands 740 • ip igmp snooping mrouter — configures a static connection to the multicast router. • show ip igmp groups — view groups.
PAGE 741
24 Interfaces The commands in this chapter are supported by Dell Networking operating software on the S8420T platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Basic Interface Commands • Port Channel Commands • Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) • UDP Broadcast Basic Interface Commands The following commands are for Physical, Loopback, and Null interfaces.
PAGE 742
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel. The range is from 1 to 16383. vrrp [[ipv6] vrid] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrrp to clear the counters of all VRRP groups. To clear the counters of VRRP groups on all IPv6 interfaces, enter ipv6. To clear the counters of a specified group, enter a VRID number from 1 to 255.
PAGE 743
show interfaces — displays information on the interfaces. clear dampening Clear the dampening counters on all the interfaces or just the specified interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear dampening [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter any of the following keywords and slot/ port or number to clear counters from a specified interface: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 744
Example Dell#clear dampening tegigabitethernet 1/2 Clear dampening counters on TeGi 1/2 [confirm] y Dell# Related Commands show interfaces dampening — displays interface dampening information. dampening — configures dampening on an interface. dampening Configure dampening on an interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters dampening [[[[half-life] [reuse-threshold]] [suppressthreshold]] [max-suppress-time]] half-life Enter the number of seconds after which the penalty is decreased.
PAGE 745
Usage Information Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. With each flap, Dell Networking OS penalizes the interface by assigning a penalty (1024) that decays exponentially depending on the configured half-life. After the accumulated penalty exceeds the suppress threshold value, the interface moves to the Error-Disabled state.
PAGE 746
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Modified for E-Series: Revised from 78 to 240 characters.
PAGE 747
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced Usage Information This command applies to any physical interface with speed set to 10/100.
PAGE 748
Parameters Defaults rx on tx off Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.6.0.0 Added support for the negotiate feature on the S4810 and S4820T. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 749
Can’t configure half duplex when flowcontrol is on, config ignored NOTE: The flow control must be off (rx off tx off) before configuring the half duplex. • Speeds less than 1 Gig cannot be configured when the asymmetric flow control configuration is on. The following error is returned: Can’t configure speed <1G when Asymmetric flowcontrol is on, config ignored • Dell Networking OS only supports rx on tx on and rx off tx off for speeds less than 1 Gig (Symmetric).
PAGE 750
Related Commands off off off off off off on off off off on off off off off off off on on on off off on on off off on on off on on on off off on on off off on on off off on on off off on on show running-config — displays the flow configuration parameters (non-default values only). show interfaces — displays the negotiated flow control parameters. interface Configure a physical interface on the switch.
PAGE 751
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Added the support for interfaces. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 752
interface vlan — configures a VLAN. show interfaces — displays the interface configuration. interface group Create or delete group of VLANs with a single command. You can also use this command to apply a set of configurations on a group of interfaces.
PAGE 753
Usage Information The interface group command will create all the non-existent VLANs specified in the range. On successful command execution, the CLI switches to the interface group context. The configuration commands inside the group context will be the similar to that of the existing range command. Note: For release 9.4(0.0), the group command is supported only for VLANs and physical interfaces.
PAGE 754
Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.0 Introduced Example Dell(conf)#interface loopback 1655 Dell(conf-if-lo-1655)# Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface. interface null — configures a Null interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel. interface vlan — configures a VLAN.
PAGE 755
Usage Information You cannot delete a Management port. The Management port is enabled by default (no shutdown). To assign an IP address to the Management port, use the ip address command. If your system has two RPMs installed, use the show redundancy command to display which RPM is the Primary RPM. Example Dell(conf)#interface managementethernet 0/0 Dell(conf-if-ma-0/0)# Related Commands management route — configures a static route that points to the Management interface or a forwarding router.
PAGE 756
Usage Information You cannot delete the Null interface. The only configuration command possible in a Null interface is ip unreachables. Example Dell(conf)#interface null 0 Dell(conf-if-nu-0)# Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface. interface loopback — configures a Loopback interface. interface port-channel — configures a port channel. interface vlan — configures a VLAN. ip unreachables — enables generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages.
PAGE 757
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 758
Example (Multiple Ports) Dell(conf)#interface range gi 2/0 - 23, gi 2/1 - 10 Dell(conf-if-range-gi-2/0-23# Example (Overlapping Ports) Dell(conf)#interface range gi 2/1 - 11, gi 2/1 - 23 Dell(conf-if-range-gi-2/1-23# Usage Information Only VLAN and port-channel interfaces created using the interface vlan and interface port-channel commands can be used in the interface range command. Use the show running-config command to display the VLAN and port-channel interfaces.
PAGE 759
show range — shows the bulk configuration ranges. interface range macro (define) — defines a macro for an interface-range. interface range macro (define) Defines a macro for an interface range and then saves the macro in the running configuration. S4820T Syntax Parameters define interface range macro name interface , interface , ... name Enter up to 16 characters for the macro name. interface, interface,...
PAGE 760
Example (Single Range) Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4093 VLANs on E-Series ExaScale. Prior releases supported 2094. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.
PAGE 761
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example (Single Range) Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 762
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810; added support for OpenFlow. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. For more information about VLANs and the commands to configure them, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section of the Layer 2 chapter. FTP, TFTP, and SNMP operations are not supported on a VLAN. MAC ACLs are not supported in VLANs. IP ACLs are supported.
PAGE 763
intf-type cr4 autoneg Set the interface type as CR4 with auto-negotiation enabled. S4820T Syntax intf-type cr4 autoneg If you configure intf-type cr4 autoneg, use the no intf-type cr4 autoneg command to set the interface type as cr4 with autonegotiation disabled. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 764
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.
PAGE 765
Example (Master/Slave) Dell(conf)# int gi 0/0 Dell(conf-if)#neg auto Dell(conf-if-autoneg)# ? end Exit from configuration mode exit Exit from autoneg configuration mode mode Specify autoneg mode no Negate a command or set its defaults show Show autoneg configuration information Dell(conf-if-autoneg)#mode ? forced-master Force port to master mode forced-slave Force port to slave mode Dell(conf-if-autoneg)# Example (Configured) Dell#show interfaces configured GigabitEthernet 13/18 is up, line protocol is u
PAGE 766
• Up at 100 Mb/s • Down • Down * You cannot disable auto-negotiation when the speed is set to 1000 or auto. keepalive Send keepalive packets periodically to keep an interface alive when it is not transmitting data. S4820T Syntax keepalive [seconds] To stop sending keepalive packets, use the no keepalive command. Parameters seconds (OPTIONAL) For SONET interfaces with PPP encapsulation enabled, enter the number of seconds between keepalive packets. The range is from 0 to 23767.
PAGE 767
monitor interface Monitor counters on a single interface or all interfaces on a line card. The screen is refreshed every five seconds and the CLI prompt disappears. S4820T Syntax monitor interface [interface] To disable monitoring and return to the CLI prompt, press the q key. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For the management port, enter the keyword managementethernet then the slot (0 or 1) and the port (0).
PAGE 768
pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Usage Information Example (Single Interface) Introduced on the E-Series. In the Example, the delta column displays changes since the last screen refresh. The following are the monitor command menu options. Key Description systest-3 Displays the host name assigned to the system. monitor time Displays the amount of time since the monitor interface command was entered. time Displays the amount of time the chassis is up (since last reboot).
PAGE 769
Input IP checksum: Input overrun: Output underruns: Output throttles: m l T q Example (All Interfaces) - 0 0 0 0 Change mode Page up Increase refresh interval Quit 0 0 0 0 pps pps pps pps 0 0 0 0 c - Clear screen a - Page down t - Decrease refresh interval systest-3 Monitor time: 00:01:31 Refresh Intvl.
PAGE 770
Defaults 1554 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 771
Layer 2 Overhead Link MTU and IP MTU Delta Ethernet (untagged) 18 bytes VLAN Tag 22 bytes Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes portmode hybrid To accept both tagged and untagged frames, set a physical port or port-channel. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. S4820T Syntax portmode hybrid To return a port to accept either tagged or untagged frames (non-hybrid), use the no portmode hybrid command.
PAGE 772
• untagged frames and classify them as VLAN 10 frames • VLAN 20 tagged frames The following describes the do show interfaces command shown in the following example. This example shows output with “Hybrid” as the newly added value for 802.1QTagged. The options for this field are: • True — port is tagged • False — port is untagged • Hybrid — port accepts both tagged and untagged frames The following describes the interface vlan command shown in the following example.
PAGE 773
rate-interval Configure the traffic sampling interval on the selected interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters rate-interval seconds seconds Enter the number of seconds for which to collect traffic data. The range is from 5 to 299 seconds. NOTE: Because polling occurs every 15 seconds, the number of seconds designated here rounds to the multiple of 15 seconds lower than the entered value. For example, if 44 seconds is designated, it rounds to 30; 45 to 59 seconds rounds to 45.
PAGE 774
show config Display the interface configuration. S4820T Syntax show config Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 775
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 776
Command Modes Command History Usage Information • EXEC • EXEC Privilege • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel ID. The range is from 1 to 16383. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2(0.2) Added support for the tunnel interface type. Version 9.1(0.
PAGE 777
NOTE: After the counters are cleared, the line-rate continues to increase until it reaches the maximum line rate. When the maximum line rate is reached, there is no change in the line-rate. User Information The following table describes the show interfaces command shown in the 10G (TeraScale) Example below. Line Description TenGigabitEthern et 0/0... Interface type, slot/port, and administrative and line protocol status. Hardware is...
PAGE 778
Line Description • Number of packets with VLAN tagged headers • Packet size and the number of those packets inbound to the interface • Number of Multicast and Broadcast packets: – Multicasts = number of MAC multicast packets – Broadcasts = number of MAC broadcast packets • Number of runts, giants, and throttles packets: – runts = number of packets that are less than 64B – giants = packets that are greater than the MTU size – throttles = packets containing PAUSE frames • Number of CRC, overrun, and
PAGE 779
Example Dell#show interfaces TenGigabitEthernet 2/0 is down, line protocol is down Hardware is DellForce10Eth, address is 00:01:e8:8b:3d:e7 Current address is 00:01:e8:8b:3d:e7 Pluggable media present, Media type is unknown Wavelength unknown Interface index is 100992002 Internet address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed auto Flowcontrol rx on tx off ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 3d17h53m Queueing strategy: fifo Input Statistics: 0 pack
PAGE 780
0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 overrun, 0 discarded Output Statistics: 0 packets, 0 bytes, 0 underruns 0 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 0 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 Vlans, 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions, 0 wreddrops Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec,0.
PAGE 781
Virtual-IP is not set Virtual-IP IPv6 address is not set MTU 1554 bytes, IP MTU 1500 bytes LineSpeed 1000 Mbit, Mode full duplex ARP type: ARPA, ARP Timeout 04:00:00 Last clearing of "show interface" counters 00:06:14 Queueing strategy: fifo Input 791 packets, 62913 bytes, 775 multicast Received 0 errors, 0 discarded Output 21 packets, 3300 bytes, 20 multicast Output 0 errors, 0 invalid protocol Time since last interface status change: 00:06:03 Example (OpenFlow instance) Dell#show interfaces vlan 6 Vlan 6
PAGE 782
show interfaces switchport – displays Layer 2 information about the interfaces. show inventory (S-Series and Z-Series) – displays the S-Series and Z-Series switch types, components (including media), Dell Networking OS version including hardware identification numbers, and configured protocols. show range – displays all interfaces configured using the interface range command. show interfaces configured Display any interface with a non-default configuration.
PAGE 783
Output Statistics: 1 packets, 64 bytes, 0 underruns 1 64-byte pkts, 0 over 64-byte pkts, 0 over 127-byte pkts 0 over 255-byte pkts, 0 over 511-byte pkts, 0 over 1023-byte pkts 0 Multicasts, 1 Broadcasts, 0 Unicasts 0 Vlans, 0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 784
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 785
Usage Information Interfaces Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 6.5.4.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show interfaces gigabitethernet command following example. Mode Control Indicates if auto negotiation is enabled.
PAGE 786
Phy Specific Status Displays PHY-specific status information.
PAGE 787
show interfaces stack-unit Display information on all interfaces on a specific S-Series or Z-Series stack member. S4820T Syntax Parameters show interfaces stack-unit unit-number unit-number Enter the stack member number. The range is from 0 to 11 for the S4820T. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 788
0 throttles, 0 discarded, 0 collisions Rate info (interval 299 seconds): Input 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.00% of line-rate Output 00.00 Mbits/sec, 0 packets/sec, 0.
PAGE 789
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 790
stack-unit unitid • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • Enter the keyword backup to view the backup interface for this interface. (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords stack-unit then the stack member number. This option is available only on S-Series. The range is from 0 to 5. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 791
Example Dell#show interfaces switchport Name: GigabitEthernet 13/0 802.1QTagged: Hybrid Vlan membership: Vlan 2, Vlan 20 Native VlanId: 20 Name: GigabitEthernet 13/1 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 Name: GigabitEthernet 13/2 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 Name: GigabitEthernet 13/3 802.1QTagged: True Vlan membership: Vlan 2 --More-- Related Commands interface — configures a physical interface on the switch. show ip interface — displays Layer 3 information about the interfaces.
PAGE 792
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 792 Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on theS6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 793
Interfaces Line Description TX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. RX Power Low Alarm threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Temp High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Voltage High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+. Bias High Warning threshold Factory-defined setting. Value can differ between SFP and SFP+.
PAGE 794
Line Description Rx Power Present receiving (Rx) power of the SFP. This value is either average Rx power or OMA. This depends on the Rx Power measurement type displayed above. If this crosses Rx power alarm/warning thresholds, the Rx power high alarm/warning flag is set to true. If it falls below the low alarm/warning thresholds, the Rx power low alarm/warning flag is set to true. Data Ready state Bar This field indicates that the transceiver has achieved power up and data is ready.
PAGE 795
Example Line Description Voltage High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Voltage value displayed above. Tx Bias High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Tx bias current value displayed above. Tx Power High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above. Rx Power High Warning Flag This can be either true or false, depending on the Current Tx power value displayed above.
PAGE 796
SFP 1 Voltage High Alarm threshold = 3.900V SFP 1 Bias High Alarm threshold = 17.000mA SFP 1 TX Power High Alarm threshold = 0.631mW SFP 1 RX Power High Alarm threshold = 1.259mW SFP 1 Temp Low Alarm threshold = -25.000C SFP 1 Voltage Low Alarm threshold = 2.700V SFP 1 Bias Low Alarm threshold = 1.000mA SFP 1 TX Power Low Alarm threshold = 0.067mW SFP 1 RX Power Low Alarm threshold = 0.010mW =================================== SFP 1 Temp High Warning threshold = 90.
PAGE 797
show range Display all interfaces configured using the interface range command. S4820T Syntax show range Command Modes INTERFACE RANGE (config-if-range) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
PAGE 798
show running-config ecmp-group Display interfaces, LAG, or LAG link bundles being monitored for uneven traffic distribution using the ecmp-group monitoring enable command. The ECMP group could have a LAG or a list of 10G/40 interfaces (not just LAG link-bundles). S4820T Syntax show running-config ecmp-group Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 799
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information The shutdown command marks a physical interface as unavailable for traffic. To discover if an interface is disabled, use the show ip interface brief command.
PAGE 800
NOTE: This interface speed is not supported on the LCEH-GE-50P or the LC-EJ-GE-50P card. If the command is entered for these interfaces, an error message appears. 100 Enter the keyword 100 to set the interface’s speed to 10/100 Mb/s. NOTE: When this setting is enabled, only 100Base-FX optics are supported on the LC-EH-GE-50P or the LCEJ-GE-50P card. 1000 Enter the keyword 1000 to set the interface’s speed to 1000 Mb/s. Auto-negotiation is enabled. For more information, refer to negotiation auto.
PAGE 801
When you configure a speed for the 10/100/1000 interface, confirm the negotiation auto command setting. Both sides of the link must have autonegotiation either enabled or disabled. For speed settings of 1000 or auto, the software sets the link to auto-negotiation and you cannot change that setting. NOTE: Starting with Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.0, when you use a copper SFP2 module with catalog number GP-SFP2-1T in the S25P model of the S-Series, you can manually set its speed with the speed command.
PAGE 802
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S55, S60, and S4810 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is found on the Management interface only. Related Commands interface ManagementEthernet — configures the Management port on the system (either the Primary or Standby RPM).
PAGE 803
Usage Information Splitting a 40G port into 4x10G port is supported on standalone and stacked units. Split ports cannot be used as stack-link to stack an S4820T system. The quad port must be in a default configuration before it can be split into 4x10G ports. The 40G port is lost in the config when the port is split, so be sure that the port is also removed from other L2/L3 feature configurations. The system must be reloaded after issuing the CLI for the change to take effect.
PAGE 804
Defaults Disabled (The interface is in Layer 3 mode.) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 805
Egress Interface Selection (EIS) Commands The following commands are Egress Interface Selection (EIS) commands. application Configure the management egress interface selection. S4820T Syntax application {all | application-type} To remove a management application configuration, use the no application {all | application-type} command. Parameters applicationtype all Enter any of the following keywords: • For DNS, enter the keyword dns. • For FTP, enter the keyword ftp.
PAGE 806
application (for HTTP and ICMP) Configure the management egress interface selection for HTTP and ICMP. NOTE: Only the options that have been newly introduced are described here. For a complete description on all of the keywords and variables that are available with this command, refer the respective Command Reference Guide of the applicable platform of the Release 9.2(0.0) documentation set.
PAGE 807
Version 9.2. (0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. clear management application pkt-fallback-cntr Clear management application packet fallback counters for all management application types. S4820T Syntax clear management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 808
show ip management-eis-route Display the management routes used by EIS. S4820T Syntax show ip management-eis-route Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2. (0.0) Example Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 809
ssh syslog tacacs telnet tftp : : : : : 0 0 0 0 0 show management application pkt-fallback-cntr Display the number of packets for each application type that have been rerouted to the default routing table due to management port or route lookup failure. S4820T Syntax show management application pkt—fallback-cntr Defaults None. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 810
have no members if there are not enough ports installed. In the S-Series, stack members can provide those ports. NOTE: The Dell Networking OS implementation of LAG or Port Channel requires that you configure a LAG on both switches manually. For information about Dell Networking OS link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for dynamic LAGs, refer to the Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) chapter.
PAGE 811
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Use the interface port-channel command to access this command. You cannot add an interface to a Port Channel if the interface contains an IP address in its configuration. Only the shutdown, description, mtu, and ip mtu commands can be configured on an interface if it is added to a Port Channel.
PAGE 812
shutdown — disables/enables the port channel. group Group two LAGs in a supergroup (“fate-sharing group” or “failover group”). S4820T Syntax group group_number port-channel number port-channel number To remove an existing LAG supergroup, use the no group group_number command. Parameters group_number Enter an integer from 1 to 32 that uniquely identifies this LAG fate-sharing group. port-channel number Enter the keywords port-channel then an existing LAG number.
PAGE 813
interface port-channel Create a Port Channel interface, which is a link aggregation group (LAG) containing eight physical interfaces on the S-Series. S4820T Syntax interface port-channel channel-number To delete a Port Channel, use the no interface port-channel channelnumber command. Parameters channelnumber For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 814
A Port Channel can contain both 100/1000 interfaces and GE interfaces. Based on the first interface configured in the Port Channel and enabled, Dell Networking OS determines if the Port Channel uses 100 Mb/s or 1000 Mb/s as the common speed. For more information, refer to channel-member. If the line card is in a Jumbo mode chassis, you can also configure the mtu and ip mtu commands.
PAGE 815
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 816
Usage Information This feature groups two LAGs to work in tandem as a supergroup. For example, if one LAG goes down, the other LAG is taken down automatically, providing an alternate path to reroute traffic, avoiding oversubscription on the other LAG. You can use both static and dynamic (LACP) LAGs to configure failover groups. For more information, refer to the “Port Channel” chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 817
show interfaces port-channel Display information on configured Port Channel groups. S4820T Syntax Parameters show interfaces port-channel [channel-number] [brief] channelnumber For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel then a number. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 1 to 128. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display only the port channel number, the state of the port channel, and the number of interfaces in the port channel.
PAGE 818
Example 818 Field Description Port-channel is part... Indicates whether the LAG is part of a LAG fate-sharing group (“Failover-group”). Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If an IP address is assigned, that address is displayed. MTU 1554... Displays link and IP MTU. LineSpeed Displays the interface’s line speed. For a port channel interface, it is the line speed of the interfaces in the port channel. Members in this...
PAGE 819
Last clearing of "show interfaces" counters 00:00:00 Queueing strategy: fifo 44507301 packets input, 3563070343 bytes Input 44506754 IP Packets, 0 Vlans 0 MPLS 41 64-byte pkts, 44502871 over 64-byte pkts, 249 over 127byte pkts 407 over 255-byte pkts, 3127 over 511-byte pkts, 606 over 1023-byte pkts Received 0 input symbol errors, 0 runts, 0 giants, 0 throttles 0 CRC, 0 IP Checksum, 0 overrun, 0 discarded 1218120 packets output, 100745130 bytes, 0 underruns Output 5428 Multicasts, 4 Broadcasts, 1212688 Unica
PAGE 820
Gi 3/2 (Up) Dell# Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP matrix. show port-channel-flow Display an egress port in a given port-channel flow.
PAGE 821
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 822
Time Domain Reflectometer (TDR) TDR is useful for troubleshooting an interface that is not establishing a link; either it is flapping or not coming up at all. TDR detects open or short conditions of copper cables on 100/1000 Base-T modules. Important Points to Remember • The interface and port must be enabled (configured—refer to the interface command) before running TDR. An error message is generated if you have not enabled the interface.
PAGE 823
The S-Series does not generate log messages is generated when the link flaps down/up during TDR tests. Related Commands show tdr — displays the results of the TDR test. show tdr Display the TDR test results. S4820T Syntax Parameters show tdr interface interface Enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information for the 100/1000 Ethernet interface. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 824
Status Definition Length: 92 (+/- 1) meters, Status: Shorted A short is detected on the cable. The location, in this Example is 92 meters. The short is accurate to plus or minus one meter. Length: 93 (+/- 1) meters, Status: Open An opening is detected on the cable. The location, in this Example is 93 meters. The open is accurate to plus or minus one meter. Status: Impedance Mismatch There is an impedance mismatch in the cables.
PAGE 825
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 826
Command Modes INTERFACE (config-if) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 827
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. If you configure the ip helper-address command and ip udp-helper udpport command, the behavior is that the UDP broadcast traffic with port numbers 67/68 is unicast relayed to the DHCP server per the ip helper-address configuration.
PAGE 828
Pre-version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Example Dell#show ip udp-helper -------------------------------------------------Port UDP port list -------------------------------------------------Gi 10/0 656, 658 Gi 10/1 All Related Commands debug ip udp-helper — enables debug and displays the debug information on a console. ip udp-broadcast-address — configures a UDP IP address for broadcast.
PAGE 829
• For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information. • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback followed by a number from zero (0) to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel followed by a number: – S-Series: 1-128 • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet followed by the slot/port information.
PAGE 830
Internet Protocol Security (IPSec) 25 Internet protocol security (IPSec) is an end-to-end security scheme for securing IP communications by authenticating and encrypting all packets in a session. Use IPSec between hosts, gateways, or hosts and gateways. IPSec uses a series of protocol functions to achieve information security: • Authentication Headers (AH) — Connectionless integrity and origin authentication for IP packets.
PAGE 831
To delete a transform set, use the no crypto ipsec transform-set name {ah-authentication {md5|sha1|null} | esp-authentication {md5| sha1|null} | esp-encryption {3des|cbc|des|null}} command. Parameters name Enter the name for the transform set. ahauthentication Enter the keywords ah-authentication then the transform type of operation to apply to traffic. The transform type represents the encryption or authentication applied to traffic.
PAGE 832
Usage Information • Both sides of the link must specify the same transform set. • You can create up to 64 transform sets. Example Dell(conf)#do show crypto ipsec transform-set Transform-Set Name Transform-Set refCnt AH Transform ESP Auth Transform ESP Encry Transform : ts1 : 0 : md5 : : Dell(conf)# crypto ipsec policy Create a crypto policy used by ipsec.
PAGE 833
management crypto-policy Apply the crypto policy to management traffic. S4820T Syntax management crypto-policy name To remove the management traffic crypto policy, use the no management crypto-policy name command. Parameters name Enter the name for the crypto policy.. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 834
source-port number Enter the source port number. destinationport number Enter the destination port number. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIG-CRYPTO-POLICY Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Usage Information Example • Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T.
PAGE 835
outbound Specify the outbound session key for IPSec. ah Use the AH protocol when you select the AH transform set in the crypto policy. esp Use the ESP protocol when you select the ESP transform set in the crypto policy. spi Enter the security parameter index number. hex-key-string Enter the session key in hex format (a string of 8, 16, or 20 bytes). For DES algorithms, specify at least 16 bytes per key. For SHA algorithms, specify at least 20 bytes per key.
PAGE 836
Version 9.2(0.2) Example Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. Dell#show crypto ipsec transform-set Transform-Set Name Transform-Set refCnt AH Transform ESP Auth Transform ESP Encry Transform Dell# : dallas : 0 : : : 3des show crypto ipsec policy Display the crypto policy configuration. S4820T Syntax show crypto ipsec policy Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 837
Source mask Source port Destination address Destination mask Destination port source-interface name source-interface num : : : : : : : /32 0 1.1.1.2 /32 23 Dell(conf-crypto-policy)# transform-set Specify the transform set the crypto policy uses. S4820T Syntax transform-set transform-set-name To delete a transform set from the crypto policy, use the no transform-set transform-set-name command. Parameters transform-setname Enter the name for the crypto policy transform set.
PAGE 838
26 IPv4 Routing The basic IPv4 commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system on the S4820T platform. arp To associate an IP address with a MAC address in the switch, use address resolution protocol (ARP). S4820T Syntax arp [vrf vrf-name] ip-address mac-address interface To remove an ARP address, use the no arp ip-address command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter a VRF name to configure an ARP entry for that VRF.
PAGE 839
Usage Information Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 840
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information This timer is an exponential backoff timer.
PAGE 841
1. At time t=0, Dell Networking OS sends an ARP request for IP A.B.C.D. 2. At time t=1, Dell Networking OS receives an ARP request for IP A.B.C.D. 3. At time t=2, Dell Networking OS installs an ARP entry for A.B.C.D only on RP2. Beginning with Dell Networking OS version 8.3.1.0, when a gratuitous ARP is received, Dell Networking OS installs an ARP entry on all three CPUs. arp max-entries Enables you to configure the maximum number of ARP entries per VRF that are allowed for IPv4..
PAGE 842
arp retries Set the number of ARP retries in case the system does not receive an ARP reply in response to an ARP request. S4820T Syntax arp retries number Parameters number Enter the number of retries. The range is from 1 to 20. The default is 5. Defaults 5 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 843
Defaults 240 minutes (4 hours) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 844
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. ip ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword ip then the IP address of the ARP entry you wish to clear. no-refresh (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords no-refresh to delete the ARP entry from CAM. Or use this option with interface or ip ip-address to specify which dynamic ARP entries you want to delete.
PAGE 845
clear host Remove one or all dynamically learned host table entries. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear host name name Enter the name of the host to delete. Enter * to delete all host table entries. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 846
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 847
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 848
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 849
count value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword count then the count value. The range is from 1 to 65534. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 850
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 850 Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 851
00:60:CF:20:7B:8C to 113.3.3.254 Dell# Related Commands ip helper-address – specifies the destination broadcast or host address for the DHCP server request. ip helper-address hop-count disable – disables the hop-count increment for the DHCP relay agent. debug ip icmp View information on the internal control message protocol (ICMP). S4820T Syntax debug ip icmp [interface] [count value] To disable debugging, use the no debug ip icmp command.
PAGE 852
Example Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Added support for 4094 VLANs on the E-Series ExaScale (the prior limit was 2094). Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 853
interface (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For the Management interface, enter the keyword ManagementEthernet then the slot/port information. The slot range is from 0 to 1 and the port range is 0. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 854
Example 854 Field Description s= Lists the source address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) that received the packet. d= Lists the destination address of the packet and the name of the interface (in parentheses) through which the packet is being sent out on the network. len Displays the packet’s length. sending, rcvd, fragment, sending broad/multicast proto, unroutable The last part of each line lists the status of the packet.
PAGE 855
Usage Information To stop packets from flooding the user terminal when debugging is turned on, use the count option. The access-group option supports only the equal to (eq) operator in TCP ACL rules. Port operators not equal to (neq), greater than (gt), less than (lt), or range are not supported in access-group option (refer to the following example). ARP packets (arp) and Ether-type (ether-type) are also not supported in the accessgroup option. The entire rule is skipped to compose the filter.
PAGE 856
secondary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword secondary to designate the IP address as the secondary address. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 857
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. ip domain-list Configure names to complete unqualified host names. S4820T Syntax ip domain-list name To remove the name, use the no ip domain-list name command.
PAGE 858
Usage Information To configure a list of possible domain names, configure the ip domain-list command up to six times. If you configure both the ip domain-name and ip domain-list commands, the software tries to resolve the name using the ip domain-name command. If the name is not resolved, the software goes through the list of names configured with the ip domain-list command to find a match.
PAGE 859
Version 7.5.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the C-Series. To fully enable DNS, also specify one or more domain name servers with the ip name-server command. Dell Networking OS does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN. DNS queries are sent out all other interfaces, including the Management port. To view current bindings, use the show hosts command. Related Commands ip name-server — specifies a DNS server. show hosts — Views the current bindings.
PAGE 860
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. You can only configure one domain name with the ip domain-name command. To configure more than one domain name, configure the ip domain-list command up to six times. To enable dynamic resolution of hosts, use the following steps: • specify a domain name server with the ip name-server command • enable DNS with the ip domain-lookup command To view current bindings, use the show hosts command.
PAGE 861
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. You can add multiple DHCP servers by entering the ip helper-address command multiple times.
PAGE 862
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series. Usage Information This command disables the incrementing of the hops field when boot requests are relayed to a DHCP server through Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 863
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced for the E-Series.
PAGE 864
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000 platforms. You can enable the mechanism to configure the source or the originating interface from which the packet (the device that generates the ICMP error messages) is received by the switch to send the loopback address instead of its source IP address to be used in the ICMP unreachable messages and in the traceroute command output.
PAGE 865
NOTE: When you configure the capability to enable the loopback IP address to be sent for easy debugging and diagnosis (IP addresses of the devices for which the ICMP source interface is configured), the source IP address of the outgoing ICMP error message is modified, although the packets are not sent out using the configured interface.
PAGE 866
Example Dell(conf)#ipv6 icmp source-interface tengigabitethernet 0/0 Dell(conf)# ip max-frag-count Set the maximum number of fragments allowed in one packet for packet re-assembly. S4820T Syntax ip max-frag-count count To place no limit on the number of fragments allowed, use the no ip max-fragcount command. Parameters count Enter a number for the number of fragments allowed for reassembly. The range is from 2 to 256. Defaults No limit is set on number of fragments allowed.
PAGE 867
ip max-routes Enables you to configure the maximum number of protocol routes per VRF that are allowed for IPv4. S4820T Syntax Parameters ip max-routes [vrf vrf-name] max-number vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF for which you want to configure maximum number of protocol routes that IPv4 allows. max-number Enter the maximum number of protocol routes that a VRF RTM can hold. The range is from 0 to 7500. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 868
Defaults 1500 bytes Command Modes INTERFACE (Gigabit Ethernet and 10-Gigabit Ethernet interfaces) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 869
MTU cannot be higher than 1518 bytes and its IP MTU cannot be higher than 1500 bytes. The following describes the difference between Link MTU and IP MTU. Related Commands Layer 2 Overhead Difference between Link MTU and IP MTU Ethernet (untagged) 18 bytes VLAN Tag Tag 22 bytes Untagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 22 bytes Tagged Packet with VLAN-Stack Header 26 bytes mtu — sets the link MTU for an Ethernet interface. ip name-server Enter up to six IPv4 addresses of name servers.
PAGE 870
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking OS does not support sending DNS queries over a VLAN.
PAGE 871
Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show ip interface — displays the interface routing status and configuration. ip route Assign a static route to the switch. S4820T Syntax ip route [vrf vrf-name] ip-address mask {ip-address | interface [ip-address]} [distance] [permanent] [tag tag-value] [vrf vrfname] To delete a specific static route, use the no ip route destination mask command.
PAGE 872
tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number to assign to the route. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF. Use this VRF option after the next hop to specify which VRF the next hop belongs to. This setting is used in route leaking cases. Refer to the Route Leaking VRFs section in the Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) chapter of the Configuration guide. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 873
• When the interface goes down, Dell Networking OS withdraws the route. • When the interface comes up, Dell Networking OS re-installs the route. • When recursive resolution is “broken,” Dell Networking OS withdraws the route. • When recursive resolution is satisfied, Dell Networking OS re-installs the route. You cannot use the VRF attribute of this command to configure routes in a management VRF.
PAGE 874
ip tcp initial-time Define the wait duration in seconds for the TCP connection to be established. This command is supported on the , S4820T, , and platforms. Syntax ip tcp initial-time <8-75> To restore the default behavior, which causes the wait period to be set as 8 seconds, use the no ip tcp initial-time command Parameters <8-75> Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.3(0.0) Usage Information Wait duration in seconds for the TCP connection to be established.
PAGE 875
ip unreachables Enable the generation of internet control message protocol (ICMP) unreachable messages. S4820T Syntax ip unreachables To disable the generation of ICMP messages, use the no ip unreachables command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 876
dest-mac | source-mac]} | {tcp-udp | ingress-port [enable]}command. Parameters ip-selection {dest-ip | source-ip} mac {dest-mac | source-destmac | sourcemac} tcp-udp enable Enter the keywords to distribute IP traffic based on the following criteria: • dest-ip — Uses destination IP address and destination port fields to hash. The hashing mechanism returns a 3bit index indicating which port the packet should be forwarded. • source-ip — Uses source IP address and source port fields to hash.
PAGE 877
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.10.0 Added the ingress-port parameter for the S4810. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 878
Parameters {ip-selection| ipv6-selection [source-ip | source-ipv6 | source-port-id | sourcemodule-id | dest-ip | destipv6 | destport-id | destmodule-id | protocol | vlan | L4-source-port | L4-dest-port ] mac [sourcemac | sourceport-id | sourcemodule-id | dest-mac | dest-port-id | dest-moduleid | vlan | ethertype | source-destmac ] tunnel [ipv4over-ipv4 | ipv4-over-greipv4 | mac-inmac]} 878 To use IPv4 key fields in hash computation, enter the keyword ip-selection then one of the parameters.
PAGE 879
Defaults IP selection 5-tuples (source-ip dest-ip vlan protocol L4-source-port L4-destport). Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 880
managementet hernet Enter the keyword managementethernet for the Management interface on the Primary RPM. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.
PAGE 881
Parameters vrf vrf-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF. NOTE: Use this attribute to start a BGP instance for either a specific address family corresponding to the default VRF or an IPv4 address family corresponding to a nondefault VRF. interface interface Command Modes IPv4 Routing (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 882
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF and added usage information for the clear arp-cache command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 883
Description Example VLAN Displays the VLAN ID, if any, associated with the ARP entry. CPU Lists which CPU the entries are stored on. Dell>show arp Protocol Address Age(min) Hardware Address Interface VLAN CPU ------------------------------------------------------------Internet 192.2.1.254 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Gi 9/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.253 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Gi 9/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.252 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Gi 9/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.251 1 00:00:c0:02:01:02 Gi 9/13 CP Internet 192.2.1.
PAGE 884
---------------------------------------------83 0 83 CP Dell Related Commands ip local-proxy-arp — enables/disables Layer 3 communication in secondary VLANs. switchport mode private-vlan — sets PVLAN mode of the selected port. show arp retries Display the configured number of ARP retries. S4820T Syntax show arp retries Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 885
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Added support for IPv6 addresses. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.
PAGE 886
Field Description • Example Related Commands ?? — the entry is suspect. TTL Displays the amount of time until the entry ages out of the cache. For dynamically learned entries only. Type Displays IP as the type of entry. Address Displays the IP addresses assigned to the host.
PAGE 887
vrf instance (OPTIONAL) E-Series Only: Enter the keyword vrf then the VRF instance name to show CAM information as it applies to that VRF instance. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information IPv4 Routing Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 888
Field Description Mac Addr Displays the next-hop router’s MAC address. Port Displays the egress interface. Use the second half of the entry to determine the interface. For example, in the entry 17cl CP, the CP is the pertinent portion.
PAGE 889
27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Dell# 0 0 0 6 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1312 1312 1312 40610 3932 2622 2622 2622 2622 1312 1312 3932 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 1312 8 show ip cam stack-unit Display CAM entries for a port-pipe of a stack-unit on a S-Series or Z-Series switch.
PAGE 890
network mask [longerprefixes [ecmpgroup detail]] ecmp-group {detail | member-info [detail [groupindex indexnumber]]} summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address and mask of a route to CAM entries for that route only. You can enter one of the following keywords to filter results. • Enter the keyword longer-prefixes to view routes with a common prefix. • Enter the keyword ecmp-group detail to view the ECMP group index.
PAGE 891
Example Field Description Destination Displays the destination route of the index. EC Displays 1 if the route is an ECMP route. Else, displays 0. C This is the CPU bit. If it displays 1, then it indicates that a packet hitting this entry will be forwarded to the CPU. V Id Displays the VLAN ID. If the entry is 0, the entry is not part of a VLAN. Mac Addr Displays the next-hop router’s MAC address. Port Displays the egress interface.
PAGE 892
Example (Member-Info) Dell#show ip cam stack-unit 7 po 0 ecmp-group member-info detail Group Index Member Count Mac-Addr Port VLan ID ------------------------------------------------------------------------------0 2 00:03:00:00:00:02 Po 10 20 00:01:00:00:00:02 Te 7/42 1000 Dell# show ip fib linecard View all forwarding information base (FIB) entries.
PAGE 893
Usage Information Example Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip fib command shown in the following example. Field Description Destination Lists the destination IP address.
PAGE 894
show ip fib stack-unit View all Forwarding Information Base (FIB) entries of a specific stack-unit. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip fib stack-unit id vrf vrf-name [ip-address [mask] [longer-prefixes] | summary] id Enter the S-Series stack unit ID. The unit ID range is from 0 to 11 for the S4820T. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view FIB entries corresponding to that VRF.
PAGE 895
Example Field Description Destination Lists the destination IP address. Gateway Displays either the word “direct” and an interface for a directly connected route or the remote IP address used to forward the traffic. First-Hop Displays the first hop IP address. Mac-Addr Displays the MAC address. Port Displays the egress-port information. VId Displays the VLAN ID. If no VLAN is assigned, zero (0) is listed. EC Displays the number of ECMP paths.
PAGE 896
show ip flow Show how a Layer 3 packet is forwarded when it arrives at a particular interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip flow interface interface {source-ip address destination-ip address} {protocol number [tcp | udp]} {src-port number destination-port number} interface interface Enter the keyword interface then one of the following interface keywords. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 897
Usage Information Version 7.9.1.0 Introduced VRF on the E-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command provides egress port information for a given IP flow. This information is useful in identifying which interface the packet follows in the case of Port-channel and Equal Cost Multi Paths. Use this command for routed packed only.
PAGE 898
• For the Null interface, enter the keyword null then zero (0). • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a stack-unit interface, enter the keyword stackunit then the stack unit number. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 899
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip interface command shown in the following example. Lines Description TenGigabitEthern et 0/0... Displays the interface’s type, slot/port, and physical and line protocol status. Internet address... States whether an IP address is assigned to the interface. If an IP address is assigned, that address is displayed. IP MTU is... Displays IP MTU value. Inbound access... Displays the name of the configured incoming access list.
PAGE 900
Example (Brief) Fields Description Protocol States whether IP is enabled (up) or disabled (down) on the interface. Dell#show ip int brief Interface IP-Address Status Protocol GigabitEthernet 1/0 unassigned down down GigabitEthernet 1/1 unassigned down down GigabitEthernet 1/2 unassigned up up GigabitEthernet 1/3 unassigned up up GigabitEthernet 1/4 unassigned up up GigabitEthernet 1/5 10.10.10.
PAGE 901
Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip management-route Destination ----------10.1.2.0/24 172.16.1.0/24 Dell# Gateway ------ManagementEthernet 0/0 10.1.2.
PAGE 902
Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C- and E-Series. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell#show ipv6 management-route IPv6 Destination Gateway ---------------------2001:34::0/64 ManagementEthernet 0/0 2001:68::0/64 2001:34::16 Dell# State ----Connected Active show ip protocols View information on all routing protocols enabled and active on the switch.
PAGE 903
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Example Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show ip protocols Routing Protocol is "bgp 1" Cluster Id is set to 20.20.20.3 Router Id is set to 20.20.20.3 Fast-external-fallover enabled Regular expression evaluation optimization enabled Capable of ROUTE_REFRESH For Address Family IPv4 Unicast BGP table version is 0, main routing table version 0 Distance: external 20 internal 200 local 200 Neighbor(s): Address : 20.20.20.
PAGE 904
• If you enter bgp, you can include the BGP as-number . • If you enter isis, you can include the ISIS routingtag. • If you enter ospf, you can include the OSPF processid. process-id (OPTIONAL) Specify that only OSPF routes with a certain process ID must be displayed. routing-tag (OPTIONAL) Specify that only ISIS routes with a certain routing tag must be displayed. connected (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword connected to view only the directly connected routes.
PAGE 905
Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip route all command in the following example.
PAGE 906
----------- ------- ----------- ----------R 3.0.0.0/8 via 100.10.10.10, So 2/8 via 101.10.10.10, So 2/9 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, So 2/8 > R 100.10.10.0/24 Direct, So 2/8 C 101.10.10.0/24 Direct, So 2/9 > R 101.10.10.
PAGE 907
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 908
show ip route summary View a table summarizing the IP routes in the switch. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip route vrf vrf-name summary vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view information on the IP routes corresponding to that VRF. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 909
Example Column Heading Description ospf 100 If routing protocols (OSPF, RIP) are configured and routes are advertised, then information on those routes is displayed. Total 1388 active... Displays the number of active and non-active routes and the memory usage of those routes. If there are no routes configured in the Dell Networking OS, this line does not appear.
PAGE 910
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 910 Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 911
Keyword Definition prior to forwarding an IP packet. If a reply is not received, Dell Networking OS repeats the request three times. These packets are counted in encapsulation failed. Rcvd: ...short packets The number of bytes in the packet are too small. ...bad length The length of the packet was not correct. ...no port broadcasts The incoming broadcast/multicast packet did not have any listener. ...socket full The applications buffer is full and the incoming packet are dropped.
PAGE 912
0 mask requests, 0 mask replies, 0 quench, 0 timestamp 0 info reply, 0 time exceeded, 0 parameter problem UDP statistics: Rcvd: 0 total, 0 checksum errors, 0 no port 0 short packets, 0 bad length, 0 no port broadcasts, 0 socket full Sent: 0 total, 0 forwarded broadcasts TCP statistics: Rcvd: 23829 total, 0 checksum errors, 0 no port Sent: 16048 total ARP statistics: Rcvd: 156 requests, 11 replies Sent: 21 requests, 10 replies (0 proxy) Routing Processor1 IP Traffic: show tcp statistics View information on
PAGE 913
Usage Information The following describes the show tcp statistics cp command shown in the following example. Field Description Rcvd: Displays the number and types of TCP packets received by the switch. 0 checksum error... IPv4 Routing • Total = total packets received • no port = number of packets received with no designated port Displays the number of packets received with the following: • checksum errors • bad offset to data • too short 329 packets...
PAGE 914
Example Field Description 355 ack.. Displays the number of acknowledgement packets sent and the number of packet delayed. 0 window probe... Displays the number of window probe and update packets sent. 7 Connections initiated... Displays the number of TCP connections initiated, accepted, and established. 14 Connections closed... Displays the number of TCP connections closed, dropped. 20 Total rxmt...
PAGE 915
IPv6 Access Control Lists (IPv6 ACLs) 27 IPv6 ACLs and IPv6 Route Map commands are supported on Dell Networking S4820T platform. NOTE: For IPv4 ACL commands, refer to the Access Control Lists (ACL) chapter. Important Points to Remember • Certain platforms require manual CAM usage space allotment. For more information, refer to the cam-acl command. • Egress IPv6 ACL and IPv6 ACL on the Loopback interface is not supported. • Reference to an empty ACL permits any traffic.
PAGE 916
Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 917
Example Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 918
Ipv4Qos : L2Qos : 2 3 -- Line card 4 -Current L2Acl : Ipv4Acl : Ipv6Acl : Ipv4Qos : L2Qos : Settings(in block sizes) 2 2 4 2 3 Dell#show cam-acl Related Commands cam-acl — configures CAM profiles to support IPv6 ACLs. permit icmp To allow all or specific internet control message protocol (ICMP) messages, configure a filter.
PAGE 919
Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Added the monitor option. permit To configure a filter that matches the filter criteria, select an IPv6 protocol number, ICMP, IPv6, TCP, or UDP.
PAGE 920
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Enable egress Layer 3 ACL lookup for IPv6 CPU traffic. S4820T Syntax ipv6 control-plane egress-filter Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 921
permit Enter the keyword permit to configure a filter to forward packets meeting this condition. deny Enter the keyword deny to configure a filter to drop packets meeting this condition. ospfv3 Specify that this ACL is for OSPFv3 control plane traffic Defaults All access lists contain an implicit “deny any”; that is, if no match occurs, the packet is dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 922
Parameters default l2acl 1-4 ipv4acl 1- 4 ipv6acl 0-4 Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • L2 ACL(l2acl): 1 • L3 ACL (ipv4acl: 1 • IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 2 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range. Enter the CAM profile name then the amount to be allotted. The total space allocated must equal 4. The ipv6acl range must be a factor of 2. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 923
cam-acl Allocate space for IPv6 ACLs. S4820T Syntax Parameters cam-acl {default | l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10} default Use the default CAM profile settings, and set the CAM as follows: • • • • • l2acl 1-10 ipv4acl 1-10 ipv6acl 0-10 ipv4qos 1-10 l2qos 1-10 L3 ACL (ipv4acl): 6 L2 ACL(l2acl): 5 IPv6 L3 ACL (ipv6acl): 0 L3 QoS (ipv4qos): 1 L2 QoS (l2qos): 1 Allocate space to support IPv6 ACLs. Enter all of the profiles and a range.
PAGE 924
Ranges for the CAM profiles are from 1 to 10, except for the ipv6acl profile which is from 0 to 10. The ipv6acl allocation must be a factor of 2 (2, 4, 6, 8, 10).
PAGE 925
28 IPv6 Basics IPv6 basic commands are supported on the Dell Networking S4820T platform. NOTE: For information about the Dell Networking operating software version and platform that supports IPv6 in each software feature, refer to the IPv6 Addressing chapter of the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. clear ipv6 fib Clear (refresh) all forwarding information base (FIB) entries on a linecard or stack unit.
PAGE 926
clear ipv6 route Clear (refresh) all or a specific route from the IPv6 routing table. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear ipv6 route {* | ipv6-address prefix-length} * Enter the * to clear (refresh) all routes from the IPv6 routing table. ipv6-address prefix-length Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 927
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. ipv6 address autoconfig Configure IPv6 address auto-configuration for the management interface. S4820T Syntax ipv6 address autoconfig To disable the address autoconfig operation on the management interface, use the no ipv6 address autoconfig command.
PAGE 928
• Removing auto-configuration removes all auto-configured IPv6 addresses and the link-local IPv6 address from that management interface. • IPv6 addresses on a single management interface cannot be members of the same subnet. • IPv6 secondary addresses on management interfaces across a platform must be members of the same subnet. • IPv6 secondary addresses on management interfaces should not match the virtual IP address and should not be in the same subnet as the virtual IP.
PAGE 929
Usage Information Example Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. • If two addresses are configured, delete an existing address before configuring a new address. • If the last manually-configured global IPv6 address is removed using the “no” form of the command, the link-local IPv6 address is removed automatically. • IPv6 addresses on a single management interface cannot be members of the same subnet.
PAGE 930
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced. Usage Information This command allows you to create an EUI64 address based on the specified prefix and MAC address only.
PAGE 931
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 flowlabel-zero Configure system to set the flow label field in the packets to zero. S4820T Syntax ipv6 flowlabel-zero To disable the 0 from being set in the field and allow the rotocol operations to fill the field, use the no ipv6 flowlabel-zero command. Default Disabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 932
Parameters name Enter a text string to associate with one IP address. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) to be mapped to the name. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.
PAGE 933
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 8.4.1.
PAGE 934
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. ipv6 nd dns-server Configures Recursive DNS Server (RDNSS) addresses to be distributed via IPv6 router advertisements to an IPv6 device. Syntax ipv6 nd dns-server {ipv6-RDNSS-address} {lifetime | infinite} To remove the IPv6 RDSS configuration, use no ipv6 nd dns-server {ipv6RDNSS-address} {lifetime | infinite} Parameters ipv6-RDNSSaddress Enter the IPv6 Recursive DNS Server’s (RDNSS) address.
PAGE 935
Example Dell(conf-if-te-0/1)#ipv6 nd dns-server 1000::1 1 ipv6 nd prefix Specify which IPv6 prefixes are included in Neighbor Advertisements. S4820T Syntax Parameters ipv6 nd prefix {ipv6-prefix | prefix-length | default} [noadvertise] | [no-autoconfig] [no-rtr-address] [off-link] [lifetime {valid | infinite} {preferred | infinite}] ipv6-prefix Enter an IPv6 prefix. prefix-length Enter the prefix then the prefix length. The length range is from 0 to 128.
PAGE 936
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. By default, all prefixes configured as addresses on the interface are advertised.
PAGE 937
• • For a tunnel interface, enter the keyword tunnel then the tunnel interface number. The range is from 1 to 16383. For a VLAN interface, enter the keyword VLAN then the vlan number. The range is from 1 to 4094. If you configure a static IPv6 route using an egress interface and enter the ping command to reach the destination IPv6 address, the ping operation may not work. Configure the IPv6 route using a next-hop IPv6 address in order for the ping command to detect the destination address.
PAGE 938
Usage Information When the interface goes down, Dell Networking OS withdraws the route. The route is re-installed, by Dell Networking OS, when the interface comes back up. When a recursive resolution is “broken,” Dell Networking OS withdraws the route. The route is re-installed, by Dell Networking OS, when the recursive resolution is satisfied.
PAGE 939
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 940
summary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword summary to display a table listing network prefixes and the total number prefixes which can be entered into the IPv6 CAM. index (OPTIONAL) Enter the index in the IPv6 CAM. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x/n format to display networks that have more specific prefixes. The range is from /0 to /128. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros.
PAGE 941
show ipv6 control-plane icmp Displays the status of the icmp control-plane setting for the error eate limit setting. S4820T Syntax show ipv6 control-plane icmp Default 100 Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 942
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the S-Series. Host tables are not stored in CAM tables on S-Series platforms.
PAGE 943
show ipv6 interface Display the status of interfaces configured for IPv6.
PAGE 944
Defaults Command Modes Command History tunnel tunnelid (OPTIONAL) View information for a tunnel interface. vlan (OPTIONAL) View information for IPv6 VLANs. none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2. (0.0) Added support for tunnel interface. Version 9.0.0.
PAGE 945
ND router advertisements are sent every 198 to 600 seconds ND router advertisements live for 1800 seconds ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 hop limit for originated packets is 64 Dell# Example (Managementet hernet) Dell#show ipv6 interface management 0/0 ManagementEthernet 0/0 is up, line protocol is up IPV6 is enabled Link Local address: fe80::201:e8ff:fea7:497e Global Unicast address(es): Actual address is 300::1, subnet is 300::/64 (MANUAL) Remaining lifetime: infinite Virtual-IP IPv6 address is not se
PAGE 946
ND advertised retransmit interval is 0 milliseconds ND router advertisements are sent every 198 to 600 seconds ND router advertisements live for 1800 seconds ND advertised hop limit is 64 IPv6 hop limit for originated packets is 64 show ipv6 mld_host Display the IPv6 MLD host counters. S4820T Syntax show ipv6 mld_host Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 947
Valid MLD Packets Reports Leaves MLDv2 Queries MLDv1 Queries Errors: Malformed Packets: 97962 79962 ---18000 0 18036 18034 0 ------- 4510 show ipv6 route Displays the IPv6 routes. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ipv6 route [ipv6-address prefix-length] [hostname] [all] [bgp as number] [connected] [isis tag] [list prefix-list name] [ospf process-id] [rip] [static] [summary] ipv6-address prefix-length (OPTIONAL) Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::x format then the prefix length in the /x format.
PAGE 948
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 949
Example (SSeries) Field Description Gateway Identifies whether the route is directly connected and on which interface the route is configured. Dist/Metric Identifies if the route has a specified distance or metric. Last Change Identifies when the route was last changed or configured.
PAGE 950
To remove the definition, use the no trust ipv6-diffserv command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION-POLICY-MAP-IN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 951
iSCSI Optimization 29 Internet small computer system interface (iSCSI) optimization enables quality-of-service (QoS) treatment for iSCSI storage traffic on an S4820T system. To configure and verify the iSCSI optimization feature, use the following Dell Networking OS commands. advertise dcbx-app-tlv Configure DCBX to send iSCSI TLV advertisements. S4820T Syntax advertise dcbx-app-tlv iscsi To disable DCBX iSCSI TLV advertisements, use the no advertise dcbx-apptlv iscsi command. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 952
iscsi aging time Set the aging time for iSCSI sessions. S4820T Syntax iscsi aging time time To remove the iSCSI session aging time, use the no iscsi aging time command. Parameters time Enter the aging time for the iSCSI session. The range is from 5 to 43,200 minutes. Defaults 10 minutes Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 953
is: the iSCSI packets are handled with dotp1 priority 4 without remark. disable Enter the keyword disable to disable the application of preferential QoS treatment to iSCSI frames. dot1p vlanpriority-value Enter the dot1p value of the VLAN priority tag assigned to the incoming packets in an iSCSI session. The range is from 0 to 7.
PAGE 954
Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable the iSCSI optimization feature. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.
PAGE 955
Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. iscsi profile-compellant Configure the auto-detection of Dell Compellent arrays on a port. S4820T Syntax iscsi profile-compellent Defaults Dell Compellent disk arrays are not detected. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 956
Parameters tcpport-2...tcpport - 16 Enter the tcp-port number of the iSCSI target ports. The tcp-port-n is the TCP port number or a list of TCP port numbers on which the iSCSI target listens to requests. Separate port numbers with a comma. The default is 860, 3260. ip-address (Optional) Enter the ip-address that the iSCSI monitors. The ip-address specifies the IP address of the iSCSI target. Defaults 860, 3260 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 957
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 958
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module. Dell# show isci session Session 0: -----------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.equallogic: 0-8a0906-0e70c2002-10a0018426a48c94-iom010 Initiator: iqn.1991-05.com.microsoft:win-x9l8v27yajg ISID: 400001370000 Session 1: --------------------------------------------------------Target: iqn.2001-05.com.
PAGE 959
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Related Commands iSCSI Optimization Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on MXL 10/40GbE Switch IO Module.
PAGE 960
show run iscsi Display all globally configured non-default iSCSI settings in the current Dell Networking OS session. S4820T Syntax show run iscsi Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands 960 Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.
PAGE 961
Intermediate System to Intermediate System (IS-IS) 30 The intermediate system to intermediate system (IS-IS) protocol for IPv4 and IPv6 is supported on the S4820T platform. IS-IS is an interior gateway protocol that uses a shortest-path-first algorithm. IS-IS facilitates the communication between open systems, supporting routers passing both IP and OSI traffic. A router is considered an intermediate system. Networks are partitioned into manageable routing domains, called areas.
PAGE 962
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To perform protocol-support consistency checks on hello packets, use this command. The adjacency-check is enabled by default. advertise Leak routes between levels (distribute IP prefixes between Level 1 and Level 2 and vice versa).
PAGE 963
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. Version 6.3.1.0 Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced You cannot disable leaking from one level to another; however, you can regulate the rate flow from one level to another using an IP Prefix list. If you do not configure the IP Prefix list, all routes are leaked.
PAGE 964
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. To prevent the link state database from receiving incorrect routing information from unauthorized routers, use the area-password command on routers within an area. The configured password injects into Level 1 LSPs, CSNPs, and PSNPs.
PAGE 965
Usage Information CAUTION: Use caution when you enter this command. Back up your configuration prior to using this command or your IS-IS configuration will be erased. clear isis Restart the IS-IS process. All IS-IS data is cleared. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear isis [tag] {* | database | traffic} tag (Optional) Enter an alphanumeric string to specify the IS-IS routing tag area. * Enter the keyword * to clear all IS-IS information and restart the IS-IS process.
PAGE 966
clns host Define a name-to-network service mapping point (NSAP) that you use with commands that require NSAPs and system IDs. S4820T Syntax Parameters clns host name nsap name Enter an alphanumeric string to identify the name-to-NSAP mapping. nsap Enter a specific NSAP address that is associated with the name parameter. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 967
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 968
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 969
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced.
PAGE 970
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. debug isis spf-triggers Enable debugging on the events that triggered IS-IS shortest path first (SPF) events for debugging purposes.
PAGE 971
debug isis update-packets Enable debugging on link state PDUs (LSPs) that a router detects. S4820T Syntax debug isis update-packets [interface] To turn off debugging, use the no debug isis update-packets [interface] command. Parameters interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 972
default-information originate Generates a default route into an IS-IS routing domain and controls the distribution of default information. S4820T Syntax default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [routemap map-name] To disable the generation of a default route into the specified IS-IS routing domain, use the no default-information originate [always] [metric metric] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 973
mode and the metric value in the default-information originate command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in the LSPs is 63. If the metric-style command is set for Wide mode, the metric value in the default-information originate command is advertised. Related Commands • redistribute — redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. • isis metric — configures a metric for an interface. • metric-style — sets the metric style for the router.
PAGE 974
distance Define the administrative distance for learned routes. S4820T Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask [prefix-list]] To return to the default values, use the no distance weight command. Parameters weight The administrative distance value indicates the reliability of a routing information source. The range is from 1 to 255. (A higher relative value indicates lower reliability. Routes with smaller values are given preference.) The default is 115.
PAGE 975
distribute-list in Filter network prefixes received in updates. S4820T Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To return to the default values, use the no distribute-list prefix-listname in [interface] command. Parameters prefix-listname Specify the prefix list to filter prefixes in routing updates. interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 976
Related Commands • distribute-list out — suppresses networks from being advertised in updates. • redistribute — redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. distribute-list out Suppress network prefixes from being advertised in outbound updates.
PAGE 977
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Added IPv6 ISIS support. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information You can assign a name to a routing process so a prefix list IS applied to only the routes derived from the specified routing process. Related Commands • distribute-list in — filters the networks received in updates. • redistribute — redistributes routes from one routing domain to another routing domain.
PAGE 978
Usage Information When you execute this command, IS-IS does not download the route to the routing table if the same route was redistributed into IS-IS routing protocol on the same router. domain-password Set the authentication password for a routing domain. S4820T Syntax domain-password [hmac-md5 | encryption-type] password To disable the password, use the no domain-password command. Parameters hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5.
PAGE 979
Related Commands • area-password — configures an IS-IS area authentication password. • isis priority — configures the authentication password for an interface. graceful-restart ietf Enable graceful restart on an IS-IS router. S4820T Syntax graceful-restart ietf To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart ietf command. Parameters ietf Enter ietf to enable graceful restart on the IS-IS router. Defaults Graceful restart disabled.
PAGE 980
graceful-restart interval Set the graceful restart grace period, the time during that all graceful restart attempts are prevented. S4820T Syntax graceful-restart interval minutes To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart interval command. Parameters minutes Enter the graceful-restart interval minutes. The range is from 1 to 20 minutes. The default is 5 minutes. Defaults 5 minutes Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 981
Parameters seconds Enter the graceful restart time in seconds. The range is from 5 to 300 seconds. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 982
Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 983
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. graceful-restart t3 Configure the overall wait time before graceful restart completes. S4820T Syntax graceful-restart t3 {adjacency | manual} seconds To return to the default, use the no graceful-restart t3 command.
PAGE 984
Usage Information The running router sets the remaining time value to the current adjacency hold time. You can override this setting by implementing this command. Override the default restart-wait time by entering the no graceful-restart restart-wait command. When you disable restart-wait, the current adjacency hold time is used. Set the t3 timer to adjacency on the restarting router when implementing this command.
PAGE 985
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information IS-IS hellos are padded to the full maximum transmission unit (MTU) size. Padding IS-IS Hellos (IIHS) to the full MTU provides early error detection of large frame transmission problems or mismatched MTUs on adjacent interfaces. Related Commands isis hello padding — turns ON or OFF hello padding on an interface basis.
PAGE 986
ignore-lsp-errors Ignore LSPs with bad checksums instead of purging those LSPs. S4820T Syntax ignore-lsp-errors To return to the default values, use the no ignore-lsp-errors command. Defaults In IS-IS, the default deletes LSPs with internal checksum errors (no ignore-lsperrors). Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 987
Defaults No processes are configured. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 988
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 989
level-2-only You can form a Level 2 adjacencies when other Level 2 or Level 1-2 routers and their interfaces are configured for Level 1-2 or Level 2. Level 1 adjacencies cannot be established on this interface. Defaults level-1-2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 990
level-2 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the interval of time between transmission of CSNPs for Level 2. Defaults seconds = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 991
Defaults seconds = 10; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 992
Defaults multiplier = 3; level-1 (if not otherwise specified) Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 993
Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Usage Information Hello PDUs are “padded” only when both the global and interface padding options are ON. Turning either one OFF disables padding for the corresponding interface. Related Commands hello padding — turns ON or OFF padding for LAN and point-to-point hello PDUs. isis ipv6 metric Assign metric to an interface for use with IPv6 information.
PAGE 994
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis metric Assign a metric to an interface.
PAGE 995
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Dell Networking recommends configuring metrics on all interfaces. Without configuring this command, the IS-IS metrics are similar to hop-count metrics. isis network point-to-point Enable the software to treat a broadcast interface as a point-to-point interface. S4820T Syntax isis network point-to-point To disable the feature, use the no isis network point-to-point command. Defaults Not enabled.
PAGE 996
To delete a password, use the no isis password [password] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter 7 to encrypt the password using DES. hmac-md5 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords hmac-md5 to encrypt the password using MD5. password Assign the interface authentication password. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Independently configures the authentication password for Level 1. The router acts as a station router for Level 1 routing. This setting is the default.
PAGE 997
isis priority Set the priority of the designated router you select. S4820T Syntax isis priority value [level-1 | level-2] To return to the default values, use the no isis priority [value] [level-1 | level-2] command. Parameters value This value sets the router priority. The higher the value, the higher the priority. The range is from 0 to 127. The default is 64. level-1 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 1. This setting is the default. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Specify the priority for Level 2.
PAGE 998
is-type Configure IS-IS operating level for a router. S4820T Syntax is-type {level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2-only} To return to the default values, use the no is-type command. Parameters level-1 Allows a router to act as a Level 1 router. level-1-2 Allows a router to act as both a Level 1 and Level 2 router. This setting is the default. level-2-only Allows a router to act as a Level 2 router. Defaults level-1-2 Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 999
log-adjacency-changes Generate a log messages for adjacency state changes. S4820T Syntax log-adjacency-changes To disable this function, use the no log-adjacency-changes command. Defaults Adjacency changes are not logged. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1000
level-2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords level-2 to apply the configuration to generation of Level-2 LSPs. interval seconds Enter the maximum number of seconds between LSP generations. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 5 seconds. initial_wait_inte rval seconds (OPTIONAL) Enter the initial wait time, in seconds, before running the first LSP generation. The range is from 0 to 120 seconds. The default is 1 second.
PAGE 1001
lsp-mtu Set the maximum transmission unit (MTU) of IS-IS link-state packets (LSPs). This command only limits the size of LSPs this router generates. S4820T Syntax lsp-mtu size To return to the default values, use the no lsp-mtu command. Parameters size The maximum LSP size, in bytes. The range is from 128 to 1497 for Non-Jumbo mode and from 128 to 9195 for Jumbo mode. The default is 1497. Defaults 1497 bytes. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1002
lsp-refresh-interval Set the link state PDU (LSP) refresh interval. LSPs must be refreshed before they expire. When the LSPs are not refreshed after a refresh interval, they are kept in a database until their max-lsp-lifetime reaches zero and then LSPs is purged. S4820T Syntax lsp-refresh-interval seconds To restore the default refresh interval, use the no lsp-refresh-interval command. Parameters seconds The LSP refresh interval, in seconds.
PAGE 1003
max-area-addresses Configure manual area addresses. S4820T Syntax max-area-addresses number To return to the default values, use the no max-area-addresses command. Parameters number Set the maximum number of manual area addresses. The range is from 3 to 6. The default is 3. Defaults 3 addresses Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1004
Parameters seconds The maximum lifetime of LSP in seconds. This value must be greater than the lsp-refresh-interval command. The higher the value the longer the LSPs are kept. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 1200. Defaults 1200 seconds Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1005
Defaults Command Modes Command History 4 • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.
PAGE 1006
Defaults narrow; if no Level is specified, Level-1 and Level-2 are configured. Command Modes ROUTER ISIS Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1007
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced. net To configure an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process, use this mandatory command. If you did not configure a NET, the IS-IS process does not start.
PAGE 1008
passive-interface Suppress routing updates on an interface. This command stops the router from sending updates on that interface. S4820T Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface configuration, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1009
redistribute Redistribute routes from one routing domain to another routing domain. S4820T Syntax redistribute {static | connected | rip} [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [route-map map-name] To end redistribution or disable any of the specified keywords, use the no redistribute {static | connected | rip} [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external | internal}] [level-1 | level-1-2 | level-2] [route-map map-name] command.
PAGE 1010
• Command History CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1011
redistribute bgp Redistribute routing information from a BGP process. S4820T Syntax redistribute bgp AS number [level-1| level-1-2 | level-2] [metric metric-value] [metric-type {external| internal}] [route-map map-name] To return to the default values, use the no redistribute bgp command with the appropriate parameters. Parameters AS number Enter a number that corresponds to the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65355.
PAGE 1012
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for IPv6 ISIS. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information BGP to IS-IS redistribution supports “match” options using route maps. You can set the metric value, level, and metric-type of redistributed routes by the redistribution command. You can “set” more advanced options using route maps.
PAGE 1013
metric-type {external | internal} (OPTIONAL) The external link type associated with the default route advertised into a routing domain. The two options are: • external • internal level-1 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS as Level 1 routes. level-1-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS as Level-1-2 routes. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Routes are independently redistributed into ISIS as Level 2 routes. This setting is the default.
PAGE 1014
Usage Information How a metric value assigned to a redistributed route is advertised depends on how on the configuration of the metric-style command. If the metric-style command is set for Narrow mode and the metric value in the redistribute ospf command is set to a number higher than 63, the metric value advertised in LSPs is 63. If the metric-style command is set for wide mode, the metric value in the redistribute ospf command is advertised.
PAGE 1015
You can configure only one IS-IS routing process to perform Level 2 routing. A level-1-2 designation performs Level 1 and Level 2 routing at the same time. Related Commands • ip router isis — configures IS-IS routing processes for IP on interfaces and attaches an area designator to the routing process. • net — configures an IS-IS network entity title (NET) for a routing process. • is-type — assigns a type for a given area.
PAGE 1016
show config Display the changes you made to the IS-IS configuration. Default values are not shown. S4820T Syntax Command Modes Command History show config • ROUTER ISIS (for IPv4) • CONFIGURATION-ROUTER-ISIS-ADDRESS-FAMILY-IPV6 (for IPv6) This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1017
show isis database Display the IS-IS link state database. S4820T Syntax Parameters show isis database [level-1 | level-2] [local] [detail | summary] [lspid] level-1 (OPTIONAL) Displays the Level 1 IS-IS link-state database. level-2 (OPTIONAL) Displays the Level 2 IS-IS link-state database. local (OPTIONAL) Displays local link-state database information. detail (OPTIONAL) Detailed link-state database information of each LSP displays when specified. If not specified, a summary displays.
PAGE 1018
Field Description The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The first six octets are the System ID of the originating router. The next octet is the pseudonode ID. If this byte is not zero, the LSP describes system links. If this byte is zero (0), the LSP describes the state of the originating router. The designated router for a LAN creates and floods a pseudonode LSP and describes the attached systems. The last octet is the LSP number.
PAGE 1019
ISIS.00-00 * 0x00000006 0xCF43 580 ! FTOS#show isis database detail ISIS.00-00 0/0/0 IS-IS Level-1 Link State Database LSPID LSP Seq Num LSP Checksum LSP Holdtime ATT/P/OL ISIS.00-00 * 0x0000002B 0x853B 1075 0/0/0 Area Address: 49.0000.0001 NLPID: 0xCC 0x8E IP Address: 10.1.1.1 IPv6 Address: 1011::1 Topology: IPv4 (0x00) IPv6 (0x8002) Metric: 10 IS OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IS (MT-IPv6) OSPF.00 Metric: 10 IP 15.1.1.0 255.255.255.
PAGE 1020
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1021
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. FTOS#show isis hostname System Id Dynamic Name Static Name *F100.E120.0013 Force10 ISIS FTOS# show isis interface Display detailed IS-IS interface status and configuration information.
PAGE 1022
Example Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. FTOSF>show isis int GigabitEthernet 0/7 is up, line protocol is up MTU 1497, Encapsulation SAP Routing Protocol: IS-IS Circuit Type: Level-1-2 Interface Index 37847070, Local circuit ID 1 Level-1 Metric: 10, Priority: 64, Circuit ID: systest-3.
PAGE 1023
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1024
Example Field Description Circuit Id The neighbor’s interpretation of the designated router for the interface. The bold sections below identify that Multi-Topology IS-IS is enabled. FTOS#show isis neighbors System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Gi 7/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:01 TEST.02 ! FTOS#show isis neighbors detail System Id Interface State Type Priority Uptime Circuit Id TEST Gi 7/1 Up L1L2(M) 127 09:28:04 TEST.02 Area Address(es): 49.0000.0001 IP Address(es): 25.1.1.
PAGE 1025
System Id: F100.E120.0013 IS-Type: level-1-2 Manual area address(es): 49.0000.0001 Routing for area address(es): 49.0000.0001 Interfaces supported by IS-IS: GigabitEthernet 1/0 - IP - IPv6 GigabitEthernet 1/1 - IP - IPv6 GigabitEthernet 1/10 - IP - IPv6 Loopback 0 - IP - IPv6 Redistributing: Distance: 115 Generate narrow metrics: level-1-2 Accept narrow metrics: level-1-2 Generate wide metrics: none Accept wide metrics: none Multi Topology Routing is enabled in transition mode.
PAGE 1026
Usage Information Example 1026 Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. The following describes the show isis traffic command shown in the following example. Item Description Level-1/Level-2 Hellos (sent/rcvd) Displays the number of Hello packets sent and received. PTP Hellos (sent/ rcvd) Displays the number of point-to-point Hellos sent and received.
PAGE 1027
IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: IS-IS: FTOS# Level-2 LSPs CSNPs (sent/rcvd) : 472/238 Level-1 LSPs PSNPs (sent/rcvd) : 0/0 Level-2 LSPs PSNPs (sent/rcvd) : 10/337 Level-1 DR Elections : 4 Level-2 DR Elections : 4 Level-1 SPF Calculations : 0 Level-2 SPF Calculations : 389 LSP checksum errors received : 0 LSP authentication failures : 0 spf-interval Specify the minimum interval between shortest path first (SPF) calculations.
PAGE 1028
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for multi-topology ISIS. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for SPF Throttling Enhancement. This command spf-interval in CONFIG-ROUTER-ISIS-AF-IPV6 mode is used for IPv6 Multi-Topology route computation only.
PAGE 1029
31 Link Aggregation Control Protocol (LACP) This chapter contains commands for Dell Networks’s implementation of the link aggregation control protocol (LACP) for creating dynamic link aggregation groups (LAGs) — known as “port-channels” in the Dell Networking operating software. The LACP commands in this chapter are supported by Dell Networking OS on the S4820T platform.
PAGE 1030
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. debug lacp Debug LACP (configuration, events, and so on). S4820T Syntax debug lacp [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] To disable LACP debugging, use the no [config | events | pdu [interface-type [in | out]]] command. Parameters config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug the LACP configuration.
PAGE 1031
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1032
Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command applies to dynamic port-channel interfaces only. When applied on a static port-channel, this command has no effect. Related Commands show lacp — displays the LACP configuration. lacp port-priority To influence which ports will be put in Standby mode when there is a hardware limitation that prevents all compatible ports from aggregating, configure the port priority.
PAGE 1033
lacp system-priority Configure the LACP system priority. S4820T Syntax Parameters lacp system-priority priority-value priority-value Enter the port-priority value. The higher the value number, the lower the priority. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 32768. Defaults 32768 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1034
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1035
Example (PortChannelNumber) Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show lacp Port-channel 1 Actor System Partner System Key 1 1 admin up, oper up, ID:Priority 32768, ID:Priority 32768, Actor Admin Key mode lacp Address 0001.e800.
PAGE 1036
32 Layer 2 This chapter describes commands to configure Layer 2 features. This chapter contains the following sections: • • • MAC Addressing Commands Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands The VLAN commands are supported on all the S4820T platform. MAC Addressing Commands The following commands are related to configuring, managing, and viewing MAC addresses. clear mac-address-table Clear the MAC address table of all MAC address learned dynamically.
PAGE 1037
vlan vlan-id Enter the keyword vlan then a VLAN ID number from 1 to 4094. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Added support for sticky MAC addresses.
PAGE 1038
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 On the E-Series, available in INTERFACE VLAN context, reduced the minimum aging time in the INTERFACE VLAN context from 10 seconds to 1 second. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1039
output-range interface vlan vlan-id For a multicast MAC address, enter the keyword outputrange then one of the following interfaces to indicate a range of ports for which traffic is forwarded: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1040
mac-address-table station-move threshold Change the frequency with which the MAC address station-move trap is sent after a MAC address changes in a VLAN. A trap is sent if a station move is detected above a threshold number of times in a given interval. S4820T Syntax Parameters [no] mac-address-table station-move threshold number interval count threshold number Enter the keyword threshold then the number of times MAC addresses in VLANs can change before an SNMP trap is sent. The range is from 1 to 10.
PAGE 1041
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1042
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Deprecated the no-station-move command (replaced by the mac-learning-limit mac-address-sticky command). Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the vlan option on the E-Series. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Added the station-move option. Version 6.5.1.
PAGE 1043
show mac learning-limit — displays MAC learning-limit configuration. mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation Configure an action for a MAC address learning-limit violation. S4820T Syntax mac learning-limit learn-limit-violation {log | shutdown} To return to the default, use the no mac learning-limit learn-limitviolation {log | shutdown} command. Parameters log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a learning-limit violation.
PAGE 1044
mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky Maintain the dynamically learned mac addresses as sticky MAC addresses on the selected port. S4820T Syntax mac learning-limit mac-address-sticky To convert the sticky MAC addresses to dynamic MAC addresses, use the no mac learning-limit command. Parameters mac-addresssticky Configures the dynamic MAC addresses as sticky on an interface. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1045
Parameters log Enter the keyword log to generate a syslog message on a station move violation. shutdown-both Enter the keyword shutdown to shut down both the original and offending interface and generate a syslog message. shutdownoffending Enter the keywords shutdown-offending to shut down the offending interface and generate a syslog message. shutdownoriginal Enter the keywords shutdown-original to shut down the original interface and generate a syslog message.
PAGE 1046
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 1047
vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 1048
• For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. static (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword static to display only those MAC addresses specifically configured on the switch. vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID to display the MAC address assigned to the VLAN. The range is 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1049
117 Dell# 0 0 00:01:e8:0d:b7:5d SYSTEM_STATIC DROP show mac-address-table Display the MAC address table. S4820T Syntax Parameters Layer 2 show mac-address-table [address mac-address | interface interface | vlan vlan-id] [aging-time] [dynamic | static] [count [vlan vlan-id] [interface interface-type [slot [/ port]]]] address macaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword address then a MAC address in the nn:nn:nn:nn:nn:nn format to display information on that MAC address.
PAGE 1050
static addresses, dynamic addresses, and MAC addresses in use. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 1050 Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1051
Example Usage Information Column Heading Description State Lists if the MAC address is in use (Active) or not in use (Inactive). Dell(conf)#do show mac-address-table Codes: *N - VLT Peer Synced MAC VlanId Mac Address Type Interface 2 00:00:00:00:00:01 Dynamic (N) 128 Active 2 00:00:00:00:00:02 Dynamic (N) 10 Active 2 00:00:00:00:00:03 Dynamic 100 Active 2 00:00:00:00:00:04 Dynamic 10 Active State Po Po Po Po The following describes the show mac-address-table command shown in the following example.
PAGE 1052
Line Beginning With Description Total MAC... Lists the total number of MAC addresses the switch uses. Example (Count) Dell# show mac-address-table count MAC Entries for all vlans : Dynamic Address Count : 110 Static Address (User-defined) Count : 0 Sticky Address Count : 0 Total Synced Mac from Peer(N): 100 Total MAC Addresses in Use: 110 Dell# Related Commands show mac-address-table aging-time — displays MAC aging time.
PAGE 1053
Example Dell#show mac-address-table aging-time Mac-address-table aging time : 1800 Dell# Related Commands show mac-address-table — displays the current MAC address configuration. show mac accounting destination Display destination counters for Layer 2 traffic (available on physical interfaces only).
PAGE 1054
Usage Information MAC Accounting information can be accessed using SNMP via the Force10 Monitor MIB. For more information about enabling SNMP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide. NOTE: Currently, the Force10 MONITOR MIB does not return the MAC addresses in an increasing order using SNMP. As a workaround, you can use the -C c option in snmpwalk or snmpbulkwalk to access the Force10 MONITOR MIB. For example: % snmpwalk -C c -v 2c -c public 133.33.33.131 enterprise.6027.3.3.
PAGE 1055
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1056
default vlan-id Specify a VLAN as the Default VLAN. S4820T Syntax default vlan-id vlan-id To remove the default VLAN status from a VLAN and VLAN 1 does not exist, use the no default vlan-id vlan-id syntax. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID number of the VLAN to become the new Default VLAN. The range is from 1 to 4094. The default is 1. Defaults The Default VLAN is VLAN 1. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1057
default-vlan disable Disable the default VLAN so that all switchports are placed in the Null VLAN until they are explicitly configured as a member of another VLAN. S4820T Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 1058
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To display information about a named VLAN, enter the show vlan command with the name parameter or the show interfaces description command.
PAGE 1059
no ip address no shutdown Dell(conf-if-vl-100)# show vlan Display the current VLAN configurations on the switch. S4820T Syntax Parameters show vlan [brief | id vlan-id | name vlan-name] brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the following information: • VLAN ID • VLAN name (left blank if none is configured) • Spanning Tree Group ID • MAC address aging time • IP address id vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword id then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1060
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series and revised the output to display Native VLAN. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show vlan command shown in the following example. Column Heading Description (Column 1 — no heading) • asterisk symbol (*) = Default VLAN • G = GVRP VLAN • P = primary VLAN C = community VLAN I = isolated VLAN • O = OpenFlow NUM Displays existing VLAN IDs.
PAGE 1061
Q: U - Untagged, T - Tagged, O - Openflow x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged o - OpenFlow untagged, O - OpenFlow tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack i - Internal untagged, I - Internal tagged, v - VLT untagged, V - VLT tagged NUM Status Description Q Ports * 1 Inactive 2 Active U Po1(Gi 13/0) T Po20(Gi 13/6), Gi 13/25 T Gi 13/7 3 Active T Po20(Gi 13/6) T Gi 13/7 U Gi 13/1 4 Active U Po2(Gi 13/2) T Po20(Gi 13/6) T Gi 13/7 5 Active T Po20(Gi 13/6) T Gi 13/7 U Gi 13/3 6 Active U Po3(Gi 13/4) T Po20(Gi 13/
PAGE 1062
Example (Brief) Dell#show vlan br VLAN Name STG MAC Aging IP Address ---- -----------------------------------1 0 1800 unassigned 2 0 1800 2.2.2.2/24 3 0 1800 3.3.3.
PAGE 1063
Defaults All interfaces in Layer 2 mode are untagged. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.
PAGE 1064
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1065
untagged Add a Layer 2 interface to a VLAN as an untagged interface. S4820T Syntax untagged interface To remove an untagged interface from a VLAN, use the no untagged interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1066
Related Commands interface vlan — configures a VLAN. tagged — specifies which interfaces in a VLAN are tagged. Far-End Failure Detection (FEFD) The Dell Networking operating software supports far-end failure detection (FEFD) on the Ethernet interfaces of the S4820T platform. The FEFD feature detects and reports far-end link failures. • FEFD is not supported on the Management interface. • During an RPM failover, FEFD is operationally disabled for approximately 8 to 10 seconds.
PAGE 1067
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy ESeries command. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection on an interface. • fefd reset — enables FEFD globally on the system. fefd Enable Far-End Failure Detection on an interface, set the FEFD interval, or select the FEFD mode.
PAGE 1068
Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. When you enter no fefd for an interface and fefd-global, FEFD is enabled on the interface because the no fefd command is not retained in the configuration file. To keep the interface FEFD disabled when the global configuration changes, use the fefd reset command.
PAGE 1069
Related Commands • fefd reset — enables FEFD globally on the system. • fefd mode — changes FEFD mode on an interface. fefd interval Set an interval between control packets. S4820T Syntax fefd interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no fefd interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time between FEFD control packets. The range is from 3 to 300 seconds. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1070
Parameters normal (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword normal to change the link state to “unknown” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface. When the interface is placed in “unknown” state, the software brings down the line protocol. aggressive (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword aggressive to change the link state to “error-disabled” when a far-end failure the software detects on that interface.
PAGE 1071
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy ESeries command.
PAGE 1072
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy ESeries command. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. • fefd-global — enables FEFD globally on the system. fefd-global Enable FEFD globally on the system. S4820T Syntax fefd-global [interval seconds][mode {normal | aggressive}] To disable FEFD globally, use the no fefd-global [mode {normal | aggressive}] command.
PAGE 1073
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy ESeries command. Usage Information If you enter only the fefd-global syntax, the mode is normal and the default interval is 15 seconds. If you disable FEFD globally (no fefd-global), the system does not remove the FEFD interface configuration. Related Commands • fefd — enables far-end failure detection.
PAGE 1074
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Legacy ESeries command. Usage Information Example The following describes the show fefd command shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Displays the interfaces type and number. Mode Displays the mode (aggressive or normal) or NA if the interface contains fefd reset in its configuration. Interval Displays the interval between FEFD packets.
PAGE 1075
Related Commands Layer 2 • fefd — enables far-end failure detection. • fefd disable — disables FEFD on an interface only. • fefd-global — enables FEFD globally on the system. • fefd reset — resets all interfaces or a single interface that was in “error-disabled” mode.
PAGE 1076
Link Layer Discovery Protocol (LLDP) 33 The link layer discovery protocol (LLDP) advertises connectivity and management from the local station to the adjacent stations on an IEEE 802 LAN. This chapter contains the following sections: • LLPD Commands • LLDP-MED Commands LLDP facilitates multi-vendor interoperability by using standard management tools to discover and make available a physical topology for network management.
PAGE 1077
port-vlan-id Enter the keywords port-vlan-id to advertise the port VLAN identification TLV. vlan-name Enter the keywords vlan-name to advertise the vlan-name TLV. This keyword is only supported on the C-Series and SSeries. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1078
Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1079
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.1. (0.0) Modified to support management-address parameter. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1080
Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the Z9000 and S4810. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. clear lldp counters Clear LLDP transmitting and receiving counters for all physical interfaces or a specific physical interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear lldp counters interface interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1081
clear lldp neighbors Clear LLDP neighbor information for all interfaces or a specific interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear lldp neighbors {interface} interface Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1082
To disable debugging, use the no debug lldp interface {interface | all}{events} {packet {brief | detail} {tx | rx | both}} command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1083
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Enable or disable LLDP. S4820T Syntax disable To enable LLDP, use the no disable command.
PAGE 1084
show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. hello Configure the rate at which the LLDP control packets are sent to its peer. S4820T Syntax hello seconds To revert to the default, use the no hello seconds command. Parameters seconds Enter the rate, in seconds, at which the control packets are sent to its peer. The rate is from 5 to 180 seconds. The default is 30 seconds.
PAGE 1085
rx Enter the keyword rx to set the mode to receive. Defaults Both transmit and receive. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) and INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1086
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. protocol lldp (Configuration) Enable the LLDP globally on the switch. S4820T Syntax protocol lldp To disable LLDP globally on the chassis, use the no protocol lldp command. Defaults Enabled.
PAGE 1087
protocol lldp (Interface) Enter the LLDP protocol in INTERFACE mode. S4820T Syntax [no] protocol lldp To return to the global LLDP configuration mode, use the no protocol lldp command from Interface mode. Defaults LLDP is not enabled on the interface. Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1088
Parameters interface detail (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/ port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword tenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1089
show lldp statistics Display the LLDP statistical information. S4820T Syntax show lldp statistics Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1090
Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S8420T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1091
• identify physical location • identify network policy advertise med guest-voice To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user with their own IP telephony handset or other appliances that support interactive voice services, configure the system. S4820T Syntax advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command.
PAGE 1092
advertise med guest-voice-signaling To advertise a separate limited voice service for a guest user when the guest voice control packets use a separate network policy than the voice data, configure the system. S4820T Syntax advertise med guest-voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} To return to the default, use the no advertise med guest-voice-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID.
PAGE 1093
advertise med location-identification To advertise a location identifier, configure the system. S4820T Syntax advertise med location-identification {coordinate-based value | civic-based value | ecs-elin value} To return to the default, use the no advertise med locationidentification {coordinate-based value | civic-based value | ecs-elin value} command. Parameters coordinatebased value Enter the keywords coordinate-based then the coordinated based location in hexadecimal value of 16 bytes.
PAGE 1094
Related Commands debug lldp interface — debugs LLDP. show lldp neighbors — displays the LLDP neighbors. advertise med power-via-mdi To advertise the Extended Power via MDI TLV, configure the system. S4820T Syntax advertise med power-via-mdi To return to the default, use the no advertise med power-via-mdi command. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1095
To return to the default, use the no advertise med softphone-voice {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority.
PAGE 1096
To return to the default, use the no advertise med streaming-video {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority.
PAGE 1097
To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-conferencing {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority.
PAGE 1098
To return to the default, use the no advertise med video-signaling {vlan-id layer2_priority DSCP_value} | {priority-tagged number} command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority.
PAGE 1099
Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN ID. The range is from 1 to 4094. layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1100
layer2_priority Enter the Layer 2 priority (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 7. DSCP_value Enter the DSCP value (C-Series and E-Series only). The range is from 0 to 63. priority-tagged number Enter the keywords priority-tagged then the Layer 2 priority. The range is from 0 to 7. Defaults unconfigured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-lldp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1101
Microsoft Network Load Balancing 34 This functionality is supported on the S4820T platform. Network Load Balancing (NLB) is a clustering functionality that is implemented by Microsoft on Windows 2000 Server and Windows Server 2003 operating systems. NLB uses a distributed methodology or pattern to equally split and balance the network traffic load across a set of servers that are part of the cluster or group.
PAGE 1102
response with MAC-s4 is received as the last one). The interface associated with server, S4, is added to the ARP table. • With NLB feature enabled, after learning the NLB ARP entry, all the subsequent traffic is flooded on all ports in VLAN1. With NLB, the data frame is forwarded to all the servers for them to perform load-balancing. NLB Multicast Mode Scenario Consider a sample topology in which four servers, namely S1 through S4, are configured as a cluster or a farm.
PAGE 1103
learned, traffic is forwarded to only one server rather than the entire cluster, and failover and balancing are not preserved. To preserve failover and balancing, the switch forwards the traffic destined for the server cluster to all member ports in the VLAN connected to the cluster. To ensure that this happens, you must configure the ip vlan-flooding command on the Dell switch at the time that the Microsoft cluster is configured.
PAGE 1104
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Version 9.3(0.0) • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1105
multicast Enter a vlan port to where L2 multicast MAC traffic is forwarded. NOTE: Use this option if you want multicast functionality in an L2 VLAN without IGMP protocols. output interface output-range interface vlan vlan-id For a multicast MAC address, enter the keyword output then one of the following interfaces for which traffic is forwarded: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1106
ip vlan-flooding Enable unicast data traffic flooding on VLAN member ports. Syntax ip vlan-flooding To disable, use the no ip vlan-flooding command. Command Modes Command History CONFIGURATION Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL platforms Default Disabled Usage Information By default this command is disabled. There might be some ARP table entries which are resolved through ARP packets which had Ethernet MAC SA different from MAC information inside the ARP packet.
PAGE 1107
Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP) 35 Multicast source discovery protocol (MSDP) connects multiple PIM Sparse-Mode (PIM-SM) domains together. MSDP peers connect using TCP port 639. Peers send keepalives every 60 seconds. A peer connection is reset after 75 seconds if no MSDP packets are received. MSDP connections are parallel with MBGP connections. The Dell Networking operating system supports MSDP commands on the S4820T platform.
PAGE 1108
clear ip msdp sa-cache Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1109
clear ip msdp statistic Clears the entire source-active cache, the source-active entries of a particular multicast group, rejected, or local source-active entries. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear ip msdp sa-cache [group-address | rejected-sa | local] group-address Enter the group IP address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1110
debug ip msdp Turn on MSDP debugging. S4820T Syntax debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} To turn debugging off, use the no debug ip msdp {event peer address | packet peer address | pim} command. Parameters event peer address Enter the keyword event then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). packet peer address Enter the keyword packet then the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). pim Enter the keyword pim to debug advertisement from PIM.
PAGE 1111
Parameters number Enter the number of rejected SA entries to cache. The range is from 0 to 32766. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1112
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1113
ip msdp mesh-group To be a member of a mesh group, configure a peer. S4820T Syntax ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} To remove the peer from a mesh group, use the no ip msdp mesh-group {name} {peer address} command. Parameters name Enter a string of up to 16 characters long for as the mesh group name. peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1114
ip msdp originator-id Configure the MSDP Originator ID. S4820T Syntax ip msdp originator-id {interface} To remove the originator-id, use the no ip msdp originator-id {interface} command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1115
ip msdp peer Configure an MSDP peer. S4820T Syntax ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source] [description] [salimit number] To remove the MSDP peer, use the no ip msdp peer peer address [connect-source interface] [description name] [sa-limit number] command. Parameters peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.).
PAGE 1116
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Added option for SA upper limit and the description option. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced The connect-source option is used to supply a source IP address for the TCP connection.
PAGE 1117
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced Modifications to the ACL do not have an immediate effect on the sa-cache. To apply the redistribute filter to entries already present in the SA cache, use the clear ip msdp sa-cache local command.
PAGE 1118
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip msdp sa-limit Configure the upper limit of source-active (SA) entries in SA-cache. S4820T Syntax ip msdp sa-limit number To return to the default, use the no ip msdp sa-limit number command. Parameters number Enter the maximum number of SA entries in SA-cache.
PAGE 1119
continue to be accepted. To enforce the limit in such situation, use the clear ip msdp sa-cache command. Related Commands ip msdp peer — configures the MSDP peer. clear ip msdp peer — clears the MSDP peer. show ip msdp — displays the MSDP information ip msdp shutdown Administratively shut down a configured MSDP peer. S4820T Syntax Parameters ip msdp shutdown {peer address} peer address Enter the peer address in a dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D.). Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1120
ip multicast-msdp Enable MSDP. S4820T Syntax ip multicast-msdp To exit MSDP, use the no ip multicast-msdp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1121
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 6.2.1.
PAGE 1122
show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Display the rejected SAs in the SA cache. S4820T Syntax show ip msdp sa-cache rejected-sa Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example 1122 Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1123
36 Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP) Multiple spanning tree protocol (MSTP), as implemented by the Dell Networking operating system, conforms to IEEE 802.1s. This command supports the Dell Networking S4820T platform. debug spanning-tree mstp Enable debugging of the multiple spanning tree protocol and view information on the protocol.
PAGE 1124
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1125
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced. protocol spanning-tree mstp — enters MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. forward-delay The amount of time the interface waits in the Blocking State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State.
PAGE 1126
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced. max-age — changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time — changes the time interval between bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). hello-time Set the time interval between generation of MSTB bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). S4820T Syntax hello-time seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command.
PAGE 1127
max-age — changes the wait time before MSTP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the MSTB. S4820T Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command. Parameters max-age Enter a number of seconds the Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40. The default is 20 seconds.
PAGE 1128
max-hops Configure the maximum hop count. S4820T Syntax max-hops number To return to the default values, use the no max-hops command. Parameters range Enter a number for the maximum hop count. The range is from 1 to 40. The default is 20. Defaults 20 hops Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1129
msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance, bridge priority, and one or multiple VLANs mapped to the MST instance. S4820T Syntax msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} To disable mapping or bridge priority, use the no msti instance {vlan range | bridge-priority priority} command. Parameters msti instance Enter the MSTP instance. The range is from zero (0) to 63. vlan range Enter the keyword vlan then the identifier range value. The range is from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1130
name The name you assign to the multiple spanning tree region. S4820T Syntax name region-name To remove the region name, use the no name command. Parameters region-name Enter the MST region name. The range is 32 character limit. Defaults no default name. Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1131
protocol spanning-tree mstp To enable and configure the multiple spanning tree group, enter MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE mode. S4820T Syntax protocol spanning-tree mstp To disable the multiple spanning tree group, use the no protocol spanningtree mstp command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1132
revision The revision number for the multiple spanning tree configuration. S4820T Syntax revision range To return to the default values, use the no revision command. Parameters range Enter the revision number for the MST configuration. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 0. Defaults 0 Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1133
show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are shown. S4820T Syntax show config Command Modes MULTIPLE SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1134
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1135
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.1 Support for the optional keyword guard was added on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.
PAGE 1136
BPDU (Mrecords): sent 7, received 1103 The port is not in the portfast mode Example (EDS and LBK) The bold line shows the loopback BPDU inconsistency (LBK_INC). Dell#show spanning-tree msti 0 brief MSTI 0 VLANs mapped 1-4094 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15, max hops 20 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1137
Example (Guard) Field Description Instance MSTP instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard).
PAGE 1138
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree msti Configure multiple spanning tree instance cost and priority for an interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters spanning-tree msti instance {cost cost | priority priority} msti instance Enter the keyword msti and the MST instance number. The range is from zero (0) to 63. cost cost (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value.
PAGE 1139
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. spanning-tree mstp edge-port Configures the interface as an MST edge port and optionally a Bridge Protocol Data Unit (BPDU) guard.
PAGE 1140
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.1 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. On an MSTP switch, a port configured as an edge port immediately transitions to the Forwarding state. Only configure ports connected to end-hosts as edge ports. Consider an edge port similar to a port with spanning-tree portfast enabled.
PAGE 1141
Usage Information By default, Dell Networking OS implements an optimized flush mechanism for MSTP. This mechanism helps in flushing the MAC addresses only when necessary (and less often) allowing for faster convergence during topology changes. However, if a standards-based flush mechanism is needed, this knob command can be turned on to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1142
37 Multicast The multicast commands are supported by Dell Networking operating system (OS) on all S4820T platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • IPv4 Multicast Commands IPv4 Multicast Commands The following section contains the IPv4 multicast commands. clear ip mroute Clear learned multicast routes on the multicast forwarding table. To clear the protocol-independent multicast (PIM) tree information base, use the clear ip pim tib command.
PAGE 1143
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands show ip pim tib — shows the PIM tree information base. ip mroute Assign a static mroute.
PAGE 1144
ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address in dotted decimal format of the RPF neighbor. distance (OPTIONAL) Enter a number as the distance metric assigned to the mroute. The range is from 0 to 255. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1145
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This feature allows you to limit the number of multicast entries on the system. This number is the total of all the multicast entries on all line cards in the system. On each line card, the multicast module only installs the maximum number of entries, depending on the configured CAM profile. To store multicast routes, use the IN-L3-McastFib CAM partition.
PAGE 1146
Usage Information After you enable multicast, you can enable IGMP and PIM on an interface. In INTERFACE mode, enter the ip pim sparse-mode command to enable IGMP and PIM on the interface. Related Commands ip pim sparse-mode — enables IGMP and PIM on an interface. show ip mroute View the multicast routing table.
PAGE 1147
displayed for a specified multicast source. Enter the keyword count to display the total number of multicast routes with the spanned IIF. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2. (0.
PAGE 1148
GigabitEthernet 4/11 GigabitEthernet 4/13 GigabitEthernet 4/20 Example (VLT) Dell#show ip mroute vlt IP Multicast Routing Table Flags: S – Synced (*, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Vlan 30 (50.1.1.2, 225.1.1.1), uptime 00:39:33 flags: S Incoming interface: Vlan 10 Spanned outgoing interface list: Vlan 20 (S) Usage Information Example The following describes the show ip mroute command shown in the following example.
PAGE 1149
show ip rpf View reverse path forwarding. S4820T Syntax show ip rpf Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1150
Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) 38 The Dell Networking operating software supports the network discovery protocol for IPv6 on the S4820T platform. The neighbor discovery protocol for IPv6 is defined in RFC 2461 as part of the Stateless Address Autoconfiguration protocol. It replaces the Address Resolution Protocol used with IPv4.
PAGE 1151
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. interface interface To remove all neighbor entries learned on a specific interface, enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information of the interface: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fastEthernet then the slot/port information. • • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 1152
NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero. interface interface hardware_addr ess Enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fastEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1153
CPU Enter the keyword cpu then either rp1 or rp2 (Route Processor 1 or 2), optionally then an IPv6 address to display the IPv6 neighbor entries stored on the designated RP. interface interface Enter the keyword interface then the interface type and slot/port or number information: • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fastEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number.
PAGE 1154
CP Dell# 1154 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP)
PAGE 1155
Open Shortest Path First (OSPFv2 and OSPFv3) 39 Open Shortest Path First version 2 for IPv4 is supported on S4820T Dell Networking Operating System (OS) platform. Open Shortest Path First version 3 (OSPFv3) for IPv6 is supported on the S4820T platform. OSPF is an Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP), which means that it distributes routing information between routers in a single Autonomous System (AS).
PAGE 1156
cost Specifies the stub area’s advertised external route metric. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. Defaults cost = 1; no areas are configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1157
defaultinformationoriginate (OPTIONAL) Allows external routing information to be imported into the NSSA by using Type 7 default. no-summary (OPTIONAL) Specify that no summary LSAs should be sent into the NSSA. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1158
suppressed and the component networks remain hidden from other areas.) Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1159
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1160
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1161
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. clear ip ospf statistics Clear the packet statistics in interfaces and neighbors.
PAGE 1162
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF.
PAGE 1163
database-timer rate-limit (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords database-timer ratelimit to display the LSA throttling timer information. This applies to the S4810 platform only. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4(0.
PAGE 1164
Field Description rid: Displays the OSPF router ID. aid: Displays the Autonomous System ID. chk: Displays the OSPF checksum. aut: States if OSPF authentication is configured.
PAGE 1165
Example Dell#debug ip ospf 1 packet OSPF process 90, packet debugging is on Dell# 08:14:24 : OSPF(100:00): Xmt. v:2 t:1(HELLO) l:44 rid:192.1.1.1 aid:0.0.0.1 chk:0xa098 aut:0 auk: keyid:0 to:Gi 4/3 dst: 224.0.0.5 netmask:255.255.255.0 pri:1 N-, MC-, E+, T-, hi:10 di:40 dr:90.1.1.1 bdr:0.0.0.0 default-information originate To generate a default external route into an OSPF routing domain, configure Dell Networking Operating System (OS).
PAGE 1166
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPF.
PAGE 1167
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute — redistributes routes from other routing protocols into OSPF. description Add a description about the selected OSPF configuration. S4820T Syntax description description To remove the OSPF description, use the no description command. Parameters description Enter a text string description to identify the OSPF configuration (80 characters maximum).
PAGE 1168
distance Define an administrative distance for particular routes to a specific IP address. S4820T Syntax distance weight [ip-address mask access-list-name] To delete the settings, use the no distance weight [ip-address mask access-list-name] command. Parameters weight Specify an administrative distance. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110. ip-address (OPTIONAL) Enter a router ID in the dotted decimal format. If you enter a router ID, include the mask for that router address.
PAGE 1169
distance ospf Configure an OSPF distance metric for different types of routes. S4820T Syntax distance ospf [external dist3] [inter-area dist2] [intra-area dist1] To delete these settings, use the no distance ospf command. Parameters Defaults external dist3 (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword external then a number to specify a distance for external type 5 and 7 routes. The range is from 1 to 255. The default is 110.
PAGE 1170
Usage Information To specify a distance for routes learned from other routing domains, use the redistribute command. distribute-list in Apply a filter to incoming routing updates from OSPF to the routing table. S4820T Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] To delete a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name in [interface] command. Parameters prefix-listname Enter the name of a configured prefix list.
PAGE 1171
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. distribute-list out To restrict certain routes destined for the local routing table after the SPF calculation, apply a filter. S4820T Syntax distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] To remove a filter, use the no distribute-list prefix-list-name out [bgp | connected | isis | rip | static] command.
PAGE 1172
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the Multi-Process OSPF.
PAGE 1173
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. fast-convergence This command sets the minimum LSA origination and arrival times to zero (0), allowing more rapid route computation so that convergence takes less time. S4820T Syntax fast-convergence {number} To cancel fast-convergence, use the no fast convergence command. Parameters number Enter the convergence level desired. The higher this parameter is set, the faster OSPF converge takes place.
PAGE 1174
graceful-restart grace-period Specifies the time duration, in seconds, that the router’s neighbors continue to advertise the router as fully adjacent regardless of the synchronization state during a graceful restart. NOTE: This command enables OSPFv2 graceful restart globally by setting the grace period (in seconds) that an OSPFv2 router’s neighbors continues to advertise the router as adjacent during a graceful restart.
PAGE 1175
graceful-restart helper-reject Specify the OSPF router to not act as a helper during graceful restart. S4820T Syntax graceful-restart helper-reject ip-address To return to default value, use the no graceful-restart helper-reject command. Parameters ip-address Enter the OSPF router-id, in IP address format, of the restart router that will not act as a helper during graceful restart. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1176
To disable graceful restart mode, use the no graceful-restart mode command. Parameters planned-only (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords planned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in a planned restart condition only. unplannedonly (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords unplanned-only to indicate graceful restart is supported in an unplanned restart condition only. Defaults Support for both planned and unplanned failures. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1177
Defaults By default, OSPF routers are both helper and restart routers during a graceful restart. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1178
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf authentication-key Enable authentication and set an authentication key on OSPF traffic on an interface.
PAGE 1179
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. All neighboring routers in the same network must use the same password to exchange OSPF information. ip ospf cost Change the cost associated with the OSPF traffic on an interface. S4820T Syntax ip ospf cost cost To return to default value, use the no ip ospf cost command. Parameters cost Enter a number as the cost. The range is from 1 to 65535. Defaults The default cost is based on the reference bandwidth.
PAGE 1180
ip ospf dead-interval Set the time interval since the last hello-packet was received from a router. After the interval elapses, the neighboring routers declare the router dead. S4820T Syntax ip ospf dead-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf dead-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the interval. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 40 seconds.
PAGE 1181
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds for the interval. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 10 seconds. Defaults 10 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1182
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 9.1(0.0) Included usage information on maximum number of digest keys per interface. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1183
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.
PAGE 1184
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ospf priority To determine the designated router for the OSPF network, set the priority of the interface. S4820T Syntax ip ospf priority number To return to the default setting, use the no ip ospf priority command.
PAGE 1185
Use this command for interfaces connected to multi-access networks, not pointto-point networks. ip ospf retransmit-interval Set the retransmission time between lost link state advertisements (LSAs) for adjacencies belonging to the interface. S4820T Syntax ip ospf retransmit-interval seconds To return to the default values, use the no ip ospf retransmit-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600.
PAGE 1186
ip ospf transmit-delay To send a link state update packet on the interface, set the estimated time elapsed. S4820T Syntax ip ospf transmit-delay seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip ospf transmit-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds as the interval between retransmission. The range is from 1 to 3600. The default is 1 second. This value must be greater than the transmission and propagation delays for the interface.
PAGE 1187
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1188
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.1(0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1189
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced to all platforms. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. To enable OSPF on an interface, the network area command must include, in its range of addresses, the primary IP address of an interface.
PAGE 1190
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1191
• Any adjacency is explicitly terminated from all OSPF interfaces. • All previous passive-interface interface commands are removed from the running configuration. • All previous no passive-interface interface commands are removed from the running configuration. no passive-interface interface • Remove the interface from the passive list. • The ABR status for the router is updated. • If passive-interface default is specified, then save no passiveinterface interface into the running configuration.
PAGE 1192
metric-type type-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then one of the following: • 1 = OSPF External type 1 • 2 = OSPF External type 2 route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of the route map. tag tag-value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword tag then a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1193
redistribute bgp Redistribute BGP routing information throughout the OSPF instance. S4820T Syntax redistribute bgp as number [metric metric-value] | [metric-type type-value] | [tag tag-value] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute bgp as number [metric metric-value] | [metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tag-value] command. Parameters as number Enter the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535.
PAGE 1194
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the keyword default. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute isis Redistribute IS-IS routing information throughout the OSPF instance.
PAGE 1195
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1196
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information You can configure an arbitrary value in the IP address format for each router. However, each router ID must be unique. If you use this command on an OSPF router process, which is already active (that is, has neighbors), a prompt reminding you that changing the router-id brings down the existing OSPF adjacency. The new router ID is effective at the next reload.
PAGE 1197
Usage Information Version 9.1(0.0) Added support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.9.1.0 Added support for VRF. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1198
pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Example Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-router_ospf)#show config ! router ospf 3 passive-interface FastEthernet 0/1 Dell(conf-router_ospf)# show ip ospf Display information on the OSPF process configured on the switch. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf name] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1199
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. If you delete all the network area commands for Area 0, the show ip ospf command output does not list Area 0. The following describes the show ip ospf command shown in the following example. Line Beginning with Description “Routing Process...” Displays the OSPF process ID and the IP address associated with the process ID. “Supports only...
PAGE 1200
show ip ospf asbr Display all autonomous system boundary router (ASBR) routers visible to OSPF. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] asbr process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to show all ASBR routers visible to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF.
PAGE 1201
You can determine if an ASBR is in a directly connected area (or not) by the flags. For ASBRs in a directly connected area, E flags are set. In the following example, router 1.1.1.1 is in a directly connected area since the Flag is E/-/-/. For remote ASBRs, the E flag is clear (-/-/-/). Example Dell#show ip ospf 1asbr RouterID 3.3.3.3 1.1.1.1 Dell# Flags -/-/-/ E/-/-/ Cost Nexthop 2 10.0.0.2 0 0.0.0.0 Interface Area Gi 0/1 1 0 show ip ospf database Display all LSA information.
PAGE 1202
Usage Information Example Version 7.8.1.0 Added support of Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database command shown in the following example. Field Description Link ID Identifies the router ID. ADV Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Age Displays the link state age.
PAGE 1203
Related Commands show ip ospf database asbr-summary — displays only ASBR summary LSA information. show ip ospf database asbr-summary Display information about autonomous system (AS) boundary LSAs. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] database asbr-summary [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1204
Usage Information Example Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf database asbr-summary command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1205
Network Mask: /0 TOS: 0 Metric: 2 LS age: 473 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Asbr Link State ID: 104.1.50.1 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000010 Checksum: 0x4198 Length: 28 --More-Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database external Display information on the AS external (type 5) LSAs.
PAGE 1206
Usage Information 1206 Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1207
Example Field Description Metric Displays the LSA metric. Forward Address Identifies the address of the forwarding router. Data traffic is forwarded to this router. If the forwarding address is 0.0.0.0, data traffic is forwarded to the originating router. External Route Tag Displays the 32-bit field attached to each external route. The OSPF protocol does not use this field, but you can use the field for external route management. Dell#show ip ospf 1 database external OSPF Router with ID (20.20.20.
PAGE 1208
show ip ospf database network Display the network (type 2) LSA information. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] database network [link-state-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1209
Usage Information Example Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database network command shown in the following example. Field Description LS Age Displays the LSA’s age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1210
Network (Area 0.0.0.1) LS age: 252 Options: (TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Network Link State ID: 192.10.10.2 Advertising Router: 192.10.10.2 LS Seq Number: 0x80000007 Checksum: 0x4309 Length: 36 Network Mask: /24 Attached Router: 192.10.10.2 Attached Router: 20.20.20.1 Attached Router: 20.20.20.5 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf database nssa-external Display NSSA-External (type 7) LSA information.
PAGE 1211
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1212
adv-router ipaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ipaddress to display only the LSA information about that router. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 1212 Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.
PAGE 1213
Example Item Description Advertising Router Identifies the advertising router’s ID. Checksum Displays the Fletcher checksum of the LSA’s complete contents. Length Displays the length in bytes of the LSA. Opaque Type Displays the Opaque type field (the first 8 bits of the Link State ID). Opaque ID Displays the Opaque type-specific ID (the remaining 24 bits of the Link State ID). Dell>show ip ospf 1 database opaque-area OSPF Router with ID (3.3.3.
PAGE 1214
link-state-id adv-router ipaddress (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format. The LSA ID value depends on the LSA type, and it can be one of the following: • the network’s IP address for Type 3 LSAs or Type 5 LSAs • the router’s OSPF router ID for Type 1 LSAs or Type 4 LSAs • the default destination (0.0.0.0) for Type 5 LSAs (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords adv-router and the ipaddress to display only the LSA information about that router.
PAGE 1215
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view opaque-link LSA information corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1216
show ip ospf database router Display the router (type 1) LSA information. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] database router [linkstate-id] [adv-router ip-address] process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view the router LSA information corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF.
PAGE 1217
Usage Information Example Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ip ospf process-id database router command shown in the following example. Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router.
PAGE 1218
Router (Area 0) LS age: 967 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Router Link State ID: 1.1.1.10 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x8000012f Checksum: 0x3357 Length: 144 AS Boundary Router Area Border Router Number of Links: 10 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.129.1 (Link Data) Router Interface address: 192.68.129.1 Number of TOS metric: 0 TOS 0 Metric: 1 Link connected to: a Transit Network (Link ID) Designated Router address: 192.68.130.
PAGE 1219
Parameters process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process. vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to view LSA routing information corresponding to the OSPF process that is tied to a specific VRF. link-state-id (OPTIONAL) Specify LSA ID in dotted decimal format.
PAGE 1220
Example Item Description LS Age Displays the LSA age. Options Displays the optional capabilities available on router. The following options can be found in this item: • TOS-capability or No TOS-capability is displayed depending on whether the router can support Type of Service. • DC or No DC is displayed depending on whether the originating router can support OSPF over demand circuits. • E or No E is displayed on whether the originating router can accept AS External LSAs.
PAGE 1221
Network Mask: /24 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 LS age: 7 Options: (No TOS-capability, No DC, E) LS type: Summary Network Link State ID: 192.68.33.0 Advertising Router: 1.1.1.10 LS Seq Number: 0x80000016 Checksum: 0x1241 Length: 28 Network Mask: /26 TOS: 0 Metric: 1 Dell# Related Commands show ip ospf database — displays OSPF database information. show ip ospf interface Display the OSPF interfaces configured. If OSPF is not enabled on the switch, no output is generated.
PAGE 1222
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information 1222 Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1223
Example Item Description Neighbor Count... This line displays the number of neighbors and adjacent neighbors. Listed below this line are the details about each adjacent neighbor. Dell>show ip ospf int GigabitEthernet 13/17 is up, line protocol is up Internet Address 192.168.1.2/30, Area 0.0.0.1 Process ID 1, Router ID 192.168.253.2, Network Type BROADCAST, Cost: 1 Transmit Delay is 1 sec, State DR, Priority 1 Designated Router (ID) 192.168.253.2, Interface address 192.168.1.
PAGE 1224
vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf followed by the name of the VRF to show information corresponding to the OSPF neighbors that are tied to a specific VRF. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF.
PAGE 1225
20.20.20.1 Dell# 1 FULL/DROTHER00:00:36 192.10.10.4 Gi 0/1 0.0.0.1 show ip ospf routes Display routes OSPF calculates and stores in OSPF RIB. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip ospf [process-id | vrf vrf-name] routes process-id Enter the OSPF Process ID to show a specific process. If no Process ID is entered, command applies only to the first OSPF process.
PAGE 1226
• The display output is sorted by prefixes; intra-area ECMP routes are not displayed together. • For Type 2 external routes, Type 1 cost is not displayed. NOTE: Starting with Version 9.4(0.0), the loopback IP address advertised to the neighbor is not displayed in the output because they are not accounted as inactive OSPF routes, whereas the loopback IP address is displayed until Dell Networking OS Version 9.3(0.0). Starting with Version 9.4(0.
PAGE 1227
neighbor router-id • For Port Channel groups, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. For the C-Series and S-Series, the range is from 1 to 128. • For a SONET interface, enter the keyword sonet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1228
Row Heading Description Hello Number of OSPF Hello packets. DDiscr Number of database description packets. LSReq Number of link state request packets. LSUpd Number of link state update packets. LSAck Number of link state acknowledgement packets. TxQ-Len The transmission queue length. RxQ-Len The reception queue length. Tx-Mark The highest number mark in the transmission queue. Rx-Mark The highest number mark in the reception queue.
PAGE 1229
Example Error Type Description Conf-Issue The received hello packet has a different hello or dead interval than the configuration. No-Buffer Buffer allocation failure. Seq-no A sequence no errors occurred during the database exchange process. Socket Socket Read/Write operation error. Q-overflow Packets dropped due to queue overflow. Unknown-Pkt Received packet is not an OSPF packet.
PAGE 1230
Intf-Down 0 Non-Dr 0 Self-Org 0 Wrong-Len 0 Invld-Nbr 0 Nbr-State 0 Auth-Error 0 MD5-Error 0 Cksum-Err 0 Version 0 AreaMisMatch 0 Conf-Issue 0 SeqNo-Err 0 Unknown-Pkt 0 Bad-LsReq 0 RtidZero 0 Neighbor ID 4.4.4.
PAGE 1231
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Dell#show ip ospf 10 timers rate-limit List of LSAs in rate limit Queue LSA id: 1.1.1.0 Type: 3 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:09.111 LSA id: 3.3.3.3 Type: 1 Adv Rtid: 3.3.3.3 Expiry time: 00:00:23.96 Dell# show ip ospf topology Display routers in directly connected areas.
PAGE 1232
Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and E-Series. Usage Information To isolate problems with inter-area and external routes, use this command. In OSPF inter-area and external routes are calculated by adding LSA cost to the cost of reaching the router. If an inter-area or external route is not of correct cost, the display can determine if the path to the originating router is correct or not.
PAGE 1233
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The area range command summarizes routes for the different areas.
PAGE 1234
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for Multi-Process OSPF. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1235
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1236
Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. OSPFv3 Commands Open shortest path first version 3 (OSPFv3) for IPv6 is supported on the S4820T platform. The fundamental mechanisms of OSPF (flooding, DR election, area support, SPF calculations, and so on) remain unchanged. However, OSPFv3 runs on a per-link basis instead of on a per-IP-subnet basis. Most changes were necessary to handle the increased address size of IPv6. The Dell Networking implementation of OSPFv3 is based on IETF RFC 2740.
PAGE 1237
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale.
PAGE 1238
Parameters area area-id Area for which OSPFv3 traffic is to be encrypted. For area-id, enter a number. The range is from 0 to 4294967295. ipsec spi number Security Policy index (SPI) value that identifies an IPsec security policy. The range is from 256 to 4294967295. esp encryptionalgorithm Encryption algorithm used with ESP. Valid values are: 3DES, DES, AES-CBC, and NULL. For AES-CBC, only the AES-128 and AES-192 ciphers are supported.
PAGE 1239
null Causes an encryption policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 1240
clear ipv6 ospf process Reset an OSPFv3 router process without removing or re-configuring the process. S4820T Syntax Command Modes Command History clear ipv6 ospf process • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1241
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2. (0.0) Usage Information Example Introduced on the S4820T, S4810, and Z9000. The following section describes the command fields. Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3...
PAGE 1242
debug ipv6 ospf packet Display debug information and interface types on OSPF IPv6 packets. S4820T Syntax Parameters debug ipv6 ospf {packet | events} [interface] interface (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/ port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1243
Router ID:223.255.255.254, Area ID:0, Chksum:af8f, Inst:0, from Te 0/36 Dell# Command Fields Lines Beginning With or Including Description OSPFv3... Debugging is on for all OSPFv3 packets and all interfaces. 05:21:01 Displays the time stamp. Sending Ver:3 Sending OSPF3 version..
PAGE 1244
metric-type type-value route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords metric-type then an OSPFv3 link state type of 1 or 2 for default routes. The values are: • 1 = Type 1 external route • 2 = Type 2 external route (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of an established route map. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1245
Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.4.2.2 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1246
Command Modes ROUTER OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.4.2.2 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1247
Command History Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series and C-Series. ipv6 ospf authentication Configure an IPsec authentication policy for OSPFv3 packets on an IPv6 interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters ipv6 ospf authentication {null | ipsec spi number {MD5 | SHA1} [key-encryption-type] key}} null Causes an authentication policy configured for the area to not be inherited on the interface.
PAGE 1248
Usage Information Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Before you enable IPsec authentication on an OSPFv3 interface, first enable IPv6 unicast routing globally, configure an IPv6 address and enable OSPFv3 on the interface, and assign the interface to an area. An SPI value must be unique to one IPsec security policy (authentication or encryption) on the router.
PAGE 1249
remote system. The range is from 50 to 100. The default is 100. multiplier value Enter the keyword multiplier to specify the number of packets that must be missed in order to declare a session down. The range is from 3 to 50. The default is 3. role [active | passive] Enter the role that the local system assumes: • Active — The active system initiates the BFD session. Both systems can be active for the same session. • Passive — The passive system does not initiate a session.
PAGE 1250
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant FTOS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the FTOS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1251
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Usage Information By default, the dead interval is four times longer than the default hello-interval. Related Commands ipv6 ospf hello-interval – specifies the time interval between hello packets.
PAGE 1252
3DES - 48 or 96 hex digits; DES - 16 or 32 hex digits; AESCBC -32 or 64 hex digits for AES-128 and 48 or 96 hex digits for AES-192. authenticationalgorithm Specifies the authentication algorithm to use for encryption. Valid values are MD5 or SHA1. keyencryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Specifies if the authentication key is encrypted. key Text string used in authentication. Valid values: 0 (key is not encrypted) or 7 (key is encrypted).
PAGE 1253
Related Commands area encryption – configures an IPsec encryption policy for an OSPFv3 area. show crypto ipsec policy – displays the configuration of IPsec encryption policies. show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 – displays the security associations set up for OSPFv3 interfaces in encryption policies. ipv6 ospf graceful-restart helper-reject Configure an OSPFv3 interface to not act upon the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor.
PAGE 1254
ipv6 ospf hello-interval Specify the time interval between the hello packets sent on the interface. S4820T Syntax ipv6 ospf hello—interval seconds To return to the default time interval, enter no ipv6 ospf hello—interval. Parameters seconds Enter the time interval in seconds as the time between hello packets. The range is from 1 to 65525 seconds. Defaults 10 seconds (Ethernet). Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1255
Parameters number Defaults 1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History Usage Information Enter the number as the priority. The range is from 1 to 255. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Setting a priority of 0 makes the router ineligible for election as a Designated Router or Backup Designated Router.
PAGE 1256
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. maximum-paths Enable the software to forward packets over multiple paths. S4820T Syntax maximum-paths number To disable packet forwarding over multiple paths, use the no maximum-paths command. Parameters number Defaults 8 Command Modes ROUTER OSPF Command History Specify the number of paths. The range is from 1 to 64. The default is 8 paths. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1257
Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1258
redistribute Redistribute into OSPFv3. S4820T Syntax redistribute {bgp as number}{connected | static}[metric metricvalue | metric-type type-value] [route-map map-name] [tag tagvalue] To disable redistribution, use the no redistribute {connected | static} command. Parameters bgp as number Enter the keyword bgp then the autonomous system number. The range is from 1 to 65535. connected Enter the keyword connected to redistribute routes from physically connected interfaces.
PAGE 1259
The default is 0. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER OSPF for OSPFv2 ROUTER OSPFv3 for OSPFv3 Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1260
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced support for OSPFv3 on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 7.8.1.0 Added support for the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1261
Version 8.3.19.0 Usage Information Introduced on the S4820T. The show crypto ipsec policy command output displays the AH and ESP parameters configured in IPsec security policies, including the SPI number, keys, and algorithms used. When configured in a helper-reject role, an OSPFv3 router ignores the Grace LSAs that it receives from a restarting OSPFv3 neighbor. Related Commands show crypto ipsec sa ipv6– displays the IPsec security associations used on OSPFv3 interfaces.
PAGE 1262
show crypto ipsec policy Command Fields Field Description Policy name Displays the name of an IPsec policy. Policy refcount Number of interfaces on the router that use the policy. Inbound ESP SPI The encapsulating security payload (ESP) security policy index (SPI) for inbound and outbound links. Outbound ESP SPI Inbound ESP Auth Key The ESP authentication key for inbound and outbound links. Outbound ESP Auth Key Inbound ESP Cipher Key The ESP encryption key for inbound and outbound links.
PAGE 1263
Defaults No default behavior or values. Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.1. (0.0) Introduced on the S4810 and Z9000. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1264
inbound ah sas outbound ah sas inbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE outbound esp sas spi : 600 (0x258) transform : esp-des esp-sha1-hmac in use settings : {Transport, } replay detection support : N STATUS : ACTIVE show crypto ipsec sa ipv6 Command Fields Field Description Interface IPv6 interface Link local address IPv6 address of interface IPSecv6 policy name Name of the IPsec security policy
PAGE 1265
show ipv6 ospf database Display information in the OSPFv3 database, including link-state advertisements (LSAs). S4820T Syntax Parameters show ipv6 ospf database [database-summary | grace-lsa] databasesummary (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords database-summary to view a summary of database LSA information. grace-lsa (OPTIONAL): Enter the keywords grace-lsa to display the Type-11 Grace LSAs sent and received on an OSPFv3 router. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC EXEC Privilege Command History Version 9.
PAGE 1266
Example (databasesummary) Dell#show ipv6 ospf database database-summary OSPFv3 Router with ID (1.1.1.
PAGE 1267
Parameters interface Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History Usage Information (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following keywords and slot/ port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet and the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet and the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE and the slot/port information.
PAGE 1268
Dell# show ipv6 ospf neighbor Display the OSPF neighbor information on a per-interface basis. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ipv6 ospf neighbor [interface] interface Defaults none Command Modes EXEC (OPTIONAL) Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1269
Policy-based Routing (PBR) 40 Policy-based routing (PBR) allows you to apply routing policies to specific interfaces. To enable PBR, create a redirect list and apply it to the interface. After the redirect list is applied to the interface, all traffic passing through the interface is subject to the rules defined in the redirect list. PBR is supported by the Dell Networking Operating System (OS). The commands in this chapter are supported on the S4820T platform.
PAGE 1270
Related Commands ip redirect-list – enables an IP Redirect List. ip redirect-group Apply a redirect list (policy-based routing) on an interface. You can apply multiple redirect lists to an interface by entering this command multiple times. S4820T Syntax ip redirect-group redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list from an interface, use the no ip redirect-group name command. Parameters redirect-listname Enter the name of a configured redirect list.
PAGE 1271
• show ip redirect-list – displays the redirect-list configuration. ip redirect-list Configure a redirect list and enter REDIRECT-LIST mode. S4820T Syntax ip redirect-list redirect-list-name To remove a redirect list, use the no ip redirect-list command. Parameters redirect-listname Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History Enter the name of a redirect list. Version 9.4.0.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 1272
Parameters ip-protocolnumber Enter a number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header. protocol-type Enter one of the following keywords as the protocol type: ip for any internet protocol • tcp for transmission control protocol • udp for user datagram protocol Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter.
PAGE 1273
Version 8.4.2.1 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 8.4.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. redirect Configure a rule for the redirect list.
PAGE 1274
source Enter the IP address of the network or host from which the packets were sent. mask Enter a network mask in /prefix format (/x). any Enter the keyword any to specify that all traffic is subject to the filter. host ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address to specify a host IP address. destination Enter the IP address of the network or host to which the packets are sent. operator (OPTIONAL) For TCP and UDP parameters only.
PAGE 1275
Parameters sequencenumber Enter a number from 1 to 65535. permit Enter the keyword permit assign the sequence to the permit list. redirect Enter the keyword redirect to assign the sequence to the redirect list. ip-address Enter the IP address of the forwarding router. ip-protocolnumber Enter the keyword ip-protocol-number then the number from 0 to 255 for the protocol identified in the IP protocol header.
PAGE 1276
• source port Enter the keywords source-port then the port number to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule destinationport Enter the keywords destination-port then the port number to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule. source-portrange Enter the keywords Source-port-range then the range of the start port to end port to be matched in the ACL rule in the ICAP rule.
PAGE 1277
Command History Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Usage Information The show cam pbr command displays the PBR CAM content.
PAGE 1278
Command Modes Command History Example • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, and Z9000. Dell#show ip redirect-list test_pbr IP redirect-list test_pbr: Defined as: seq 5 redirect 1.1.1.2 ip host 22.22.2.22 33.33.3.0/24, Nexthop reachable (via Te 0/0), ARP resolved , seq 10 redirect 2.1.1.2 145 any host 44.4.4.4, Next-hop reachable (via Vl 100), ARP resolved , seq 15 redirect 3.1.1.2 tcp 55.1.3.0/24 host 66.6.6.
PAGE 1279
PIM-Sparse Mode (PIM-SM) 41 The protocol-independent multicast (PIM) commands are supported by the Dell Networking operating software on the S4820T platform. IPv4 PIM-Sparse Mode Commands The following describes the IPv4 PIM-sparse mode (PIM-SM) commands. clear ip pim rp-mapping The bootstrap router (BSR) feature uses this command to remove all or particular rendezvous point (RP) advertisement.
PAGE 1280
clear ip pim tib Clear PIM tree information from the PIM database. S4820T Syntax Parameters clear ip pim tib [group] group (OPTIONAL) Enter the multicast group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1281
To disable PIM debugging, use the no debug ip pim command or use the undebug all to disable all debugging command. Parameters bsr (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bsr to view PIM Candidate RP/BSR activities. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group to view PIM messages for a specific group. group (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword group to view PIM messages for a specific group. packet [in | out] (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword packet to view PIM packets.
PAGE 1282
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. ip pim bsr-border Define the border of PIM domain by filtering inbound and outbound PIM-BSR messages per interface. S4820T Syntax ip pim bsr-border To return to the default value, use the no ip pim bsr-border command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1283
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. hash-masklength (OPTIONAL) Enter the hash mask length. The range is from zero (0) to 32. The default is 30. priority (OPTIONAL) Enter the priority used in Bootstrap election process. The range is from zero (0) to 255.
PAGE 1284
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 1285
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list extended iptv-channels Dell(config-ext-nacl)# permit ip 10.1.2.3/24 225.1.1.
PAGE 1286
Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard map1 Dell(config-std-nacl)# permit 224.0.0.1/24 Dell(config-std-nacl)#exit Dell(conf)#int gig 1/1 Dell(config-if-gi-1/1)# ip pim ingress-interface-map map1 ip pim neighbor-filter To prevent a router from participating in protocol independent multicast (PIM), configure this feature. S4820T Syntax ip pim neighbor-filter {access-list} To remove the restriction, use the no ip pim neighbor-filter {accesslist} command.
PAGE 1287
ip pim query-interval Change the frequency of PIM Router-Query messages. S4820T Syntax ip pim query-interval seconds To return to the default value, use the no ip pim query-interval seconds command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the number of seconds between router query messages. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is 30 seconds. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1288
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1289
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 1290
priority (OPTIONAL) Enter the priority used in Bootstrap election process. The range is zero (0) to 255. The default is 192. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.
PAGE 1291
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. The interface must be enabled (the no shutdown command) and not have the switchport command configured. Multicast must also be enabled globally (using the ip multicast-lag-hashing command).
PAGE 1292
Usage Information Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series for the port-channels and the SSeries. Version 7.7.1.1 Introduced This command configures an expiration timer for all S.G entries, unless they are assigned to an Extended ACL. ip pim spt-threshold To switch to the shortest path tree when the traffic reaches the specified threshold value, configure the PIM router. S4820T Syntax ip pim spt-threshold value | infinity To return to the default value, use the no ip pim spt-threshold command.
PAGE 1293
no ip pim snooping dr-flood Disable the flooding of multicast packets to the PIM designated router. S4820T Syntax no ip pim snooping dr-flood To re-enable the flooding of multicast packets to the PIM designated router, use the ip pim snooping dr-flood command. Defaults Enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1294
show ip pim bsr-router View information on the Bootstrap router. S4820T Syntax show ip pim bsr-router Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.
PAGE 1295
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 1296
172.21.110.1 172.21.203.1 Gi 13/6 Gi 13/7 v2/S 0 v2/S 0 30 1 30 1 172.21.110.1 172.21.203.1 show ip pim neighbor View PIM neighbors. S4820T Syntax show ip pim neighbor Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 1297
Field Example Description • 1 = default Designated Router priority (use the ip pim dr-priority command) • DR = Designated Router • S = Sparse mode Dell#show ip pim neighbor Neighbor Interface Uptime/Expires Ver Address 127.87.3.4 Gi 7/16 09:44:58/00:01:24 v2 Dell# DR Prio/Mode 1 / S show ip pim rp View all multicast groups-to-RP mappings.
PAGE 1298
224.2.217.146 224.3.3.3 225.1.2.1 225.1.2.2 229.1.2.1 229.1.2.2 Dell# Example (Mapping) 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 165.87.20.4 Dell#sh ip pim rp mapping Group(s): 224.0.0.0/4 RP: 165.87.20.4, v2 Info source: 165.87.20.5, via bootstrap, priority 0 Uptime: 00:03:11, expires: 00:02:46 RP: 165.87.20.3, v2 Info source: 165.87.20.5, via bootstrap, priority 0 Uptime: 00:03:11, expires: 00:03:03 Dell# Example (Address) Dell#sh ip pim rp 229.1.2.1 Group RP 229.1.2.1 165.87.20.
PAGE 1299
Usage Information Example (#2) The following describes the show ip pim snooping interface commands shown in the following example. Field Description Interface Displays the VLAN interfaces with PIM-SM snooping enabled. Ver/Mode Displays the PIM version number for each VLAN interface with PIM-SM snooping enabled: • v2 = PIM version 2 • S = PIM Sparse mode Nbr Count Displays the number of neighbors learned through PIM-SM snooping on the interface.
PAGE 1300
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. The following describes the show ip pim snooping neighbor commands shown in the following example. Field Description Neighbor address Displays the IP address of the neighbor learned through PIM-SM snooping. Interface Displays the VLAN ID number and slot/port on which the PIM-SM-enabled neighbor was discovered.
PAGE 1301
group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to display TIB information PIM-SM snooping discovered for a specified multicast group. source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D) to display TIB information PIM-SM snooping discovered for a specified multicast source. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1302
Field Description • Example K=acknowledge pending state Incoming interface Displays the reverse path forwarding (RPF) interface towards the RP/ source. RPF neighbor Displays the next hop from this interface towards the RP/ source.
PAGE 1303
• Command History EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.1 Support for the display of PIM-SM snooping status was added on E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 1304
Memory usage: TIB Nexthop cache Interface table Neighbor table RP Mapping : : : : : 3768 bytes 0 bytes 992 bytes 528 bytes 0 bytes show ip pim tib View the PIM tree information base (TIB). S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip pim tib [group-address [source-address]] group-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the group address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D). source-address (OPTIONAL) Enter the source address in dotted decimal format (A.B.C.D).
PAGE 1305
Example Field Description expires Displays the amount of time until the entry expires and is removed from the database. RP Displays the IP address of the RP/source for this entry.
PAGE 1306
Incoming interface: GigabitEthernet 4/23, RPF neighbor 10.211.1.2 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 8/0 (*, 226.1.1.3), uptime 00:18:08, expires 00:00:52, RP 10.211.2.1, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: GigabitEthernet 4/23, RPF neighbor 10.211.1.2 Outgoing interface list: GigabitEthernet 8/0 (*, 226.1.1.4), uptime 00:18:08, expires 00:00:52, RP 10.211.2.1, flags: SCJ Incoming interface: GigabitEthernet 4/23, RPF neighbor 10.211.1.
PAGE 1307
42 Port Monitoring The port monitoring feature allows you to monitor network traffic by forwarding a copy of each incoming or outgoing packet from one port to another port. The commands in this chapter are supported on the S4820T platform. Important Points to Remember • Port monitoring is supported on physical ports and logical interfaces, such as Port Channels and virtual local area networks (VLANs). • The monitoring (destination, “MG”) and monitored (source, “MD”) ports must be on the same switch.
PAGE 1308
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.1.1.
PAGE 1309
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.4(0.0) Added support for the rpm/erpm option on the S4820T. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the MXL. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1310
Example Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-mon-sess-1)#show config ! monitor session 1 source TenGigabitEthernet 0/1 destination Port-channel 1 direction rx show monitor session Display information about monitoring sessions.
PAGE 1311
Example Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show monitor session SessID Source Destination IP Dest IP ------ ------------------------------1 Vl 10 Te 0/8 A N/A Dir Mode --- ---- rx Flow Source N/ monitor session — creates a monitoring session.
PAGE 1312
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The monitoring command is saved in the running configuration at the Monitor Session mode level and can be restored after a chassis reload.
PAGE 1313
destination interface direction {rx | tx | both} Enter the keyword destination to specify the destination interface. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a port channel interface, enter the keyword portchannel followed by the port-channel id .
PAGE 1314
Example 1314 Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1315
Private VLAN (PVLAN) 43 The private VLAN (PVLAN) feature of the Dell Networking operating software is supported on the S4820T platforms. Private VLANs extend the Dell Networking OS security suite by providing Layer 2 isolation between ports within the same private VLAN. A private VLAN partitions a traditional VLAN into subdomains identified by a primary and secondary VLAN pair. The Dell Networking OS private VLAN implementation is based on RFC 3069. For more information, refer to the following commands.
PAGE 1316
Port Types: • Community port: A community port is a port that belongs to a community VLAN and is allowed to communicate with other ports in the same community VLAN and with promiscuous ports. • Isolated port: An isolated port is a port that, in Layer 2, can only communicate with promiscuous ports that are in the same PVLAN. • Promiscuous port: A promiscuous port is a port that is allowed to communicate with any other port type.
PAGE 1317
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. private-vlan mode — sets the mode of the selected VLAN to community, isolated, or primary. private-vlan mapping secondary-vlan — maps secondary VLANs to the selected primary VLAN. show arp — displays the ARP table. switchport mode private-vlan — sets PVLAN mode of the selected port.
PAGE 1318
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. The VLAN: • can be in only one mode, either community, isolated, or primary. • mode ode to community or isolated even before associating it to a primary VLAN.
PAGE 1319
Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1320
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1321
Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+) 44 The Dell Networking operating software implementation of per-VLAN spanning tree plus (PVST+) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning tree protocol. Dell Networking OS supports PVST+ on the S4820T platform. NOTE: For easier command line entry, the plus (+) sign is not used at the command line. description Enter a description of the PVST+. S4820T Syntax description {description} To remove the description, use the no description {description} command.
PAGE 1322
Related Commands protocol spanning-tree pvst — enter SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable PVST+ globally. S4820T Syntax disable To enable PVST+, use the no disable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1323
extend system-id To augment the Bridge ID with a VLAN ID so that PVST+ differentiate between BPDUs for each VLAN, use extend system ID. If the VLAN receives a BPDU meant for another VLAN, PVST+ does not detect a loop, and both ports can remain in Forwarding state. S4820T Syntax extend system-id Defaults Disabled Command Modes PROTOCOL PVST Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1324
protocol spanning-tree pvst To enable PVST+ on a device, enter the PVST+ mode. S4820T Syntax protocol spanning-tree pvst To disable PVST+, use the disable command. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1325
show spanning-tree pvst View the Per-VLAN spanning tree configuration. S4820T Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree pvst [vlan vlan-id] [brief] [guard] vlan vlan-id (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN ID. The range is 1 to 4094. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to view a synopsis of the PVST+ configuration information.
PAGE 1326
Usage Information Example (Brief) Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.0 Expanded to display port error disable state (EDS) caused by loopback BPDU inconsistency and Port VLAN ID inconsistency. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced. The following describes the show spanning-tree pvst command shown in the following examples. Field Description Interface Name PVST interface. Instance PVST instance.
PAGE 1327
Number of topology changes 3, last change occured 00:57:00 Port 130 (GigabitEthernet 1/0) is designated Forwarding Port path cost 20000, Port priority 128, Port Identifier 128.130 Designated root has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated bridge has priority 4096, address 0001.e805.e3:06 Designated port id is 128.
PAGE 1328
Edge port:no (default) port guard :none (default) Link type: point-to-point (auto) bpdu filter:disable (default) Bpdu guard :disable (default) Bpdus sent 1, received 0 Interface Designated Name PortID Prio Cost Sts Cost Bridge ID PortID --------------------------------------------------------Gi 1/0 128.1223 128 20000 EDS 0 32768 0001.e800.a12b 128.
PAGE 1329
vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. cost number Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000. Defaults: • 100 Mb/s Ethernet interface = 200000. • 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 20000. • 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface = 2000. • Port Channel interface with one 100 Mb/s Ethernet = 200000. • Port Channel interface with one 1 Gigabit Ethernet = 20000. • Port Channel interface with one 10 Gigabit Ethernet = 2000.
PAGE 1330
Usage Information Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced the hardware shutdown-on-violation option. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Added the optional Bridge Port Data Unit (BPDU) guard. Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced. The BPDU guard option prevents the port from participating in an active STP topology in case a BPDU appears on a port unintentionally, or is misconfigured, or is subject to a DOS attack.
PAGE 1331
Related Commands show spanning-tree pvst — views the PVST+ configuration. spanning-tree pvst err-disable Place ports in an Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members an untagged VLAN. S4820T Syntax spanning-tree pvst err-disable cause invalid-pvst-bpdu Defaults Enabled; ports are placed in the Err-Disabled state if they receive a PVST+ BPDU when they are members of an untagged VLAN. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1332
tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification. S4820T Syntax tc-flush-standard To disable, use the no tc-flush-standard command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1333
Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. bridge-priority value Enter the keywords bridge-priority then the bridge priority value in increments of 4096. The range is from 0 to 61440. The default is 32768. Defaults 32768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1334
Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. forward-delay seconds Enter the keywords forward-delay then the time interval, in seconds, that Dell Networking OS waits before transitioning PVST+ to the forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30 seconds. The default is 15 seconds. Defaults 15 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1335
Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. hello-time seconds Enter the keywords hello-time then the time interval, in seconds, between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. Defaults 2 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1336
Parameters vlan vlan-range Enter the keyword vlan then the VLAN numbers. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-age seconds Enter the keywords max-age then the time interval, in seconds, that Dell Networking OS waits before refreshing configuration information. The range is from 6 to 40 seconds. The default is 20 seconds. Defaults 20 seconds Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-pvst) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1337
Quality of Service (QoS) 45 The Dell Networking operating software commands for quality of service (QoS) include traffic conditioning and congestion control. QoS commands are not universally supported on all Dell Networking Products.S4820T platform. This chapter contains the following sections: • Global Configuration Commands • Per-Port QoS Commands • Policy-Based QoS Commands Global Configuration Commands There is only one global configuration QoS command.
PAGE 1338
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced. Per-Port QoS Commands Per-port QoS (port-based QoS) allows you to define the QoS configuration on a per-physical-port basis. dot1p-priority Assign a value to the IEEE 802.1p bits on the traffic this interface receives. S4820T Syntax dot1p-priority priority-value To delete the IEEE 802.
PAGE 1339
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The dot1p-priority command changes the priority of incoming traffic on the interface. The system places traffic marked with a priority in the correct queue and processes that traffic according to its queue.
PAGE 1340
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Added the kbps option on the C-Series, E-Series, and SSeries.
PAGE 1341
Defaults Granularity for rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.
PAGE 1342
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1343
Version 8.3.7.0 Usage Information Introduced on the S4810. To honor all incoming 802.1p markings on incoming switched traffic on the interface, enter this command. By default, this facility is not enabled (that is, the 802.1p markings on incoming traffic are not honored). You can apply this command on both physical interfaces and port channels.
PAGE 1344
Usage Information After you configure a unicast queue as strict-priority, that particular queue, on the entire chassis, is treated as a strict-priority queue. Traffic for a strict priority is scheduled before any other queues are serviced. For example, if you send 100% line rate traffic over the SP queue, it starves all other queues on the ports on which this traffic is flowing. Policy-Based QoS Commands Policy-based traffic classification is handled with class maps.
PAGE 1345
Usage Information The unit of bandwidth percentage is 1%. If the sum of the bandwidth percentages given to all eight classes exceeds 100%, the bandwidth percentage automatically scales down to 100%. Related Commands qos-policy-output — creates a QoS output policy. class-map Create/access a class map. Class maps differentiate traffic so that you can apply separate quality-ofservice policies to each class.
PAGE 1346
Version 8.2.1.0 Class-map names can be 32 characters. Layer2 available on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 E-Series Only: Expanded to add support for Layer 2. Usage Information Packets arriving at the input interface are checked against the match criteria and configured using this command to determine if the packet belongs to that class.
PAGE 1347
Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.18.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1348
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced. policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. policy-map-output — creates an output policy map. qos-policy-input — creates an input QoS-policy on the router. qos-policy-output — creates an output QoS-policy on the router. wred-profile — creates a WRED profile.
PAGE 1349
Command Modes CLASS-MAP CONFIGURATION (config-class-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1350
Command Modes CLASS-MAP CONFIGURATION (config-class-map) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.5(0.0) Added the ipv6 and ip-any options on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1351
ip-any Enter the keyword ip-any to support IPv4 and IPv6 traffic. ipprecedence-list Enter the IP precedence value(s) as the match criteria. Separate values by commas — no spaces ( 1,2,3 ) or indicate a list of values separated by a hyphen (1-3). The range is from 0 to 7. set-ip-dscp value (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords set-ip-dscp then the IP DSCP value. The matched traffic is marked with the DSCP value. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 1352
match mac access-group Configure a match criterion for a class map, based on the contents of the designated MAC ACL. S4820T Syntax Parameters match mac access-group {mac-acl-name} mac-acl-name Enter a MAC ACL name. Its contents is used as the match criteria in the class map. Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1353
Defaults none Command Modes CLASS-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1354
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced. Usage Information To access this command, enter the class-map command. You can match against only one VLAN ID. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. policy-aggregate Allow an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS via policy maps. An aggregate QoS policy is part of the policy map (output) applied on an interface.
PAGE 1355
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. policy-map-input — creates an input policy map. policy-map-output — creates an output policy map (E-Series Only). policy-map-input Create an input policy map. S4820T Syntax policy-map-input policy-map-name cpu-qos | [layer2] To remove an input policy map, use the no policy-map-input policy-mapname cpu-qos | [layer2] command.
PAGE 1356
maintained. As a result, the Matched Packets value shown in the “show qos statistics” command is reset. Related Commands service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues. policy-aggregate — allows an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS using policy maps. service-policy input — applies an input policy map to the selected interface. policy-map-output Create an output policy map.
PAGE 1357
Related Commands service-queue — assigns a class map and QoS policy to different queues. policy-aggregate — allows an aggregate method of configuring per-port QoS using policy maps. service-policy output — applies an output policy map to the selected interface. qos-policy-input Create a QoS input policy on the router. S4820T Syntax qos-policy-input qos-policy-name cpu-qos | layer2 To remove an existing input QoS policy from the router, use the no qos-policyinput qos-policy-name cpu-qos | layer2 command.
PAGE 1358
maintained. As a result, the Matched Packets value shown in the show qos statistics command is reset. Related Commands rate police — incoming traffic policing function. qos-policy-output Create a QoS output policy. S4820T Syntax qos-policy-output qos-policy-name To remove an existing output QoS policy, use the no qos-policy-output qospolicy-name command. Parameters qos-policyname Enter your output QoS policy name in character format (32 characters maximum).
PAGE 1359
Related Commands bandwidth-percentage — assigns weight to the class/queue. wred — assigns yellow or green drop precedence. queue egress Assign a WRED Curve to all eight egress Multicast queues or designate the percentage for the Multicast bandwidth queue.
PAGE 1360
Usage Information Version 8.3.8.10 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.5.1.0 Added support for multicast-bandwidth. Version 7.4.1.0 and 6.5.3.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command does not uniquely identify a queue, but rather identifies only a set of queues. The WRED curve is applied to all eight egress Multicast queues. Important Points to Remember — Multicast-Bandwidth Option • A unique multicast weighted fair queuing (WFQ) setting can be applied only on a per port-pipe basis.
PAGE 1361
maximum). Or use one of the pre-defined WRED profile names. Pre-defined Profiles: wred_drop, wred-ge_y, wred_ge_g, wred_teng_y, wred_teng_g. Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1362
peak peak-rate (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword peak then a number to specify the peak rate in Mbps. The range is from 0 to 40000. The default is the same as designated for committed-rate. Defaults Burst size is 100KB. peak-rate is by default the same as committed-rate. Granularity for committed-rate and peak-rate is Mbps unless you use the kbps option. Command Modes QOS-POLICY-IN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1363
Command Modes QOS-POLICY-OUT Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1364
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. You can attach a single policy-map to one or more interfaces to specify the service-policy for those interfaces. A policy map attached to an interface can be modified. NOTE: The service-policy commands are not allowed on a port channel.
PAGE 1365
Usage Information A single policy-map can be attached to one or more interfaces to specify the service-policy for those interfaces. A policy map attached to an interface can be modified. Related Commands policy-map-output — creates an output policy map. service-queue Assign a class map and QoS policy to different queues.
PAGE 1366
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information There are eight queues per interface on the S6000 and four queues on the SSeries. This command assigns a class map or QoS policy to different queues. Related Commands class-map — identifies the class map. service-policy input — applies an input policy map to the selected interface.
PAGE 1367
show qos class-map View the current class map information. S4820T Syntax Parameters show qos class-map [class-name] class-name (Optional) Enter the name of a configured class map. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1368
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. service-class dot1p-mapping — Identifies the class map.
PAGE 1369
Example (IPv4) Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1370
Parameters policy-mapname Enter the policy map name. class classmap-name Enter the keyword class then the class map name. qos-policyinput qospolicy-name Enter the keyword qos-policy-input then the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1371
Parameters policy-mapname Enter the policy map name. qos-policyoutput qospolicy-name Enter the keyword qos-policy-output then the QoS policy name. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 1372
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1373
Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show qos qos-policy-output Qos-policy-output qosOut Rate-limit 50 50 peak 50 50 Wred yellow 1 Wred green 1 show qos statistics View QoS statistics.
PAGE 1374
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. show qos wred-profile View the WRED profile details. S4820T Syntax Parameters show qos wred-profile wred-profile-name wred-profilename Enter the WRED profile name to view the profile details.
PAGE 1375
50 Dell# test cam-usage Check the Input Policy Map configuration for the CAM usage. S4820T Syntax Parameters test cam-usage service-policy input policy-map stack-unit {[number port-set portpipe number] | [all]} policy-map Enter the policy map name. stackunitnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword stack-unit then the stackunit slot number. port-set portpipe number Enter the keywords port-set then the stack-unit port pipe number. The range is from 0 or 1.
PAGE 1376
The following describes the text cam-usage service-policy input policy-map stack-unit command shown in the following example. Field Description stack-unit Indicates the stack-unit slot number. Portpipe Indicates the portpipe number. CAM Partition The CAM space where the rules are added. Available CAM Indicates the free CAM space, in the partition, for the classification rules.
PAGE 1377
13 1 Allowed (2) Dell# … L2ACL 400 200 threshold Specify the minimum and maximum threshold values for the configured WRED profiles. S4820T Syntax threshold min number max number max-drop-probability To remove the threshold values, use the no threshold min number max number command. Parameters min number Enter the keyword min then the minimum threshold number for the WRED profile. The range is from 1 to 9360.
PAGE 1378
trust Specify dynamic classification (DSCP) or dot1p to trust. S4820T Syntax Parameters trust {diffserv [fallback]| dot1p [fallback]} diffserv Enter the keyword diffserv to specify trust of DSCP markings. dot1p Enter the keyword dot1p to specify trust dot1p configuration. fallback Enter the keyword fallback to classify packets according to their DSCP value as a secondary option in case no match occurs against the configured class maps.
PAGE 1379
DSCP/CP hex Range (XXX) DSCP Definition Traditional IP Precedenc e S6000 Internal Queue ID S-Series Internal Queue ID DSCP/CP Decimal 111XXX Network Control 7 3 48–63 110XXX Internetwo rk Control 6 3 48–63 101XXX EF (Expedited Forwarding ) CRITIC/EC P 5 2 32–47 100XXX AF4 (Assured Forwarding ) Flash Override 4 2 32–47 011XXX AF3 Flash 3 1 16–31 010XXX AF2 Immediate 2 1 16–31 001XXX AF1 Priority 1 0 0–15 000XXX BE (Best Effort) Best Effort 0 0 0–15 wred Des
PAGE 1380
Defaults When WRED green is applied, default WRED yellow profiles take effect and viceversa. Command Modes CONFIGURATION (conf-qos-policy-out) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1381
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820t. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. When you enable wred ecn, and the number of packets in the queue is below the minimum threshold, packets are transmitted per the usual WRED treatment.
PAGE 1382
If green profile is applied, default yellow also take effect and vice-versa. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1383
Red Enter the red keyword. Traffic marked as red is dropped. dscp-list Enter a list of IP DSCP values. The dscp-list parameter specifies the full list of IP DSCP value(s) for the specified color. Each DSCP value in a list is separate values by commas – no spaces (1,2,3) or indicates a list of values separated by a hyphen (1-3). Range is 0 to 63. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIG-COLOR-MAP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1384
qos dscp-color-map Configure the DSCP color map. Syntax qos dscp-color-map map-name To remove a color map, use the no qos dscp-color-map map-name command. Parameters map-name Enter the name of the DSCP color map. The map name can have a maximum of 32 characters. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1385
Parameters color-mapprofile-name Enter the color map profile name. The name can have a maximum of 32 characters. Defaults None Command Modes CONFIG-INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.5.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL.
PAGE 1386
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.5.0.0 Example Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Display summary information about a color policy on one or more interfaces.
PAGE 1387
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.5.0.0 Example Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Display all DSCP color maps. Dell# show qos dscp-color-map Dscp-color-map mapONE yellow 4,7 red 20,30 Dscp-color-map mapTWO yellow 16,55 Display a specific DSCP color map.
PAGE 1388
Routing Information Protocol (RIP) 46 Routing information protocol (RIP) is a distance vector routing protocol. The Dell Networking operating software supports both RIP version 1 (RIPv1) and RIP version 2 (RIPv2) on the S4820T platform. The Dell Networking OS implementation of RIP is based on IETF RFCs 2453 and RFC 1058. For more information about configuring RIP, refer to the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1389
clear ip rip Update all the RIP routes in the Dell Networking OS routing table. S4820T Syntax clear ip rip Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.
PAGE 1390
• For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. database (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword database to display messages when there is a change to the RIP database.
PAGE 1391
To return to the default values, use the no default-information originate command. Parameters always (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword always to enable the switch software to always advertise the default route. metric metricvalue (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword metric then a number as the metric value. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. route-map map-name (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords route-map then the name of a configured route-map. Defaults Disabled. Metric: 1.
PAGE 1392
Parameters number Specify a number. The range is from 1 to 16. The default is 1. Defaults 1 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1393
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1394
Defaults weight = 120 Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1395
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a VLAN, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 1396
interface (OPTIONAL) Identifies the interface type slot/port as one of the following: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/ port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1397
ip poison-reverse Set the prefix of the RIP routing updates to the RIP infinity value. S4820T Syntax ip poison-reverse To disable poison reverse, use the no ip poison-reverse command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1398
2 (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 2 for RIP version 2. Defaults RIPv1 and RIPv2 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1399
Defaults RIPv1 Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1400
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip poison-reverse — sets the prefix for RIP routing updates. maximum-paths Set RIP to forward packets over multiple paths.
PAGE 1401
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. RIP supports a maximum of 16 ECMP paths. neighbor Define a neighbor router with which to exchange RIP information. S4820T Syntax neighbor ip-address To delete a neighbor setting, use the no neighbor ip-address command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IP address, in dotted decimal format, of a router with which to exchange information. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1402
To ensure that only specific interfaces are receiving and sending data, use the passive-interface command with the neighbor command. Related Commands passive-interface — sets the interface to only listen to RIP broadcasts. network Enable RIP for a specified network. To enable RIP on all networks connected to the switch, use this command. S4820T Syntax network ip-address To disable RIP for a network, use the no network ip-address command.
PAGE 1403
offset-list Specify a number to add to the incoming or outgoing route metrics learned using RIP. S4820T Syntax offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] To delete an offset list, use the no offset-list prefix-list-name {in | out} offset [interface] command. Parameters prefix-listname Enter the name of an established Prefix list to determine which incoming routes are modified.
PAGE 1404
Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information When the offset metric is applied to an interface, that value takes precedence over an offset value that is not extended to an interface. Related Commands ip prefix-list — enters PREFIX-LIST mode and configure a prefix list. output-delay Set the interpacket delay of successive packets to the same neighbor.
PAGE 1405
Usage Information This command is intended for low-speed interfaces. passive-interface Suppress routing updates on a specified interface. S4820T Syntax passive-interface interface To delete a passive interface, use the no passive-interface interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128.
PAGE 1406
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information Although the passive interface does not send or receive routing updates, the network on that interface still includes in RIP updates sent using other interfaces. Related Commands neighbor — enables RIP for a specified network. network — defines a neighbor. redistribute Redistribute information from other routing instances.
PAGE 1407
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To redistribute the default route (0.0.0.0/0), configure the default-information originate command. Related Commands default-information originate — generates a default route for RIP traffic. redistribute isis Redistribute routing information from an IS-IS instance.
PAGE 1408
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. redistribute ospf Redistribute routing information from an OSPF process.
PAGE 1409
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. router rip To configure and enable RIP, enter ROUTER RIP mode. S4820T Syntax router rip To disable RIP, use the no router rip command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1410
Related Commands network — enables RIP. exit — returns to CONFIGURATION mode. show config Display the changes you made to the RIP configuration. The default values are not shown. S4820T Syntax show config Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1411
show ip rip database Display the routes that RIP learns. If the switch learned no RIP routes, no output is generated. S4820T Syntax Parameters show ip rip database [ip-address mask] ip-address (OPTIONAL) Specify an IP address in dotted decimal format to view RIP information on that network only. If you enter an IP address, also enter a mask for that IP address. mask (OPTIONAL) Specify a mask, in /network format, for the IP address.
PAGE 1412
Example Dell#show ip rip database Total number of routes in RIP database: 1624 204.250.54.0/24 [50/1] via 192.14.1.3, 00:00:12, GigabitEthernet 9/15 204.250.54.0/24 auto-summary 203.250.49.0/24 [50/1] via 192.13.1.3, 00:00:12, GigabitEthernet 9/14 203.250.49.0/24 auto-summary 210.250.40.0/24 [50/2] via 1.1.18.2, 00:00:14, Vlan 18 [50/2] via 1.1.130.2, 00:00:12, Port-channel 30 210.250.40.0/24 auto-summary 207.250.53.0/24 [50/2] via 1.1.120.2, 00:00:55, Port-channel 20 [50/2] via 1.1.130.
PAGE 1413
Example show running-config rip ! router rip distribute-list Test1 in distribute-list Test21 out network 10.0.0.0 passive-interface GigabitEthernet 2/0 neighbor 20.20.20.20 redistribute ospf 999 version 2 timers basic Manipulate the RIP timers for routing updates, invalid, holddown times, and flush time. S4820T Syntax timers basic update invalid holddown flush To return to the default settings, use the no timers basic command.
PAGE 1414
Command Modes ROUTER RIP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1415
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. ip rip receive version — sets the RIP version the interface receives. ip rip send version — sets the RIP version the interface sends.
PAGE 1416
47 Remote Monitoring (RMON) The Dell Networking operating software remote monitoring (RMON) is implemented on the S4820T platform. Dell Networking OS RMON is based on IEEE standards, providing both 32-bit and 64-bit monitoring and long-term statistics collection.
PAGE 1417
Parameters number Enter the alarm integer number from 1 to 65535. The value must be unique in the RMON alarm table. variable Enter the MIB object to monitor. The variable must be in the SNMP OID format; for example, 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3. The object type must be a 32-bit integer. interval Time, in seconds, the alarm monitors the MIB variables; this is the alarmSampleType in the RMON alarm table. The range is from 5 to 3600 seconds. delta Enter the keyword delta to test the change between MIB variables.
PAGE 1418
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection history Enable the RMON MIB history group of statistics collection on an interface.
PAGE 1419
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon collection statistics Enable RMON MIB statistics collection on an interface.
PAGE 1420
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon event Add an event in the RMON event table. S4820T Syntax rmon event number [log] [trap community] [description string] To disable RMON on an interface, use the no rmon event number command. Parameters number Assign an event number in integer format. The range is from 1 to 65535. You must ensure that the value you enter is unique in the RMON event table.
PAGE 1421
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. rmon hc-alarm Set an alarm on any MIB object. S4820T Syntax rmon hc-alarm number variable interval {delta | absolute} rising-threshold value event-number falling-threshold value event-number [owner string] To disable the alarm, use the no rmon hc-alarm number command.
PAGE 1422
fallingthreshold value event-number Enter the keywords falling-threshold then the value (64 bit) the falling-threshold alarm is either triggered or reset. Then enter the event-number to trigger when the falling threshold exceeds its limit. This value is the same as the alarmFallingEventIndex or the alarmTable of the RMON MIB. If there is no corresponding falling-threshold event, the value is zero. owner string (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword owner then the owner name to specify an owner for the alarm.
PAGE 1423
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell# show rmon RMON status total memory used 218840 bytes.
PAGE 1424
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example (Index) Dell#show rmon alarm 1 RMON alarm entry 1 sample Interval: 5 object: 1.3.6.1.2.1.1.3 sample type: absolute value. value: 255161 alarm type: rising or falling alarm.
PAGE 1425
show rmon events Display the contents of the RMON event table. S4820T Syntax Parameters show rmon events [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON event table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1426
RMON event entry 113 description: event type: SNMP TRAP. event community: private event last time sent: none event owner: event status: OK RMON event entry 114 description: event type: LOG and SNMP TRAP.
PAGE 1427
Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1428
show rmon history Display the contents of the RMON Ethernet history table. S4820T Syntax Parameters show rmon history [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet history table in an easy-to-read format Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1429
9002 134529054 TenGigabitEthernet 3/0 9003 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet 3/1 9004 134791198 TenGigabitEthernet 3/1 Dell# show rmon log Display the contents of the RMON log table. S4820T Syntax Parameters show rmon log [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON log table in an easy-to-read format. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1430
Example (Brief) Dell#show rmon log br eventIndex description -----------------------------2 2 4 4 Dell# show rmon statistics Display the contents of RMON Ethernet statistics table. S4820T Syntax Parameters show rmon statistics [index] [brief] index (OPTIONAL) Enter the table index number to display just that entry. brief (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword brief to display the RMON Ethernet statistics table in an easy-to-read format.
PAGE 1431
CRC error: 0 under-size packets: 0 over-size packets: 0 fragment errors: 0 jabber errors: 0 collision: 0 64bytes packets: 0 65-127 bytes packets: 0 128-255 bytes packets: 0 256-511 bytes packets: 0 512-1023 bytes packets: 0 1024-1518 bytes packets: 0 owner: 1 status: OK HC packets received overflow: 0 HC packets received: 0 HC bytes received overflow: 0 HC bytes received: 0 HC 64bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 64bytes packets: 0 HC 65-127 bytes packets overflow: 0 HC 65-127 bytes packets:
PAGE 1432
Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP) 48 The Dell Networking operating software implementation of rapid spanning tree protocol (RSTP) is based on the IEEE 802.1w standard spanning-tree protocol. The RSTP algorithm configures connectivity throughout a bridged local area network (LAN) that is comprised of LANs interconnected by bridges. Dell Networking OS supports RSTP on the S4820T platform. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority for RSTP.
PAGE 1433
Version 6.2.1.1 Related Commands Introduced on the E-Series. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters rapid spanning tree mode. debug spanning-tree rstp Enable debugging of RSTP and view information on the protocol. S4820T Syntax debug spanning-tree rstp [all | bpdu interface {in | out} | events] To disable debugging, use the no debug spanning-tree rstp command. Parameters all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations.
PAGE 1434
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1435
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. pre-7.7.1.0 Introduced. protocol spanning-tree rstp — enters SPANNING TREE mode on the switch. disable Disable RSTP globally on the system. S4820T Syntax disable To enable Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol, use the no disable command. Defaults RSTP is disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1436
forward-delay Configure the amount of time the interface waits in the Listening State and the Learning State before transitioning to the Forwarding State. S4820T Syntax forward-delay seconds To return to the default setting, use the no forward-delay command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds that FTOS waits before transitioning RSTP to the forwarding state. The range is from 4 to 30. The default is 15 seconds.
PAGE 1437
hello-time Set the time interval between the generation of the RSTP bridge protocol data units (BPDUs). S4820T Syntax hello-time [milli-second] seconds To return to the default value, use the no hello-time command. Parameters seconds Enter a number as the time interval between transmission of BPDUs. The range is from 1 to 10 seconds. The default is 2 seconds. milli-second Enter the keywords milli-second to configure a hello time on the order of milliseconds.
PAGE 1438
Related Commands forward-delay — changes the wait time before RSTP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before RSTP refreshes the protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the RSTP bridge. S4820T Syntax max-age seconds To return to the default values, use the no max-age command.
PAGE 1439
hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree rstp To configure RSTP, enter RSTP mode. S4820T Syntax protocol spanning-tree rstp To exit RSTP mode, use the exit command. Defaults Not configured Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1440
show config View the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values are displayed. S4820T Syntax show config Command Modes CONFIGURATION RSTP (conf-rstp) Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1441
Command Modes Command History Usage Information Example (Brief) • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the CSeries, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.4.1.
PAGE 1442
Gi 4/9 Altr 128.427 128 20000 BLK 20000 P2P Dell# Example (EDS, LBK) No NOTE: “LBK_INC” (bold) means Loopback BPDU Inconsistency. Dell#show spanning-tree rstp br Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Root ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.6aa8 Root Bridge hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 Bridge ID Priority 32768, Address 0001.e801.
PAGE 1443
spanning-tree rstp Configure an RSTP interface with one of these settings: port cost, edge port with optional bridge port data unit (BPDU) guard, port priority, loop guard, or root guard. S4820T Syntax Parameters spanning-tree rstp {cost port-cost | edge-port [bpduguard [shutdown-on-violation]] | priority priority | {loopguard | rootguard}} cost port-cost Enter the keyword cost then the port cost value. The range is from 1 to 200000.
PAGE 1444
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.
PAGE 1445
• Example If no BPDU is received from a remote device, loop guard places the port in a Loop-Inconsistent Blocking state and no traffic is forwarded on the port. Dell(conf)#interface gigabitethernet 4/0 Dell(conf-if-gi-4/0)#spanning-tree rstp edge-port Dell(conf-if-gi-4/0)#show config ! interface GigabitEthernet 4/0 no ip address switchport spanning-tree rstp edge-port no shutdown Dell# tc-flush-standard Enable the MAC address flushing after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1446
knob command to enable flushing MAC addresses after receiving every topology change notification.
PAGE 1447
Software-Defined Networking (SDN) 49 Dell Networking operating software supports Software-Defined Networking (SDN). For more information, refer to the SDN Deployment Guide.
PAGE 1448
50 Security Most of the commands in this chapter are available on the S4820T platform. This chapter contains various types of security commands offered in the Dell Networking operating software. The commands are listed in the following sections: • AAA Accounting Commands • Authorization and Privilege Commands • Authentication and Password Commands • RADIUS Commands • TACACS+ Commands • Port Authentication (802.
PAGE 1449
Parameters system Enter the keyword system to send accounting information of any other AAA configuration. exec Enter the keyword exec to send accounting information when a user has logged in to EXEC mode. commands {level | role role-name Enter the keyword command then a privilege level for accounting of commands executed at that privilege level or enter the keyword role then the role name for accounting of commands executed by a user with that user role.
PAGE 1450
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. In the example above, TACACS+ accounting is used to track all usage of EXEC command and commands on privilege level 15. Privilege level 15 is the default. If you want to track usage at privilege level 1 for example, use the aaa accounting command 1 command.
PAGE 1451
Usage Information Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking OS issues accounting records for all users on the system, including users whose username string, due to protocol translation, is NULL. For example, a user who comes on line with the aaa authentication login method-list none command is applied.
PAGE 1452
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. aaa accounting — enables AAA Accounting and creates a record for monitoring the accounting function. show accounting Display the active accounting sessions for each online user.
PAGE 1453
service=shell Active accounted actions on tty4, User Task ID 11, EXEC Accounting record, service=shell Active accounted actions on tty5, User Task ID 16, EXEC Accounting record, service=shell Dell# Related Commands ad Priv 15 Role 00:00:35 Elapsed, ad1 Priv 1 Role sysadmin 00:00:04 Elapsed, aaa accounting — enables AAA Accounting and creates a record for monitoring the accounting function.
PAGE 1454
Related Commands Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. Version 6.3.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1455
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.5(0.0) Added support for roles on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1456
Version 7.5.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the aaa authorization commands command configures the system to check both EXEC level and CONFIGURATION level commands. Use the command no aaa authorization config-commands to enable only EXEClevel command checking. aaa authorization exec Set parameters that restrict (or permit) a user’s access to EXEC-level commands.
PAGE 1457
privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) Change the access or privilege level of one or more commands. S4820T Syntax privilege mode {level level command | reset command} To delete access to a level and command, use the no privilege mode level level command command.
PAGE 1458
Usage Information Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. To define a password for the level to which you are assigning privilege or access, use the enable password command. privilege level (LINE mode) Change the access level for users on the terminal lines.
PAGE 1459
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Obscure Password Commands To enable the obscure password, use the following commands. service obscure-passwords Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys. Syntax service obscure-passwords Enable the obscuring of passwords and keys, including RADIUS, TACACS+ keys, router authentication strings, VRRP authentication, use the service obscurepasswords command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1460
If you are using role-based access control (RBAC), only the system administrator and security administrator roles can enable the service obscure-password command. Related Commands show running-config— Display the current configuration and display changes from the default values. service password-encryption— Encrypts all passwords configured in the system. Authentication and Password Commands To manage access to the system, use the following the commands.
PAGE 1461
Defaults Use the enable password. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1462
aaa authentication login Configure AAA Authentication method lists for user access to EXEC mode (Enable log-in). S4820T Syntax aaa authentication login {method-list-name | default} method [... method4] To return to the default setting, use the no aaa authentication login {method-list-name | default} command. Parameters method-listname Enter a text string (up to 16 characters long) as the name of a user-configured method list that can be applied to different lines.
PAGE 1463
Usage Information Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. By default, the locally configured username password is used.
PAGE 1464
access-class Restrict incoming connections to a particular IP address in a defined IP access control list (ACL). S4820T Syntax access-class access-list-name To delete a setting, use the no access-class command. Parameters access-listname Enter the name of an established IP Standard ACL. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1465
enable password Change the password for the enable command. S4820T Syntax enable password [level level] [encryption-type] password To delete a password, use the no enable password [encryption-type] password [level level] command. Parameters level level (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword level then a number as the level of access. The range is from 1 to 15. encryptiontype (OPTIONAL) Enter the number 7 or 0 as the encryption type. Enter a 7 then a text string as the hidden password.
PAGE 1466
Usage Information To control access to command modes, use this command to define a password for a level and use the privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) command. Passwords must meet the following criteria: • Start with a letter, not a number. • Passwords can have a regular expression as the password. To create a password with a regular expression in it, use CNTL + v prior to entering regular expression. For example, to create the password abcd]e, you type “abcd CNTL v ]e”.
PAGE 1467
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Only Dell Networking Technical Support staff use this command. enable secret Change the password for the enable command.
PAGE 1468
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series.
PAGE 1469
Defaults No authentication is performed on the console lines. Local authentication is performed on the virtual terminal and auxiliary lines. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.6.0.
PAGE 1470
Parameters encryptiontype password (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the password entered. The options are • 0 is the default and means the password is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the password is encrypted and hidden. Enter a text string up to 32 characters long. The first character of the password must be a letter. You cannot use spaces in the password. Defaults No password is configured.
PAGE 1471
username — establishes an authentication system based on user names. password-attributes Configure the password attributes (strong password).
PAGE 1472
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced lockout-period option on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, and MXL. Version 9.2(1.0) Introduced on the Z9500. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1473
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information CAUTION: Encrypting passwords with this command does not provide a high level of security. When the passwords are encrypted, you cannot return them to plain text unless you re-configure them. To remove an encrypted password, use the no password password command.
PAGE 1474
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Example Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#show privilege Current privilege level is 15. Dell# Dell#show privilege Current privilege level is 14. Dell# Dell#show privilege Current privilege level is 10. Dell# Related Commands privilege level (CONFIGURATION mode) — assigns access control to different command modes. show users Allows you to view information on all users logged in to the switch.
PAGE 1475
Usage Information The following describes the show user command shown in the following example. Field Description (untitled) Indicates with an asterisk (*) which terminal line you are using. Line Displays the terminal lines currently in use. User Displays the user name of all users logged in. Host(s) Displays the terminal line status. Location Displays the IP address of the user.
PAGE 1476
• Console: the range is from 1 to 300 seconds, the default is 0 seconds (no timeout). • AUX: the range is from 1 to 300 seconds, the default is 0 seconds (no timeout). Defaults See the defaults settings shown in Parameters. Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1477
access-class access-listname Enter the keywords access-class then the name of a configured access control list (either an IP access control list or MAC access control list). nopassword Enter the keyword nopassword to specify that the user should not enter a password. password Enter the keyword password then the encryption-type or the password. secret Enter the keyword secret then the encryption-type or the password. encryptiontype Enter an encryption type for the password that you enter.
PAGE 1478
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Added support for the secret option and the MD5 password encryption. Extended the name from 25 to 63 characters. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information To view the defined user names, use the show running-config user command.
PAGE 1479
Version 9.4. (0.0) Usage Information Introduced on the S-Series and Z-Series. You can use this command to configure the group of Radius servers used for Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting purposes. If the RADIUS group is not configured for Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting, then globally configured Radius servers are used for the purposes. When the RADIUS group is removed, the AAA configuration is also removed.
PAGE 1480
ip radius source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for RADIUS connections. S4820T Syntax ip radius source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip radius source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1481
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server deadtime Configure a time interval during which non-responsive RADIUS servers to authentication requests are skipped. S4820T Syntax radius-server deadtime seconds To disable this function or return to the default value, use the no radius-server deadtime command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds during which non-responsive RADIUS servers are skipped.
PAGE 1482
radius-server group Creates or deletes a group of radius servers. S4820T Syntax Parameters radius-server group group-name group-name Enter the group name that denotes the group of RADIUS servers. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1483
radius-server host Configure a RADIUS server host. S4820T Syntax Parameters radius-server host {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [auth-port port-number] [retransmit retries] [timeout seconds] [key [encryption-type] key] hostname Enter the name of the RADIUS server host. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the RADIUS server host. auth-port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords auth-port then a number as the port number.
PAGE 1484
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for IPv6. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 1485
Related Commands login authentication — sets the database to be checked when a user logs in. radius-server key — sets an authentication key for RADIUS communications. radius-server retransmit — sets the number of times the RADIUS server attempts to send information. radius-server timeout — sets the time interval before the RADIUS server times out. radius-server key Configure a key for all RADIUS communications between the switch and the RADIUS host server.
PAGE 1486
Usage Information Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. The key configured on the switch must match the key configured on the RADIUS server daemon. If you configure the key parameter in the radius-server host command, the key configured with the radius-server key command is the default key for all RADIUS communications. Related Commands radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host.
PAGE 1487
Related Commands Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. radius-server host — configures a RADIUS host. radius-server timeout To reply to a request, configure the amount of time the RADIUS client (the switch) waits for a RADIUS host server . S4820T Syntax radius-server timeout seconds To return to the default value, use the no radius-server timeout command.
PAGE 1488
radius-server vrf Create an association between a RADIUS server group and a VRF and source interface.. S4820T Syntax radius-server vrf vrf-name [source-interface interface] To delete the association between a RADIUS server group and a VRF and source interface, use the no radius-server vrf vrf-name [source-interface interface] command. Parameters vrf vrf-name Enter the keyword vrf and then the name of the VRF to associate a RADIUS server group with that VRF.
PAGE 1489
If VRF is not configured on the RADIUS group, then the group is considered to be on the default VRF. It is possible to use the default VRF name; however, you cannot configure the source interface with the default VRF as such a configuration results in conflicts between the source interfaces corresponding to the 802.1x supplicants on that default VRF. RADIUS groups and VRFs have one-to-one mapping. If a VRF is configured with one RADIUS group, then you cannot use the same VRF with another RADIUS group.
PAGE 1490
Usage Information If the TACACS group is not configured for Authentication, Authorization, and Accounting, then globally configured TACACS servers are used for the purposes. When the TACACS group is removed, the AAA configuration is also removed. Example Dell(conf)#tacacs-server group group1 Dell(conf-tacacs-group)#tacacs-server host 1.1.1.1 key secret Dell(conf-tacacs-group)#tacacs-server host 2.2.2.
PAGE 1491
ip tacacs source-interface Specify an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for TACACS+ connections. S4820T Syntax ip tacacs source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip tacacs source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1492
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. tacacs-server group Creates a group of TACACS servers. S4820T Syntax tacacs-server group group-name To delete a group of TACACS servers, use the no tacacs-server group group-name command. Parameters group-name Enter the name of the TACACS server group. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1493
tacacs-server host Specify a TACACS+ host. S4820T Syntax Parameters tacacs-server host {hostname | ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [port number] [timeout seconds] [key key] hostname Enter the name of the TACACS+ server host. ipv4-address | ipv6-address Enter the IPv4 address (A.B.C.D) or IPv6 address (X:X:X:X::X) of the TACACS+ server host. port number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword port then a number as the port to be used by the TACACS+ server. The range is from zero (0) to 65535. The default is 49.
PAGE 1494
pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. To list multiple TACACS+ servers to be used by the aaa authentication login command, configure this command multiple times. If you are not configuring the switch as a TACACS+ server, you do not need to configure the port, timeout and key optional parameters. If you do not configure a key, the key assigned in the tacacs-server key command is used. You can use duplicate host names or IP addresses among TACACS groups.
PAGE 1495
• For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For Loopback interfaces, enter the keyword loopback then a number from zero (0) to 16838. • For the Null interface, enter the keywords null 0. • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a ten-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1496
tacacs-server key Configure a key for communication between a TACACS+ server and a client. S4820T Syntax tacacs-server key [encryption-type] key To delete a key, use the no tacacs-server key key command. Parameters encryptiontype key (OPTIONAL) Enter either zero (0) or 7 as the encryption type for the key entered. The options are: • 0 is the default and means the key is not encrypted and stored as clear text. • 7 means that the key is encrypted and hidden.
PAGE 1497
Port Authentication (802.1X) Commands An authentication server must authenticate a client connected to an 802.1X switch port. Until the authentication, only Extensible Authentication Protocol over LAN (EAPOL) traffic is allowed through the port to which a client is connected. After authentication is successful, normal traffic passes through the port. Dell Networking OS supports RADIUS and Active Directory environments using 802.1X Port Authentication.
PAGE 1498
Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. dot1x authentication (Interface) — enables dot1x on an interface. dot1x authentication (Interface) Enable dot1x on an interface; dot1x must be enabled both globally and at the interface level.
PAGE 1499
dot1x auth-fail-vlan Configure an authentication failure VLAN for users and devices that fail 802.1X authentication. S4820T Syntax dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] To delete the authentication failure VLAN, use the no dot1x auth-fail-vlan vlan-id [max-attempts number] command. Parameters vlan-id Enter the VLAN Identifier. The range is from 1 to 4094. max-attempts number (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords max-attempts then number of attempts desired before authentication fails.
PAGE 1500
dot1x auth-server Configure the authentication server to RADIUS. S4820T Syntax dot1x auth-server radius Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1501
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, S-Series, and E-Series. 802.1X authentication is enabled when an interface is connected to the switch. If the host fails to respond within a designated amount of time, the authenticator places the port in the guest VLAN. If a device does not respond within 30 seconds, it is assumed that the device is not 802.
PAGE 1502
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.4 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. To disable MAC authentication bypass on a port, enter the no dot1x mac-authbypass command. dot1x max-eap-req Configure the maximum number of times an extensive authentication protocol (EAP) request is transmitted before the session times out.
PAGE 1503
dot1x port-control Enable port control on an interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters dot1x port-control {force-authorized | auto | forceunauthorized} forceauthorized Enter the keywords force-authorized to forcibly authorize a port. auto Enter the keyword auto to authorize a port based on the 802.1X operation result. forceunauthorized Enter the keywords force-unauthorized to forcibly deauthorize a port. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1504
Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1505
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. interface range — configures a range of interfaces. dot1x reauth-max Configure the maximum number of times a port can re-authenticate before the port becomes unauthorized.
PAGE 1506
dot1x server-timeout Configure the amount of time after which exchanges with the server time-out. S4820T Syntax dot1x server-timeout seconds To return to the default, use the no dot1x server-timeout command. Parameters seconds Enter a time-out value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 300, where 300 is implementation dependant. The default is 30. Defaults 30 seconds Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1507
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1508
Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. show dot1x interface Display the 802.1X information on an interface. S4820T Syntax Parameters show dot1x interface interface interface Enter one of the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a Fast Ethernet interface, enter the keyword FastEthernet then the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1509
Untagged VLAN id: Guest VLAN: Guest VLAN id: Auth-Fail VLAN: Auth-Fail VLAN id: Auth-Fail Max-Attempts: Mac-Auth-Bypass: Mac-Auth-Bypass Only: Tx Period: Quiet Period: ReAuth Max: Supplicant Timeout: Server Timeout: Re-Auth Interval: Max-EAP-Req: Host Mode: Auth PAE State: Backend State: Dell# None Disable NONE Disable NONE NONE Disable Disable 30 seconds 60 seconds 2 30 seconds 30 seconds 3600 seconds 2 SINGLE_HOST Initialize Initialize Dell# show dot1x interface fortyGigE 0/48 802.
PAGE 1510
crypto key generate Generate keys for the SSH server. S4820T Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. crypto key generate {rsa | rsa1} Parameters rsa Enter the keyword rsa then the key size to generate a SSHv2 RSA host keys. The range is from 1024 to 2048 if you did not enable FIPS mode; if you enabled FIPS mode, you can only generate a 2048-bit key. The default is 1024.
PAGE 1511
Usage Information The host keys are required for key-exchange by the SSH server. If the keys are not found when you enable the server (ip ssh server enable), the keys are automatically generated. This command requires user interaction and generates a prompt prior to overwriting any existing host keys. NOTE: Only a user with superuser permissions should generate host-keys. Example Dell(conf)#crypto key generate rsa Enter key size <1024-2048>. Default<1024> : Host key already exists.
PAGE 1512
debug ip ssh Enables collecting SSH debug information. S4820T Syntax debug ip ssh {client | server} To disable debugging, use the no debug ip ssh {client | server} command. Parameters client Enter the keyword client to enable collecting debug information on the client. server Enter the keyword server to enable collecting debug information on the server. Defaults Disabled on both client and server. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1513
Parameters directory Enter a directory name. Defaults The internal flash (flash:) is the default directory. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1514
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command specifies the maximum number of attempts to authenticate a user on an SSH connection with the remote host for password authentication.
PAGE 1515
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ip ssh hostbased-authentication Enable hostbased-authentication for the SSHv2 server. S4820T Syntax ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable To disable hostbased-authentication for SSHv2 server, use the no ip ssh hostbased-authentication enable command. Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable hostbasedauthentication for SSHv2 server. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1516
Related Commands ip ssh pub-key-file — public keys of trusted hosts from a file. ip ssh rhostsfile — trusted hosts and users for rhost authentication. ip ssh key-size Configure the size of the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. S4820T Syntax Parameters ip ssh key-size 512-869 512-869 Enter the key-size number for the server-generated RSA SSHv1 key. The range is from 512 to 869. The default is 768. Defaults Key size 768 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1517
Parameters enable Enter the keyword enable to enable passwordauthentication for the SSH server. Defaults Enabled Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1518
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. This command specifies the file used for the host-based authentication. The creates/ file overwrites the flash://ADMIN_DIR/ssh/knownhosts file and deletes the user-specified file.
PAGE 1519
Parameters time minutes Enter the keywords time then the amount of time in minutes. The range is from 10 to 1440 minutes. The default is 60 minutes volume rekeylimit Enter the keywords volume then the amount of volume in megabytes. The range is from 1 to 4096 to megabytes. The default is 1024 megabytes Defaults The default time is 60 minutes. The default volume is 1024 megabytes. Command Modes CONFIGURATION mode Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1520
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh rhostsfile flash://shosts Dell(conf)# Usage Information This command specifies the rhost file used for host-based authentication. This creates/ file overwrites the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/shosts file and deletes the user-specified file. Even though this command is a global configuration command, it does not appear in the running configuration because you only need to run this command once.
PAGE 1521
Usage Information Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Enabling RSA authentication allows the user to log in without being prompted for a password. In addition, the OpenSSH compatible SSHv2 RSA public key must be added to the list of authorized keys (ip ssh rsa-authentication myauthorized-keys device://filename command). ip ssh vrf Specify a VRF for an outgoing SSH connections.
PAGE 1522
ip ssh source-interface Specifies an interface’s IP address as the source IP address for an outgoing SSH connections. S4820T Syntax ip ssh source-interface interface To delete a source interface, use the no ip ssh source-interface command. Parameters interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a 100/1000 Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1523
Example Dell(conf)#ip ssh source-interface tengigabitethernet 0/36 Dell(conf)#do ssh 10.10.10.2 -l admin Dell(conf)#no ip ssh source-interface ip ssh server Configure an SSH server. SSH server is enabled by default. S4820T Syntax NOTE: Some of the parameters in this command require licensing to access. For more information, contact your Dell Networking representative. ip ssh server {enable | port port-number} [version {1 | 2}] To disable SSH server functions, use the no ip ssh server enable command.
PAGE 1524
Usage Information This command enables the SSH server and begins listening on a port. If a port is not specified, listening is on SSH default port 22. NOTE: Starting with Dell Networking OS Release 9.2(0.0), SSH server is enabled by default. Example Dell# conf Dell(conf)# ip ssh server port 45 Dell(conf)# ip ssh server enable Dell# Related Commands show ip ssh — displays the ssh information. ip ssh server vrf Configure an SSH server on either a specific VRF or a management VRF.
PAGE 1525
If the SSH server is enabled on a VRF with name vrf1, then use the following command to restart the SSH server on a VRF with name vrf2: ip ssh server vrf vrf2. If the SSH server is enabled on a VRF with name vrf1, then use the following command to restart the SSH server on the default VRF: ip ssh server vrf. Example • • • • Related Commands show ip ssh — displays the ssh information.
PAGE 1526
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command is useful if the remote SSH client implements Strict Host Key Checking. You can copy the host key to your list of known hosts.
PAGE 1527
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show ip ssh SSH server : enabled. SSH server version : v1 and v2. SSH server vrf : default. SSH server ciphers : 3des-cbc,aes128-cbc,aes192cbc,aes256-cbc,aes128-ctr,aes192-ctr,aes256-ctr. SSH server macs : hmac-md5,hmac-md5-96,hmacsha1,hmac-sha1-96,hmac-sha2-256,hmac-sha2-256-96.
PAGE 1528
Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command displays the contents of the flash://ADMIN_DIRssh/ knownhosts file. Example Dell# show ip ssh client-pub-keys 4.8.1.
PAGE 1529
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information This command displays the contents of the flash:/ADMIN_DIR/ssh/ authorized-keys.username file.
PAGE 1530
NOTE: The VRF configured using this command has a higher precedence than the VRF configured using the ip ssh vrf vrf-name command. If you do not configure a VRF using this command, then the SSH client uses the configured VRF (if any). If there is a mismatch between VRFs that are configured using the ip ssh sourceinterface command and the ssh vrf vrf-name command, then an error is reported. hostname (OPTIONAL) Enter the IP address or the host name of the remote device.
PAGE 1531
-m HMAC algorithm Enter one of the following HMAC algorithms to use. (For v2 clients only): "no fips mode enable"(disable) will support v1 & v2 client. • hmac-md5: Force ssh to use hmac-md5 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-md5-96: Force ssh to use hmac-md5-96 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-sha1: Force ssh to use hmac-sha1 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-sha1-96 : Force ssh to use hmac-sha1-96 HMAC algorithm. • hmac-sha2-256 : Force ssh to use hmac-sha2-256 HMAC algorithm.
PAGE 1532
Usage Information Dell Networking OS supports both inbound and outbound SSH sessions using IPv4 or IPv6 addressing. Inbound SSH supports accessing the system through the management interface as well as through a physical Layer 3 interface. Example Dell#ssh 10.16.151.48 -l anvltest Trying 10.16.151.48... 01:18:16: %STKUNIT0-M:CP %SEC-5-SSH_USAGE: Initiated SSH Client v2 (FIPS Disabled) to anvltest@10.16.151.48 by default from console anvltest@10.16.151.
PAGE 1533
ip dhcp relay Enable Option 82. S4820T Syntax Parameters ip dhcp relay information-option [trust-downstream | vrf] trustdownstream Configure the system to trust Option 82 when it is received from the previous-hop router. vrf Enter the keyword vrf to include VRF related information in the Option 82. This configuration enables the relay agent to include VRF related information when it forwards the broadcasts from client to DHCP server. Defaults Disabled.
PAGE 1534
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1535
lease time Enter the keyword lease then the amount of time the IP address is leased. The range is from 1 to 4294967295. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1536
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp snooping database renew Renew the binding table. S4820T Syntax ip dhcp snooping database renew Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1537
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. ip dhcp source-address-validation Enable IP source guard. S4820T Syntax [no] ip dhcp source-address-validation Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1538
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.8.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1539
Related Commands clear ip dhcp snooping — clears the contents of the DHCP binding table. Role-Based Access Control Commands With Role-Based Access Control (RBAC), access and authorization is controlled based on a user’s role. Users are granted permissions based on their user roles, not on their individual user ID. User roles are created for job functions and through those roles they acquire the permissions to perform their associated job function.
PAGE 1540
Usage Information By default, access to commands are determined by the user’s role (if defined) or by the user’s privilege level. If the aaa authorization role-only command is enabled, then only the user’s role is used. Before you enable role-based only AAA authorization: Related Commands 1. Locally define a system administrator user role.This will give you access to login with full permissions even if network connectivity to remote authentication servers is not available. 2.
PAGE 1541
deleterole Enter the keyword deleterole to remove access to the command. You cannot add or delete rights for the sysadmin role. role-name Enter a text string for the name of the user role up to 63 characters. These are 3 system defined roles you can modify: secadmin, netadmin, and netoperator. reset Enter the keyword reset to reset all roles back to default for that command. command Enter the command’s keywords to assign the command to a certain access level. You can enter one or more keywords.
PAGE 1542
Command Modes Command History Examples EXEC Privilege Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S6000, S4820T, S4810, MXL Dell#show role mode configure username Role access: sysadmin Dell#show role mode configure management route Role access: netadmin, sysadmin Dell#show role mode configure management crypto-policy Role access: secadmin, sysadmin Related Commands userrole, username, privilege show userroles Display information on all defined user roles.
PAGE 1543
To delete a role name, use the no userrole name command. Note that the reserved role names may not be deleted. Parameters name Enter a text string for the name of the user up to 63 characters. It cannot be one of the system defined roles (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator). inherit existingrole-name Enter the inherit keyword then specify the system defined role to inherit permissions from (sysadmin, secadmin, netadmin, netoperator).
PAGE 1544
51 Service Provider Bridging Service provider bridging is composed of virtual local area network (VLAN) Stacking, Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling, and Provider Backbone Bridging as described in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide Service Provider Bridging chapter. This chapter includes command line information (CLI) for the Dell Networking operating software Layer 2 Protocol Tunneling (L2PT). L2PT enables protocols to tunnel through an 802.1q tunnel.
PAGE 1545
Parameters interface Enter one of the following interfaces and slot/port information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1546
protocol-tunnel Enable protocol tunneling on a stacked (Q-in-Q) VLAN for specified protocol packets. S4820T Syntax protocol-tunnel {rate-limit rate| stp} To disable protocol tunneling for a Layer 2 protocol, use the no protocoltunnel command. Parameters rate-limit rate Enter the keyword rate-limit followed by a number for the rate-limit for tunneled packets on the VMAN. The range is from 64 to 320.
PAGE 1547
protocol-tunnel destination-mac Overwrite the BPDU destination MAC address with a specific value. S4820T Syntax Parameters protocol-tunnel destination-mac xstp address stp Change the default destination MAC address used for L2PT to another value. Defaults The default destination MAC is 01:01:e8:00:00:00. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1548
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1549
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series, E-Series TeraScale, and E-Series ExaScale. Maximum rate limit on E-Series reduced from 4000 to 3000. Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced Example Dell# Dell#conf Dell(conf)#protocol-tunnel rate-limit 1000 Dell(conf)# Related Commands show protocol-tunnel — displays tunneling information for all VLANs. show running-config — displays the current configuration.
PAGE 1550
Version 7.4.1.
PAGE 1551
sFlow 52 The Dell Networking operating software (OS) supports sFlow commands on the S4820T platform. Dell Networking operating software sFlow monitoring system includes an sFlow Agent and an sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Agent combines the flow samples and interface counters into sFlow datagrams and forwards them to the sFlow Collector. • The sFlow Collector analyses the sFlow Datagrams received from the different devices and produces a network-wide view of traffic flows.
PAGE 1552
sflow collector Configure a collector device to which sFlow datagrams are forwarded. S4820T Syntax sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipaddress | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] To delete a configured collector, use the no sflow collector {ip-address | ipv6-address} agent-addr {ipv4-address | ipv6-address} [number [max-datagram-size number]] | [max-datagram-size number] [vrf management] command.
PAGE 1553
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.2.3 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series TeraScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Version 8.4.1.1 Added support for IPv6 sFlow collectors and agents on the E-series ExaScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced S-Series Stacking. Version 8.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale.
PAGE 1554
sflow enable (Global) Enable sFlow globally. S4820T Syntax sflow enable To disable sFlow, use the no sflow enable command. Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1555
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1556
Defaults Disabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1557
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking.
PAGE 1558
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking.
PAGE 1559
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on S-Series Stacking.
PAGE 1560
Defaults The Global default sampling. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.2.1.
PAGE 1561
• For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For a Port-Channel Ethernet interface, enter the keyword port-channel then the slot/port information. The range is from 1 to 128. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1562
Dell#show running-config interface tengigabitethernet 0/0 ! interface TenGigabitEthernet 0/0 no ip address sflow enable sflow sample-rate 256 no shutdown 1562 sFlow
PAGE 1563
53 Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) and Syslog This chapter contains commands to configure and monitor the simple network management protocol (SNMP) v1/v2/v3 and Syslog. Both features are supported on the S4820T platform. The chapter contains the following sections: • SNMP Commands • Syslog Commands SNMP Commands The following SNMP commands are available in the Dell Networking operating software.
PAGE 1564
show snmp Display the status of SNMP network elements. S4820T Syntax show snmp Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1565
show snmp engineID Display the identification of the local SNMP engine and all remote engines that are configured on the router. S4820T Syntax show snmp engineID Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1566
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1567
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1568
> snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2. This is a port connected to IF-MIB::ifAlias.134792448 = STRING: !------command run on Dell Networkingswitch: --------------! Dell#snmp ifmib ifalias long !------command run on server connected to switch: --------------! > snmpwalk -c public 10.10.10.130 .1.3.6.1.2.1.31 | grep -i alias | more IF-MIB::ifAlias.134530304 = STRING: This is a port connected to Router2.
PAGE 1569
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1570
NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP; TCP and ICMP rules are not valid for SNMP. In IPv6 ACLs, port rules are not valid for SNMP. Example Dell#config Dell(conf)# snmp-server community public ro Dell(conf)# snmp-server community guest ro security-name guestuser Dell(conf)# Example Dell(conf)# ip access-list standard snmp-ro-acl Dell(config-std-nacl)#seq 5 permit host 10.10.10.
PAGE 1571
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command snmp-server enable traps Enable SNMP traps. S4820T Syntax snmp-server enable traps [notification-type] [notificationoption] To disable traps, use the no snmp-server enable traps [notificationtype] [notification-option] command.
PAGE 1572
• supply • temperature For the snmp notification-type, enter one of the following optional parameters: • authentication • coldstart • linkdown • linkup Defaults Not enabled. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1573
Related Commands snmp-server community — enables SNMP and sets the community string. snmp-server engineID Configure the name for both the local and remote SNMP engines on the router. S4820T Syntax snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address vrf vrf-name udp-port port-number engineID] To return to the default, use the no snmp-server engineID [local engineID] [remote ip-address vrf vrf-name udp-port port-number engineID] command.
PAGE 1574
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Changing the value of the SNMP Engine ID has important side effects.
PAGE 1575
Parameters group_name 1 | 2c | 3 Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) as the name of the group. The following groups are created for mapping to read/write community/security-names (defaults): • v1v2creadg — maps to a community/security-name with ro permissions. • 1v2cwriteg — maps to a community/security-name rw permissions. (OPTIONAL) Enter the security model version number (1, 2c, or 3): • 1 is the least secure version. • 3 is the most secure of the security modes.
PAGE 1576
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1577
To remove the SNMP host, use the no snmp-server host ip-address [vrf vrf-name] traps | informs [version 1 | 2c | 3] [auth | noauth | priv] [community-string] [udp-port number] [notification-type] command. Parameters ip-address Enter the keyword host then the IP address of the host (configurable hosts is limited to 16). ipv6-address Enter the keyword host then the IPv6 address of the host in the x:x:x:x::x format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zero.
PAGE 1578
NOTE: For version 1 and version 2c security models, this string represents the name of the SNMP community. The string can be set using this command; however, Dell Networking OS recommends setting the community string using the snmp-server community command before executing this command. For version 3 security model, this string is the USM user security name. udp-port portnumber (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords udp-port followed by the port number of the remote host to use. The range is from 0 to 65535.
PAGE 1579
Version 9.1(0.0) Added support for config and ecmp traps. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Added support for VRRP traps. Version 7.6.1.0 Added support for STP and xSTP notification types. Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1580
Related Commands 4. Enable traps. 5. Configure a host to receive informs. snmp-server enable traps — enables SNMP traps. snmp-server community — configures a new community SNMPv1 or SNMPv2c. snmp-server location Configure the location of the SNMP server. S4820T Syntax snmp-server location text To delete the SNMP location, use the no snmp-server location command. Parameters text Enter an alpha-numeric text string, up to 55 characters long. Defaults Not configured.
PAGE 1581
snmp-server packetsize Set the largest SNMP packet size permitted. Wen the SNMP server is receiving a request or generating a reply, use the snmp-server packetsize global configuration command. S4820T Syntax Parameters snmp-server packetsize byte-count byte-count Enter one of the following values 8, 16, 24 or 32. Packet sizes are 8000 bytes, 16000 bytes, 32000 bytes, and 64000 bytes. Defaults 8 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1582
• For a Loopback interface, enter the keyword loopback then a number from 0 to 16383. • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094.
PAGE 1583
[access access-list-name | ipv6 access-list-name | access-listname ipv6 access-list-name] To remove a user from the SNMP group, use the no snmp-server user name {group_name remote ip-address vrf vrf-name udp-port portnumber} [1 | 2c | 3] [encrypted] [auth {md5 | sha} authpassword] [priv {des56 | aes128} priv password] [access accesslist-name | ipv6 access-list-name | access-list-name ipv6 access-list-name] command.
PAGE 1584
md5 | sha (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword md5 or sha to designate the authentication level. • md5 — Message Digest Algorithm • sha — Secure Hash Algorithm auth-password (OPTIONAL) Enter a text string (up to 20 characters long) password that enables the agent to receive packets from the host. Minimum: eight characters long. priv (OPTIONAL) Enter the keywords priv to initiate a privacy authentication level setting.
PAGE 1585
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information NOTE: For IPv6 ACLs, only IPv6 and UDP types are valid for SNMP.
PAGE 1586
Related Commands show snmp user — displays the information configured on each SNMP user name. snmp-server user (for AES128-CFB Encryption) Specify that AES128-CFB encryption algorithm needs to be used for transmission of SNMP information. The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) Cipher Feedback (CFB) 128-bit encryption algorithm is in compliance with RFC 3826. RFCs for SNMPv3 define two authentication hash algorithms, namely, HMACMD5-96 and HMAC-SHA1-96.
PAGE 1587
Usage Information To enable robust, effective protection and security for SNMP packets transferred between the server and the client, you can use the snmp-server user username group groupname 3 auth authentication-type authpassword priv aes128 priv-password to specify that AES128-CFB encryption algorithm needs to be used. You cannot modify the FIPS mode if SNMPv3 users are already configured and present in the system.
PAGE 1588
Related Commands show snmp user — displays the information configured on each SNMP user name. snmp-server view Configure an SNMPv3 view. S4820T Syntax snmp-server view view-name oid-tree {included | excluded} To remove an SNMPv3 view, use the no snmp-server view view-name oidtree {included | excluded} command. Parameters view-name Enter the name of the view (not to exceed 20 characters). oid-tree Enter the OID sub tree for the view (not to exceed 20 characters).
PAGE 1589
Usage Information The oid-tree variable is a full sub-tree starting from 1.3.6 and cannot specify the name of a sub-tree or a MIB. The following Example configures a view named rview that allows access to all objects under 1.3.6.1. Example Dell# conf Dell#(conf) snmp-server view rview 1.3.6.1 included Related Commands show running-config snmp — displays the SNMP running configuration.
PAGE 1590
Syslog Commands The following commands allow you to configure logging functions on all Dell Networking switches. clear logging Clear the messages in the logging buffer. S4820T Syntax clear logging Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.
PAGE 1591
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL.
PAGE 1592
Defaults level = 7 or debugging Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1593
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands logging monitor — sets the logging monitor parameters. terminal monitor — sends system messages to the terminal/monitor. default logging trap Return to the default settings for logging messages to the Syslog servers. S4820T Syntax default logging trap Defaults level = 6 or informational Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1594
To disable logging, use the no logging command. Parameters ip-address Enter the IPv4 address in dotted decimal format. ipv6-address Enter the IPv6 address in the x:x:x:x::X format. NOTE: The :: notation specifies successive hexadecimal fields of zeros. hostname Enter the name of a host already configured and recognized by the switch. udp Enter the keyword udp to enable transmission of log message over UDP followed by port number.
PAGE 1595
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information Multiple logging servers of both IPv4 and/or IPv6 can be configured. Related Commands logging on — enables the logging asynchronously to logging buffer, console, Syslog server, and terminal lines. logging trap — enables logging to the Syslog server based on severity. logging buffered Enable logging and specify which messages are logged to an internal buffer.
PAGE 1596
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information When you decrease the buffer size, all messages stored in the buffer are lost. Increasing the buffer size does not affect messages stored in the buffer.
PAGE 1597
• The system administrator and system security administrator roles can view security events and system events. • The system administrator role can view audit, security, and system events. • The network administrator and network operator roles can view system events. Examples Dell(conf)#logging extended Related Commands show logging auditlog — displays audit log, clear logging auditlog— clears audit log logging console Specify which messages are logged to the console.
PAGE 1598
E-Series legacy command Related Commands clear logging — clears the logging buffer. default logging console — returns the logging console parameters to the default setting. show logging — displays the logging setting and system messages in the internal buffer. logging facility Configure the Syslog facility used for error messages sent to Syslog servers. S4820T Syntax logging facility [facility-type] To return to the default values, use the no logging facility command.
PAGE 1599
• user (user process) • uucp (Unix to Unix copy process) The default is local7. Defaults local7 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.
PAGE 1600
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1601
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Usage Information When the number of messages reach the limit you set with the logging history size command, older messages are deleted as newer ones are added to the table.
PAGE 1602
Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Related Commands default logging monitor — returns the logging monitor parameters to the default setting. logging on Specify that debug or error messages are asynchronously logged to multiple destinations, such as the logging buffer, Syslog server, or terminal lines.
PAGE 1603
Related Commands logging — enables logging to the Syslog server. logging buffered — sets the logging buffered parameters. logging console — sets the logging console parameters. logging monitor — sets the logging parameters for the terminal connections. logging source-interface Specify that the IP address of an interface is the source IP address of Syslog packets sent to the Syslog server.
PAGE 1604
Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.5.1.0 Added support for 4-port 40G line cards on ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series.
PAGE 1605
Command Modes LINE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1606
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series, S55.
PAGE 1607
The following describes the two supported log messages formats: Example • 0 – Displays syslog messages format as described in RFC 3164, The BSD syslog Protocol • 1 – Displays SYSLOG message format as described in RFC 5424, The Syslog Protocol Dell(conf)#logging version ? <0-1> Select syslog version (default = 0) Dell(conf)#logging version 1 show logging Display the logging settings and system messages logged to the internal buffer of the switch.
PAGE 1608
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. E-Series legacy command Example (Partial) Dell#show logging Syslog logging: enabled Console logging: level debugging Monitor logging: level debugging Buffer logging: level debugging, 5604 Messages Logged, Size (524288 bytes) Trap logging: level informational Oct 8 09:25:37: %RPM1:RP1 %BGP-5-ADJCHANGE: Connection with neighbor 223.80.255.254 closed.
PAGE 1609
%RPM:0:0 %CHMGR-2-LINECARDDOWN - Line card 3 down - IPC timeout Dell# show logging auditlog Displays an audit log. Syntax show logging auditlog Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.5(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL.
PAGE 1610
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. This command displays internal software driver information, which may be useful during troubleshooting switch initialization errors, such as a downed Port-Pipe. terminal monitor Configure the Dell Networking OS to display messages on the monitor/terminal.
PAGE 1611
54 SNMP Traps This chapter lists the traps sent by the Dell Networking operating software. Each trap is listed by the fields Message ID, Trap Type, and Trap Option. Message ID Trap Type Trap Option COLD_START SNMP COLDSTART WARM_START SNMP WARMSTART COPY_CONFIG_COMPLETE SNMP NONE SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP AUTH EGP_NEIGHBOR_LOSS SNMP NONE OSTATE_DOWN SNMP LINKDOWN SNMP LINKUP SNMP NONE SNMP NONE %SNMP-5-SNMP_COLD_START: SNMP COLD_START trap sent.
PAGE 1612
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option SNMP NONE SNMP NONE NONE NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE CHM_CARD_PROBLEM ENVMON NONE CHM_ALARM_CUTOFF ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_UP ENVMON NONE CHM_SFM_DOWN ENVMON NONE CHM_RPM_UP ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_FALLING_THRESHOLD: RMON falling threshold alarm from SNMP OID RMON_HC_RISHING_THRESHOLD %RPM0-P:CP %SNMP-4-RMON_HC_RISING_THRESHOLD: RMON high-capacity rising threshold alarm from SNMP OID R
PAGE 1613
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON SUPPLY ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP %RAM-5-FAST_FAILOVER: RPM Failover Completed CHM_SFM_ADD %TSM-5-SFM_DISCOVERY: Found SFM 1 CHM_SFM_REMOVE %TSM-5-SFM_REMOVE: Removed SFM 1 CHM_MAJ_SFM_DOWN %CHMGR-0-MAJOR_SFM: Major alarm: Switch fabric down CHM_MAJ_SFM_DOWN_CLR %CHMGR-5-MAJOR_SFM_CLR: Major alarm cle
PAGE 1614
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON TEMP ENVMON TEMP ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON FAN ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE %CHMRG-5-MINOR_TEMP_CLR: Minor alarm cleared: chassis temperature normal (%s %d temperature is within threshold of %dC) CHM_MAJ_ALRM_TEMP %CHMGR-2-MAJOR_TEMP: Major alarm: chassis temperature high (%s temperature reaches or exceeds threshold of %dC) CHM_MAJ_ALRM_TEMP_CLR %CHMGR-2-MAJOR_TEMP_CLR: Major alarm cleared: chassis temperature lower (%s %d temperature is wi
PAGE 1615
Message ID Trap Type Trap Option ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE ENVMON NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE PROTO NONE %TME-2-ABNORMAL_TASK_TERMINATION: CRASH - task:%s %s CHM_CPU_THRESHOLD %CHMGR-5-CPU_THRESHOLD: Cpu %s usage above threshold. Cpu5SecUsage (%d) CHM_CPU_THRESHOLD_CLR %CHMGR-5-CPU_THRESHOLD_CLR: Cpu %s usage drops below threshold. Cpu5SecUsage (%d) CHM_MEM_THRESHOLD %CHMGR-5-MEM_THRESHOLD: Memory %s usage above threshold.
PAGE 1616
Stacking 55 All commands in this chapter are specific to the Dell Networking operating software on the S4820T platform. The commands are always available and operational, whether the S-Series has a stacking module inserted. You can use the commands to pre-configure a switch, so that the configuration settings are invoked when the switch is attached to other S-Series units.
PAGE 1617
To return to the default, use the no redundancy disable-auto-reboot stack-unit command. Parameters stack-unit Enter the stack-unit number. For the S4820T, the range is from 0 to 11. members This is all stack-units. Defaults Disabled (the failed switch is automatically rebooted). Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1618
Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.1.0 Added the members option. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1619
reset stack-unit Reset any designated stack member except the management unit (master unit). S4820T Syntax Parameters reset stack-unit hard stack-unit Enter the stack-unit number. For the S4820T, the range is from 0 to 11. hard Reset the stack unit if the unit is in a problem state. Defaults none Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1620
7 8 9 10 11 Related Commands Member Member Member Member Member not not not not not present present present present present • reload – reboots Dell Networking OS. • upgrade system stack-unit (S-Series stack member) – resets the designated SSeries stack member. show redundancy Display the current redundancy configuration (status of automatic reboot configuration on stack management unit).
PAGE 1621
-----------------------------------------------Auto reboot : Enabled -- Stack-unit Status ------------------------------------------------Mgmt ID: 0 Stack-unit ID: 0 Stack-unit Redundancy Role: Primary Stack-unit State: Active Stack-unit SW Version: 7.7.1.0 Link to Peer: Up -- PEER Stack-unit Status ------------------------------------------------Stack-unit State: Standby Peer stack-unit ID: 1 Stack-unit SW Version: 7.7.1.
PAGE 1622
topology Defaults Command Modes Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword topology to limit the table to just the Interface and Connection fields. none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1623
(Gb/s) Status Status ---------------------------------------0/49 12 up up 0/50 12 up down 0/51 24 up up 1/49 12 up up 1/50 12 up up 2/49 24 up up 2/51 12 up up 2/52 12 up down Dell# Example (Topology) Dell# show system stack-ports topology Topology: Ring Interface Connection ---------------------0/49 1/49 0/50 0/51 2/49 1/49 0/49 1/50 2/51 2/49 0/51 2/51 1/50 2/52 Dell# Related Commands • • • • reset stack-unit – resets the designated stack member.
PAGE 1624
Defaults 0 Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1625
Related Commands Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. • reload – reboots Dell Networking OS. • show system (S-Series and Z-Series) – displays the status of all stack members or a specific member.
PAGE 1626
Usage Information The following message displays to confirm the command. Setting ports Fo 0/60 as stack group will make their interface configs obsolete after a reload.[confirm yes/no]: If “y” is entered, all non-default configurations on any member ports of the current stack group will be removed when the unit is rebooted.
PAGE 1627
Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Usage Information To reboot using the new image, use the upgrade boot system stack-unit command. Related Commands • reload — reboots Dell Networking OS. • reset stack-unit — resets the designated stack member. • show system (S-Series and Z-Series) — displays the status of all stack members or a specific member.
PAGE 1628
Storm Control 56 The Dell Networking operating software storm control feature allows you to limit or suppress traffic during a traffic storm (Broadcast/Unknown Unicast Rate Limiting or Multicast on the C-Series and SSeries). Storm control is supported on the Dell Networking S4820T platforms. Important Points to Remember • Interface commands can only be applied on physical interfaces (virtual local area networks [VLANs] and link aggregation group [LAG] interfaces are not supported).
PAGE 1629
show storm-control broadcast Display the storm control broadcast configuration. S4820T Syntax Parameters show storm-control broadcast [interface] interface Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface-specific storm control configuration: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet followed by the slot/ port information.
PAGE 1630
show storm-control multicast Display the storm control multicast configuration. S4820T Syntax Parameters show storm-control multicast [interface] interface Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific storm control configuration: • For Fast Ethernet, enter the keyword Fastethernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1631
show storm-control unknown-unicast Display the storm control unknown-unicast configuration. S4820T Syntax Parameters show storm-control unknown-unicast [interface] interface Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History (OPTIONAL) Enter one of the following interfaces to display the interface specific storm control configuration: • For a 1-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword GigabitEthernet then y the slot/port information.
PAGE 1632
storm-control broadcast (Configuration) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in the network. S4820T Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast rate-limiting, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters percentagedeci mal_value in | out Enter the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed in or out of the network. Optionally, you can designate a decimal value percentage, for example, 55.5%. The decimal range is from .
PAGE 1633
storm-control broadcast (Interface) Configure the percentage of broadcast traffic allowed on an interface (ingress only). S4820T Syntax storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] To disable broadcast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control broadcast [packets_per_second in] command. Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1634
storm-control multicast (Configuration) Configure the packets per second (pps) of multicast traffic allowed into the C-Series and S-Series networks only. S4820T Syntax storm-control multicast packets_per_second in To disable storm-control for multicast traffic into the network, use the no stormcontrol multicast packets_per_second in command. Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of multicast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1635
storm-control multicast (Interface) Configure the percentage of multicast traffic allowed on an C-Series or S-Series interface (ingress only) network only. S4820T Syntax storm-control multicast packets_per_second in To disable multicast storm control on the interface, use the no storm-control multicast packets_per_second in command. Parameters packets_per_se cond in Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554368.
PAGE 1636
Defaults none Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.
PAGE 1637
• 100% allows all traffic into the interface. The decimal range is from 0.1 to 0.9. wred-profile name E-Series Only: (Optionally) Enter the keywords wredprofile followed by the profile name to designate a wredprofile. packets_per_se cond in C-Series and S-Series Only: Enter the packets per second of broadcast traffic allowed into the network. The range is from 0 to 33554431. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE (conf-if-interface-slot/port) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1638
57 Spanning Tree Protocol (STP) The commands in this chapter configure and monitor the IEEE 802.1d spanning tree protocol (STP) and are supported on the S4820T Dell Networking switch/routing platform. bridge-priority Set the bridge priority of the switch in an IEEE 802.1D spanning tree. S4820T Syntax bridge-priority {priority-value | primary | secondary} To return to the default value, use the no bridge-priority command. Parameters priority-value Enter a number as the bridge priority value.
PAGE 1639
Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. bpdu-destination-mac-address Use the Provider Bridge Group address in Spanning Tree or GVRP PDUs. S4820T Syntax Parameters bpdu-destination-mac-address [stp | gvrp] provider-bridge-group xstp Force STP, RSTP, and MSTP to use the Provider Bridge Group address as the destination MAC address in its BPDUs. gvrp Forces GVRP to use the Provider Bridge GVRP Address as the destination MAC address in its PDUs.
PAGE 1640
Parameters stp-id Enter zero (0). The switch supports one spanning tree group with a group ID of 0. protocol Enter the keyword for the type of STP to debug, either mstp, pvst, or rstp. all (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword all to debug all spanning tree operations. bpdu (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword bpdu to debug bridge protocol data units. config (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword config to debug configuration information. events (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword events to debug STP events.
PAGE 1641
description Enter a description of the spanning tree. S4820T Syntax description {description} To remove the description from the spanning tree, use the no description {description} command. Parameters description Enter a description to identify the spanning tree (80 characters maximum). Defaults none Command Modes SPANNING TREE (The prompt is “config-stp”.) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1642
Command Modes SPANNING TREE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.
PAGE 1643
Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs.
PAGE 1644
Related Commands Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. max-age — changes the wait time before STP refreshes protocol configuration information. max-age To maintain configuration information before refreshing that information, set the time interval for the spanning tree bridge.
PAGE 1645
Related Commands Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. forward-delay — changes the wait time before STP transitions to the Forwarding state. hello-time — changes the time interval between BPDUs. protocol spanning-tree To enable and configure the spanning tree group, enter SPANNING TREE mode. S4820T Syntax protocol spanning-tree stp-id To disable the Spanning Tree group, use the no protocol spanning-tree stp-id command.
PAGE 1646
Usage Information STP is not enabled when you enter SPANNING TREE mode. To enable STP globally on the switch, use the no disable command from SPANNING TREE mode. Example Dell(conf)#protocol spanning-tree 0 Dell(config-stp)# Related Commands disable — disables spanning tree group 0. To enable spanning tree group 0, use the no disable command. show config Display the current configuration for the mode. Only non-default values display.
PAGE 1647
show spanning-tree 0 Display the spanning tree group configuration and status of interfaces in the spanning tree group. S4820T Syntax Parameters show spanning-tree 0 [active | brief | guard | interface interface | root | summary] 0 Enter 0 (zero) to display information about that specific spanning tree group. active (OPTIONAL) Enter the keyword active to display only active interfaces in spanning tree group 0.
PAGE 1648
Usage Information 1648 Version 8.4.2.1 Added support for the optional guard keyword on the CSeries, S-Series, and E-Series TeraScale. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.7.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Enable spanning tree group 0 prior to using this command. The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 command shown in the example. Field Description “Bridge Identifier...
PAGE 1649
Example Dell#show spann 0 Executing IEEE compatible Spanning Tree Protocol Bridge Identifier has priority 32768, Address 0001.e800.0a56 Configured hello time 2, max age 20, forward delay 15 We are the root of the spanning tree Current root has priority 32768 address 0001.e800.
PAGE 1650
Usage Information Example (Guard) The following describes the show spanning-tree 0 guard command shown in the example. Field Description Interface Name STP interface. Instance STP 0 instance. Sts Port state: root-inconsistent (INCON Root), forwarding (FWD), listening (LIS), blocking (BLK), or shut down (EDS Shut). Guard Type Type of STP guard configured (Root, Loop, or BPDU guard).
PAGE 1651
loopguard Enter the keyword loopguard to enable STP loop guard on a port or port-channel interface. rootguard Enter the keyword rootguard to enable STP root guard on a port or port-channel interface. portfast [bpduguard [shutdown-onviol ation]] Enter the keyword portfast to enable Portfast to move the interface into Forwarding mode immediately after the root fails. Enter the optional keyword bpduguard to disable the port when it receives a BPDU.
PAGE 1652
The port is in ERR_DISABLE mode, yet appears in the show interface commands as enabled. If you do not enable shutdown-on-violation, BPDUs are still sent to the RPM CPU. STP loop guard and root guard are supported on a port or port-channel enabled in any Spanning Tree mode: Spanning Tree Protocol (STP), Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol (RSTP), Multiple Spanning Tree Protocol (MSTP), and Per-VLAN Spanning Tree Plus (PVST+).
PAGE 1653
System Time and Date 58 The commands in this chapter configure time values on the system, either using the Dell Networking operating software, or the hardware, or using the network time protocol (NTP). With NTP, the switch can act only as a client to an NTP clock host. For more information, refer to the “Network Time Protocol” section of the Management chapter in the Dell Networking OS Configuration Guide.
PAGE 1654
end-month Enter the name of one of the 12 months in English. You can enter the name of a day to change the order of the display to time day month year. end-time Enter the time in hours:minutes. For the hour variable, use the 24-hour format; example, 17:15 is 5:15 pm. end-year Enter a four-digit number as the year. The range is from 1993 to 2035. offset (OPTIONAL) Enter the number of minutes to add during the summer-time period. The range is from 1 to1440. The default is 60 minutes.
PAGE 1655
To delete a daylight saving time zone configuration, use the no clock summertime command. Parameters System Time and Date time-zone Enter the three-letter name for the time zone. This name is displayed in the show clock output. You can enter up to eight characters.
PAGE 1656
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1657
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1658
events Enter the keyword events to display information on NTP events. loopfilter Enter the keyword loopfilter to display information on NTP local clock frequency. packets Enter the keyword packets to display information on NTP packets. select Enter the keyword select to display information on the NTP clock selection. sync Enter the keyword sync to display information on the NTP clock synchronization. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1659
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1660
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Added options [0 | 7] for entering the authentication key. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1661
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.
PAGE 1662
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. ntp multicast client To receive NTP information from the network via multicast, configure the switch. Syntax ntp multicast client [multicast-address] To disable multicast reception, use the no ntp multicast client [multicast-address] command. Parameters multicastaddress (OPTIONAL) Enter a multicast address. Enter either an IPv4 address in dotted decimal format or an IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format.
PAGE 1663
ntp master Configure an NTP master and peers. Syntax Parameters ntp master ntp master Enter the stratum number to identify the NTP Server's hierarchy. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.6(0.
PAGE 1664
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.6(0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support.
PAGE 1665
• • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keyword lag then a number. The range is from 1 to 128. For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information. • For a 40-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword fortyGigE then the slot/port information. • For VLAN interface, enter the keyword vlan then a number from 1 to 4094. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1666
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Usage Information The number parameter in the ntp trusted-key command must be the same number as the number parameter in the ntp authentication-key command. If you change the ntp authentication-key command, you must also change the ntp trusted-key command.
PAGE 1667
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series. Example Dell#show clock 11:05:56.949 UTC Thu Oct 25 2001 Dell# Example (Detail) Dell#show clock detail 12:18:10.691 UTC Wed Jan 7 2009 Time source is RTC hardware Summer time starts 02:00:00 UTC Sun Mar 8 2009 Summer time ends 02:00:00 ABC Sun Nov 1 2009 Dell# Related Commands clock summer-time recurring — displays the time and date from the switch hardware clock. show ntp associations Display the NTP master and peers.
PAGE 1668
Field Description (none) One or more of the following symbols could be displayed: • * means synchronized to this peer. • # means almost synchronized to this peer. • + means the peer was selected for possible synchronization. • - means the peer is a candidate for selection. • ~ means the peer is statically configured. remote Displays the remote IP address of the NTP peer. ref clock Displays the IP address of the remote peer’s reference clock.
PAGE 1669
Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. EXEC Privilege The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.6(0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.4.1.0 Added IPv6 support. Version 7.
PAGE 1670
pre-Version 6.1.1.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series. The following describes the show ntp status command shown in the Example below. Field Description “Clock is...” States whether or not the switch clock is synchronized, which NTP stratum the system is assigned and the IP address of the NTP peer. “frequency is...” Displays the frequency (in ppm), stability (in ppm) and precision (in Hertz) of the clock in this system. “reference time is...” Displays the reference time stamp.
PAGE 1671
59 u-Boot All commands in this chapter are in u-Boot and are supported on the Dell Networking S4820T platform only. To access this mode, press any key when the following line appears on the console during a system boot. Hit any key to stop autoboot: Enter u-Boot immediately, as the => prompt indicates. NOTE: This chapter describes only a few commands available in u-Boot. The commands included here are those commands that are comparable to those commands found in Boot User mode on other S-Series systems.
PAGE 1672
$default_boot;boot;echo Failed;echo Rebooting...;reset bootdelay=5 loads_echo=1 rootpath=/opt/nfsroot hostname=unknown loadaddr=640000 ftpuser=force10 ftppasswd=force10 uboot=u-boot.bin tftpflash=tftpboot $loadaddr $uboot; protect off 0xfff80000 + $filesize; erase 0x fff80000 +$filesize; cp.b $loadaddr 0xfff80000 $filesize; protect on 0xfff80000 +$filesize; cmp.b $loadaddr 0xfff80000 $filesize ethact=eTSEC1 ethaddr=00:01:E8:82:09:B2 serverip=10.11.9.4 primary_boot=f10boot tftp://10.11.9.
PAGE 1673
reset Reload the S4820T system. S4820T Syntax reset Command Modes uBoot Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1674
setenv Configure system settings. S4820T Syntax Parameters setenv [gatewayip address | primary_image f10boot location | secondary_image f10boot location | default_image f10boot location | ipaddre address | ethaddr address | enablepwdignore | stconfigignore] gatewayip address Enter the IP address for the default gateway. primary_image Enter the keywords primary_image to configure the boot parameters used in the first attempt to boot Dell Networking OS.
PAGE 1675
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. u-Boot Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1676
60 Tunneling Tunneling is supported on the S4820T platform. tunnel-mode Enable a tunnel interface. S4820T Syntax tunnel mode {ipip | ipv6 | ipv6ip}[decapsulate-any] To disable an active tunnel interface, use the no tunnel mode command. Parameters ipip Enable tunnel in RFC 2003 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv4 tunnel. ipv6 Enable tunnel in RFC 2473 mode and encapsulate IPv4 and/or IPv6 datagrams inside an IPv6 tunnel.
PAGE 1677
Configuration of IPv6 commands over decapsulate-any tunnel causes an error. tunnel source Set a source address for the tunnel. S4820T Syntax tunnel source {ip-address | ipv6–address | interface-typenumber | anylocal} To delete the current tunnel source address, use the no tunnel source command. Parameters ip-address Enter the source IPv4 address in A.B.C.D format. ipv6–address Enter the source IPv6 address in X:X:X:X::X format.
PAGE 1678
to any IPv4 or IPv6 (depending on the tunnel mode) address configured on the switch that is operationally Up. tunnel keepalive Configure the tunnel keepalive target, interval and attempts. S4820T Syntax tunnel keepalive {ip-address | ipv6-address}[interval {seconds}] [attempts {count | unlimited}] To disable the tunnel keepalive probes use the no tunnel keepalive command. Parameters ip-address ipv6 address Enter the IPv4 or IPv6 address of the peer to which the keepalive probes will be sent.
PAGE 1679
of the far end tunnel peer, rather than to the tunnel destination. This reduces the chance of both ends of the tunnel staying in keepalive down state. If both ends get into a keepalive down state that does not clear in a few seconds, then performing shutdown - no shutdown sequence on one end should bring both ends back to up. tunnel allow-remote Configure an IPv4 or IPv6 address or prefix whose tunneled packets are accepted for decapsulation.
PAGE 1680
tunnel dscp Configure the method to set the DSCP in the outer tunnel header. S4820T Syntax tunnel dscp {mapped | } To use the default tunnel mapping behavior, use the no tunnel dscp value command. Parameters mapped Enter the keyword mapped to map the original packet DSCP (IPv4)/Traffic Class (IPv6) to the tunnel header DSCP (IPv4)/ Traffic Class (IPv6) depending on the mode of tunnel. value Enter a value to set the DSCP value in the tunnel header. The range is from 0 to 63.
PAGE 1681
Defaults 0 (Mapped original packet flow-label value to tunnel header flow-label value) Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the S6000, S4810, S4820T, Z9000. This command is only valid for tunnel interfaces with an IPv6 outer header. tunnel hop-limit Configure the method to set the IPv4 time-to-live or the IPv6 hop limit value in the outer tunnel header.
PAGE 1682
tunnel destination Set a destination endpoint for the tunnel. S4820T Syntax tunnel destination {ip-address | ipv6–address} To delete a tunnel destination address, use the no tunnel destination {ipaddress | ipv6–address} command. Parameters ip-address Enter the destination IPv4 address for the tunnel. ipv6–address Enter the destination IPv6 address for the tunnel. Defaults none Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL (conf-if-tu) Command History Usage Information Version 9.3(0.
PAGE 1683
Defaults None Command Modes INTERFACE TUNNEL Command History Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000 and Z9000. The ip unnumbered command fails in two conditions: • If the logical ip address is configured. • If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends.
PAGE 1684
• If Tunnel mode is ipv6ip (where ip address over tunnel interface is not possible). To ping the unnumbered tunnels, the logical address route information must be present at both the ends. NOTE: The ipv6 unnumbered command can specify an interface name that does not exist or does not have a configured IPv6 address. The tunnel interface is not changed to operationally up until the logical ip address is identified from the one of the address family.
PAGE 1685
Uplink Failure Detection (UFD) 61 Uplink failure detection (UFD) provides detection of the loss of upstream connectivity and, if you use this with NIC teaming, automatic recovery from a failed link. clear ufd-disable Re-enable one or more downstream interfaces on the switch/router that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state so that an interface can send and receive traffic.
PAGE 1686
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Related Commands Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1687
Related Commands Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. clear ufd-disable — re-enables downstream interfaces that are in a UFD-Disabled Error state. description Enter a text description of an uplink-state group.
PAGE 1688
Related Commands uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. downstream Assign a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. S4820T Syntax downstream interface To delete an uplink-state group, enter the no downstream interface command.
PAGE 1689
Usage Information Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. You can assign physical port or port-channel interfaces to an uplink-state group. You can assign an interface to only one uplink-state group. Configure each interface assigned to an uplink-state group as either an upstream or downstream interface, but not both. You can assign individual member ports of a port channel to the group.
PAGE 1690
Related Commands Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface. • uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links. downstream disable links Configure the number of downstream links in the uplink-state group that are disabled if one upstream link in an uplink-state group goes down.
PAGE 1691
Usage Information A user-configurable number of downstream interfaces in an uplink-state group are put into a link-down state with an UFD-Disabled error message when one upstream interface in an uplink-state group goes down. If all upstream interfaces in an uplink-state group go down, all downstream interfaces in the same uplink-state group are put into a link-down state. Related Commands • downstream — assigns a port or port-channel to the uplink-state group as a downstream interface.
PAGE 1692
show running-config uplink-state-group Display the current configuration of one or more uplink-state groups. S4820T Syntax Parameters show running-config uplink-state-group [group-id] group-id Displays the current configuration of all uplink-state groups or a specified group. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16. Defaults none Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1693
show uplink-state-group Display status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. S4820T Syntax Parameters Defaults Command Modes Command History show uplink-state-group [group-id] [detail] group-id Displays status information on a specified uplink-state group or all groups. The valid group-id values are from 1 to 16. detail Displays additional status information on the upstream and downstream interfaces in each group none • • EXEC EXEC Privilege This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1694
13/5(Up) Te 13/6(Up) Uplink State Group : 5 Status: Enabled, Down Upstream Interfaces : Gi 0/0(Dwn) Gi 0/3(Dwn) Gi 0/5(Dwn) Downstream Interfaces : Te 13/2(Dis) Te 13/4(Dis) Te 13/11(Dis) Te 13/12(Dis) Te 13/13(Dis) Te 13/14(Dis) Te 13/15(Dis) Uplink State Group : 6 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Downstream Interfaces : Uplink State Group : 7 Status: Enabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Downstream Interfaces : Uplink State Group : 16 Status: Disabled, Up Upstream Interfaces : Gi 0/41(Dwn) Po 8(Dwn)
PAGE 1695
Usage Information Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.12.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.2.3 Introduced on the S-Series S50. After you enter the command, to assign upstream and downstream interfaces to the group, enter Uplink-State-Group Configuration mode. An uplink-state group is considered to be operationally up if at least one upstream interface in the group is in the Link-Up state.
PAGE 1696
• 40 Gigabit Ethernet: fortyGigE {slot/port | slot/ port-range} • Port channel: port-channel {1-512 | portchannel-range} Where port-range and port-channel-range specify a range of ports separated by a dash (-) and/or individual ports/port channels in any order; for example: gigabitethernet 1/1-2,5,9,11-12 port-channel 1-3,5. A comma is required to separate each port and portrange entry. Defaults none Command Modes UPLINK-STATE-GROUP Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1697
• uplink-state-group — creates an uplink-state group and enables the tracking of upstream links.
PAGE 1698
VLAN Stacking 62 With the virtual local area network (VLAN)-stacking feature (also called stackable VLANs and QinQ), you can “stack” VLANs into one tunnel and switch them through the network transparently. The Dell Networking operating software supports this feature on the S4820T platform. For more information about basic VLAN commands, refer to the Virtual LAN (VLAN) Commands section in the Layer 2 chapter.
PAGE 1699
dei enable Make packets eligible for dropping based on their DEI value. S4820T Syntax dei enable Defaults Packets are colored green; no packets are dropped. Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1700
Command Modes INTERFACE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series.
PAGE 1701
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Instroduces on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. Usage Information You must first enable DEI for this configuration to take effect. Related Commands dei enable – Make packets eligible for dropping based on their DEI value. member Assign a stackable VLAN access or trunk port to a VLAN.
PAGE 1702
Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.2.1.0 Introduced on the E-Series ExaScale. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. E-Series original Command Usage Information You must enable the stackable VLAN (using the vlan-stack compatible command) on the VLAN prior to adding a member to the VLAN. Related Commands vlan-stack compatible — enables stackable VLAN on a VLAN.
PAGE 1703
Usage Information WARNING: The following message displays to confirm the command: All non-default configurations on the related member ports ports () will be removed. Do you want to continue (y/n)? If you enter “y”, all non-default configurations on any member ports of the current stack group is removed when the unit is rebooted. vlan-stack access Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as an access port to the stackable VLAN network.
PAGE 1704
vlan-stack compatible Enable the stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN. S4820T Syntax vlan-stack compatible To disable the Stackable VLAN feature on a VLAN, use the no vlan-stack compatible command. Defaults Not configured. Command Modes CONF-IF-VLAN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1705
5 Active Dell# M M M M Gi 13/4 Po1(Gi 13/14-15) Gi 13/18 Gi 13/5 vlan-stack dot1p-mapping Map C-Tag dot1p values to a S-Tag dot1p value. You can separate the C-Tag values by commas and dashed ranges are permitted. Dynamic mode CoS overrides any Layer 2 QoS configuration in case of conflicts.
PAGE 1706
vlan-stack protocol-type Define the stackable VLAN tag protocol identifier (TPID) for the outer VLAN tag (also called the VMAN tag). If you do not configure this command, Dell Networking OS assigns the value 0x9100. S4820T Syntax Parameters vlan-stack protocol-type number number Enter the hexadecimal number as the stackable VLAN tag. You may specify both bytes of the 2-byte S-Tag TPID. The range is from 0 to FFFF. The default is 9100.
PAGE 1707
Related Commands Number Resulting TPID 81 0x0081 8100 0x8100 portmode hybrid — sets a port (physical ports only) to accept both tagged and untagged frames. A port configured this way is identified as a hybrid port in report displays. vlan-stack trunk — specifies a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network. vlan-stack trunk Specify a Layer 2 port or port channel as a trunk port to the Stackable VLAN network.
PAGE 1708
Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series and S-Series. E-Series original Command Usage Information Prior to using this command, to place the interface in Layer 2 mode, execute the switchport command. To remove the trunk port designation, first remove the port (using the no member interface command) from all stackable VLAN-enabled VLANs. Starting with Dell Networking OS version 7.8.1.
PAGE 1709
x - Dot1x untagged, X - Dot1x tagged G - GVRP tagged, M - Vlan-stack NUM Status Description * 1 Inactive 20 Active 100 Active Dell(conf-if-vl-20)# Example 2 Q Ports T Gi 0/42 M Gi 0/42 Dell(config)#vlan-stack protocol-type 88A8 Dell(config)#interface gigabitethernet 3/10 Dell(conf-if-gi-3/10)#no shutdown Dell(conf-if-gi-3/10)#switchport Dell(conf-if-gi-3/10)#vlan-stack access Dell(conf-if-gi-3/10)#exit Dell(config)#interface tenGigabitethernet 8/0 Dell(conf-if-te-10/0)#no shutdown Dell(conf-if-te-10/0)#po
PAGE 1710
63 Virtual Link Trunking (VLT) Virtual link trunking (VLT) is supported on the S4820T platform. VLT allows physical links between two chassis to appear as a single virtual link to the network core. VLT eliminates the requirement for Spanning Tree protocols by allowing link aggregation group (LAG) terminations on two separate distribution or core switches, and by supporting a loop-free topology.
PAGE 1711
Parameters ipv4–address Enter the IPv4 address of the backup destination. ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 then an IPv6 address in the X:X:X:X::X format. interval seconds Enter the keyword interval to specify the time interval to send hello messages. The range is from 1 to 5 seconds. The default is 1 second. Defaults 1 second Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1712
ndp Clear the VLT statistics for NDP. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.2(0.2) Added multicast and ndp parameters. Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 1713
Defaults Not configured. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Related Commands Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000.
PAGE 1714
Command Modes CONFIGURATION Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000.
PAGE 1715
multicast peer-routing timeout Configure the time for a VLT node to retain synced multicast routes or synced multicast outgoing interface (OIF) after a VLT peer node failure. S4820T Syntax multicast peer-routing timeout value To restore the default value, use the no multicast peer-routing timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 1200. The default is 150. Command Modes VLT DOMAIN (conf-vlt-domain) Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1716
Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1717
Version 9.2(0.2) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T. peer-routing-timeout Configure the delay after which peer routing is disabled when the peer is unavailable. This command is applicable for both IPV6/ IPV4. S4820T Syntax peer-routing-timeout value To restore the default value, use the no peer-routing-timeout command. Parameters value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default value is 0 (no timeout).
PAGE 1718
Default 32768 Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 8.3.19.
PAGE 1719
Usage Information The version shown in the show vlt brief output command displays the VLT version number which is different from the Dell Networking OS version number. VLT version numbers are begin with odd numbers such as 3 or 5.
PAGE 1720
HeartBeat Timeout: UDP Port: HeartBeat Messages Sent: HeartBeat Messages Received: 3 34998 1026 1025 show vlt counters Displays the counter information. S4820T Syntax Parameters show vlt counters [arp| igmp-snoop | interface | mac | ndp] arp Enter the keyword arp to display the ARP counter information for the VLT. igmp-snoop Enter the keywords igmp-snoop to display the igmpsnooping counter information for the VLT.
PAGE 1721
------------------------L2 Total MAC-Address Count : IGMP MRouter Vlans count : IGMP Mcast Groups count : ARP entries count : Example (igmp-snoop) Dell# show vlt counter igmp-snoop Total IGMP VLT counters ---------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 1 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 5 Example (igmp-snoop interface portchannel) Dell#show vlt counter igmp-snoop interface port-channel 2 VLT Port-ID: 2 IGMP Counter ----------------------IGMP MRouter Vlans count : 0 IGMP Mcast Groups count : 5 Dell# show vlt cou
PAGE 1722
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810.
PAGE 1723
show vlt mismatch Display mismatches in VLT parameters. S4820T Syntax show vlt mismatch Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator.
PAGE 1724
show vlt role Displays the VLT peer status, role of the local VLT switch, VLT system MAC address and system priority, and the MAC address and priority of the local VLT device. S4820T Syntax show vlt role Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command.
PAGE 1725
show vlt statistics Displays statistics on VLT operations. S4820T Syntax Parameters show vlt statistics [arp | domain | igmp-snoop | mac | multicast | ndp] domain Display the VLT statistics for the domain. multicast Display the VLT statistics for multicast. mac Display the VLT statistics for the MAC address. arp Display the VLT statistics for ARP. igmp-snoop Display the VLT statistics for IGMP snooping. ndp Display the VLT statistics for NDP. Default Not configured.
PAGE 1726
ICL Hello's Received: Domain Mismatch Errors: Version Mismatch Errors: Config Mismatch Errors: 910 0 0 0 VLT MAC Statistics ---------------L2 Info Pkts sent:6, L2 Mac-sync Pkts Sent:0 L2 Info Pkts Rcvd:3, L2 Mac-sync Pkts Rcvd:2 L2 Reg Request sent:1 L2 Reg Request rcvd:2 L2 Reg Response sent:1 L2 Reg Response rcvd:1 VLT Igmp-Snooping Statistics ------------------------------IGMP Info Pkts sent: 4 IGMP Info Pkts Rcvd: 1 IGMP Reg Request sent: 1 IGMP Reg Request rcvd: 2 IGMP Reg Response sent: 1 IGMP Reg R
PAGE 1727
show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Displays the informational packets and IGMP control PDUs that are exchanged between VLT peer nodes. S4820T Syntax show vlt statistics igmp-snoop Default Not configured. Command Modes EXEC Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Example Version 9.0.2.
PAGE 1728
Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T.
PAGE 1729
Usage Information Version 9.2(0.0) Introduced on the M I/O Aggregator. This command is supported in Programmable-Mux (PMUX) mode only. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 9.0.0.0 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. When you create a VLT domain on a switch, Dell Networking OS automatically assigns a unique unit ID (0 or 1) to each peer switch. The unit IDs are used for internal system operations.
PAGE 1730
Version 8.3.8.0 Introduced on the S4810. Usage Information The VLT domain ID must be the same between the two VLT devices. If the domain ID is not the same, a syslog message is generated and VLT does not launch. Related Commands show vlt — uses the show vlt brief command to display the delay-restore value. vlt-peer-lag port-channel Associate the port channel to the corresponding port channel in the VLT peer for the VLT connection to an attached device.
PAGE 1731
show vlt private-vlan Display the association of private VLAN (PVLAN) with the VLT LAG. You can configure VLT peer nodes in a PVLAN on the S4820T platforms. Syntax show vlt private-vlan Command Modes EXEC Command History Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S6000 platform. Version 9.3(0.0) Introduced on the Z9000, S4810, and S4820T platforms.
PAGE 1732
64 VLT Proxy Gateway This chapter describes the VLT Proxy Gateway feature. proxy-gateway lldp Configure the LLDP proxy gateway S4820T Syntax proxy-gateway lldp Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Usage Information Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch.
PAGE 1733
proxy-gateway static Configure the VLT static proxy gateway S4820T Syntax [no] proxy-gateway static Command Modes VLT DOMAIN Command History Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information When proxy-gateway static configuration is made, the setting is saved in the Layer 2 application.
PAGE 1734
Command Modes Command History VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW STATIC Version 9.4(0.0) Introduced on the S4810, S4820T, S6000, Z9000, and MXL Switch. Usage Information You can configure the remote MAC address of the VLT peer to be associated with the static VLT proxy gateway and exclude a VLAN or a range of VLANs from proxy routing. This parameter is for a static VLT proxy gateway configuration.
PAGE 1735
Example Dell(conf)#vlt-domain 1 Dell(conf-vlt-domain)#proxy-gateway lldp Dell(conf-vlt-domain-proxy-gw-lldp)#peer-domain-link portchannel 20 exclude-vlan 3 proxy-gateway peer-timeout Configure the proxy-gateway VLT peer timeout value. S4820T Syntax Parameters Command Modes Command History [no] peer-timeout value value Enter the timeout value in seconds. The range is from 1 to 65535. The default is infinity. VLT DOMAIN PROXY GW LLDP Version 9.4(0.
PAGE 1736
Usage Information In a square VLT topology with only one link connecting remote peers, if you configure this command, any node has to send its VLT peer’s MAC address along with its own MAC address to the remote VLT domain. By default, a node will send only its own MAC address to the remote VLT domain. This parameter is applicable for an LLDP proxy gateway configuration. Example Dell(conf-vlt-domain-proxy-gw-lldp)# vlt-peer-mac transmit show vlt-proxy-gateway Display the VLT proxy gateway configuration.
PAGE 1737
Example Dell(conf)#do sh vlt proxy-gateway info static Mac Address Exclude Vlan ---------------------00:01:e8:8b:1c:c0 Dell#show vlt proxy-gateway info LagId Mac Address --------------Po 55 00:01:e8:8a:e8:f7 learnt via port-channel 55 Po 55 00:01:e8:8b:1c:c0 VLT Proxy Gateway lldp Exclude Vlan -----------3,7-8 << Macs 3,7-8 1737
PAGE 1738
Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) 65 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) allows multiple instances of a routing table to co-exist on the same router at the same time. Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF) is supported on the S-Series platforms. ip vrf Creates a customer VRF. S4820T Syntax ip vrf {vrf-name | management} [vrf_id] To delete a customer VRF, use the no ip vrf {vrf-name | management} [vrf_id] command. Parameters vrf-name Enter the name of the VRF that you want to create.
PAGE 1739
description Enables you to specify a descriptive name for a customer VRF. S4820T Syntax description string To delete the descriptive name for a customer VRF, use the no description string command. Parameters string Enter a descriptive name for the VRF. Defaults None. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1740
Command Modes INTERFACE-CONFIG Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.4. (0.0) Usage Information Introduced on the S-Series and Z9000. Use this command to attach an interface to a configured VRF. You can attach an interface to either a non-default VRF or a management VRF.
PAGE 1741
interface management Associates a management port with a management VRF. S4820T Syntax interface management To delete the association between a management port and a management VRF, use the no interface management command. Defaults None. Command Modes VRF MODE Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1742
the limit is reached, additional dynamic routes will not be allowed. warning-only When the warning-only option is used, a syslog message will be thrown when maximum number of dynamic routes reaches the limit. Additional dynamic routes will still allowed. Defaults No limit is set on the maximum number of dynamic routes for a VRF. Command Modes CONFIGURATION-VRF Command History This guide is platform-specific.
PAGE 1743
default 0 Nu 0, Te Fo Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma Ma 0/0-13,18-47, 0/48,52,56,60, 0/0, 1/0, 2/0, 3/0, 4/0, 5/0, 6/0, 7/0, 8/0, 9/0, 10/0, 11/0, Vl 1 Te 0/14,16-17 Te 0/15 test1 test2 management 1 2 64 FTOS#show ip vrf test1 VRF-Name VRF-ID Interfaces test1 1 Te 0/14,16-17 show run vrf Displays configuration information corresponding to all the VRFs in the system.
PAGE 1744
Example Dell#show run vrf test3 ! ip vrf test3 description "Banking Customer Chennai" Related Commands 1744 Virtual Routing and Forwarding (VRF)
PAGE 1745
Virtual Router Redundancy Protocol (VRRP) 66 Virtual router redundancy protocol (VRRP) is supported by the Dell Networking operating system on the S4820T platform. IPv4 VRRP Commands The following are IPv4 VRRP commands. advertise-interval Set the time interval between VRRP advertisements. S4820T Syntax advertise-interval {seconds | centisecs centisecs } To return to the default settings, use the no advertise-interval command. Parameters seconds Enter a number of seconds.
PAGE 1746
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell Networking recommends keeping the default setting for this command. If you do change the time interval between VRRP advertisements on one router, change it on all routers.
PAGE 1747
Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The given password is encrypted by the system and the show config displays an encrypted text string for any of the encrypted typed used.
PAGE 1748
Example Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell#clear counters vrrp vrf jay Clear "show vrrp" counters of all vrrp groups on all interfaces in VRF jay [confirm] yes debug vrrp Allows you to enable debugging of VRRP.
PAGE 1749
ipv6 Enter the keyword ipv6 to enable debugging for IPv6. packets Enter the keyword packets to enable debugging of VRRP control packets. state Enter the keyword state to enable debugging of VRRP state changes. timer Enter the keyword timer to enable debugging of the VRRP timer. Command Modes EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1750
The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. disable Disable a VRRP group.
PAGE 1751
hold-time Specify a delay (in seconds) before a switch becomes the MASTER virtual router. By delaying the initialization of the VRRP MASTER, the new switch can stabilize its routing tables. S4820T Syntax hold-time {seconds | centisecs centisecs} To return to the default value, use the no hold-time command. Parameters seconds Enter the number of seconds. The range is from 0 to 65535. The default is zero (0) seconds.
PAGE 1752
preempt To preempt or become the MASTER router, permit a BACKUP router with a higher priority value. S4820T Syntax preempt To prohibit preemption, use the no preempt command. Defaults Enabled (that is, a BACKUP router can preempt the MASTER router). Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide.
PAGE 1753
Command Modes VRRP Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.16.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series.
PAGE 1754
Example Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 7.6.1.0 Introduced on the S-Series. Version 7.5.1.0 Introduced on the C-Series. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. Dell(conf-if-vrid-4)#show con vrrp-group 4 virtual-address 119.192.182.124 ! show vrrp View the VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the FTOS returns No Active VRRP group.
PAGE 1755
Command Modes • EXEC • EXEC Privilege Command History This guide is platform-specific. For command information about other platforms, refer to the relevant Dell Networking OS Command Line Reference Guide. The following is a list of the Dell Networking OS version history for this command. Usage Information Version 9.4. (0.0) Added support for VRF. Version 9.0.2.0 Introduced on the S6000. Version 8.3.19.0 Introduced on the S4820T. Version 8.3.11.1 Introduced on the Z9000. Version 8.3.7.
PAGE 1756
Item Description • BACKUP (the interface associated with the BACKUP router). Master addr Displays the IP address of the MASTER router. Virtual addr(s) Displays the virtual IP addresses of the VRRP routers associated with the interface. Example (Brief) Dell>Interface Grp Pri Pre State Master addr Virtual addr(s) Description----------------------------------------------------------Gi 10/37 1 100 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.201 Gi 10/37 2 100 Y Master 200.200.200.200 200.200.200.202 200.200.
PAGE 1757
Item Description • Gratuitous ARP sent displays the number of gratuitous ARPs sent. Virtual MAC address Displays the virtual MAC address of the VRRP group. Virtual IP address Displays the virtual IP address of the VRRP router to which the interface is connected. Authentication:... States whether authentication is configured for the VRRP group. If it is, the authentication type and the password are listed. Tracking states.. This line is displayed if the track command is configured on an interface.
PAGE 1758
00:00:5e:00:01:14 Virtual IP address: 10.0.0.2 Authentication: (none) FTOS#show vrrp vrf jay brief Interface Group Pri Pre State Master addr Virtual addr(s) Description ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Fo 0/124 IPv4 20 100 Y Master 10.0.0.3 10.0.0.2 Dell# version Set VRRP protocol version for IPv4 group. Syntax version {2 | 3 | both} To return to the default setting, use the no version command.
PAGE 1759
NOTE: Do not run VRRP version 2 and version 3 in the same group for an extended period of time. Example Dell(conf-if-te-0/0-vrid-100)#version ? 2 VRRPv2 3 VRRPv3 both Interoperable, send VRRPv3 receive both Dell(conf-if-te-0/0-vrid-100)#version 3 virtual-address Configure up to 12 IP addresses of virtual routers in the VRRP group. To start sending VRRP packets, set at least one virtual address for the VRRP group. S4820T Syntax virtual-address ip-address1 [...
PAGE 1760
Usage Information Version 7.4.1.0 Introduced support for telnetting to the VRRP group IP address assigned using this command. pre-Version 6.2.1.1 Introduced on the E-Series. The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a virtual IP address is configured. When you delete the virtual address, the VRRP group stops sending VRRP packets. A system message appears after you enter or delete the virtual-address command.
PAGE 1761
Usage Information Related Command This command applies to a single interface. When used with the vrrp delay reload CLI, the later timer rules the VRRP enabling. For example, if vrrp delay reload is 600 and the vrrp delay minimum is 300: • When the system reloads, VRRP waits 600 seconds (10 minutes) to bring up VRRP on all interfaces that are up and configured for VRRP.
PAGE 1762
• When an interface comes up, whether as part of a system reload or an interface reload, the system waits 300 seconds (5 minutes) to bring up VRRP on that interface. Save the configuration and reload the system for the delay timers to take effect. Related Command vrrp delay minimum — sets the delay time for VRRP initialization after a line card reboot. vrrp-group Assign a VRRP ID to an interface. You can configure up to 12 VRRP groups per interface.
PAGE 1763
IPv6 VRRP Commands The following are IPv6 VRRP commands. • clear counters vrrp ipv6 • debug vrrp ipv6 • show vrrp ipv6 • vrrp-ipv6-group The following commands apply to IPv4 and IPv6: • advertise-interval • description • disable • hold-time • preempt • priority • show config • virtual-address clear counters vrrp ipv6 Clear the counters recorded for IPv6 VRRP groups.
PAGE 1764
Version 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. debug vrrp ipv6 Allows you to enable debugging of VRRP. S4820T Syntax Parameters debug vrrp ipv6 interface [vrid] {all | packets | state | timer} interface Enter the following keywords and slot/port or number information: • For a Port Channel interface, enter the keywords portchannel then a number. • For a 10-Gigabit Ethernet interface, enter the keyword TenGigabitEthernet then the slot/port information.
PAGE 1765
Usage Information Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.4.1.0 Introduced on E-Series ExaScale, C-Series, and S-Series. Support was added for IPv6 VRRP groups in non-default VRF instances. Version 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. If no options are specified, debug is active on all interfaces and all VRRP groups. show vrrp ipv6 View the IPv6 VRRP groups that are active. If no VRRP groups are active, the Dell Networking OS returns No Active VRRP group.
PAGE 1766
Usage Information Version 8.3.10.0 Introduced on the S4810. Version 8.3.2.0 Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The following describes the show vrrp ipv6 command shown in the following example. Line Beginning with Description GigabitEthernet... Displays the Interface, the VRRP group ID, and the network address. If the interface is no sending VRRP packets, 0.0.0.0 appears as the network address. VRF VRF instance to which the interface (on which the VRRP group is configured) belongs.
PAGE 1767
Line Beginning with Example Description • Interface type and slot/port or object number, description, and time since the last change in the state of the tracked object. • Cost to be subtracted from the VRRP group priority if the state of the tracked interface/object goes DOWN.
PAGE 1768
Version 8.3.2.0 Usage Information Introduced on the E-Series TeraScale. The VRRP group only becomes active and sends VRRP packets when a link-local virtual IP address is configured. When you delete the virtual address, the VRRP group stops sending VRRP packets. • When VRF microcode is not loaded in CAM, the VRID for a VRRP group is the same as the VRID number configured with the vrrp-group or vrrp-ipv6group command.